WO2024010041A1 - Adhesive and adhesive sheet - Google Patents

Adhesive and adhesive sheet Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024010041A1
WO2024010041A1 PCT/JP2023/024972 JP2023024972W WO2024010041A1 WO 2024010041 A1 WO2024010041 A1 WO 2024010041A1 JP 2023024972 W JP2023024972 W JP 2023024972W WO 2024010041 A1 WO2024010041 A1 WO 2024010041A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
weight
less
adhesive
refractive index
monomer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/024972
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
慎太郎 野依
美希 西改
真也 山本
拓也 永田
Original Assignee
日東電工株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日東電工株式会社 filed Critical 日東電工株式会社
Publication of WO2024010041A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024010041A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02Non-macromolecular additives
    • C09J11/06Non-macromolecular additives organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to adhesives and adhesive sheets. This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-110774 filed on July 8, 2022, and the entire contents of that application are incorporated herein by reference.
  • adhesives also referred to as pressure-sensitive adhesives, hereinafter the same
  • adhesives exhibit a soft solid state (viscoelastic body) in a temperature range around room temperature, and have the property of easily adhering to an adherend under pressure.
  • adhesives are widely used for purposes such as bonding, fixing, and protection in various industrial fields such as home appliances, automobiles, various machines, electrical equipment, and electronic equipment.
  • An example of the use of the adhesive is for joining various light-transmitting members to each other or to other members in display devices such as liquid crystal display devices and organic EL (OLED) display devices.
  • Technical documents regarding adhesives for optical members include Patent Documents 1 and 2.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition whose main component is a (meth)acrylic acid ester polymer containing a monomer having a plurality of aromatic rings as a monomer unit, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive obtained by crosslinking the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. discloses the use of a monomer having multiple aromatic rings to increase the refractive index of the adhesive to 1.50 or more, particularly preferably 1.51 or more. For example, some materials to which adhesives are attached, such as optical components, have a high refractive index, and if a common acrylic adhesive is used to bond such high refractive index materials, the difference in refractive index between the two will be reduced.
  • an adhesive having good flexibility can be preferably used depending on the application site and usage mode.
  • foldable displays and rollable displays have been put into practical use as displays such as organic EL display devices used in electronic devices such as smartphones. It is necessary to have the flexibility to follow the An adhesive having excellent flexibility easily follows and adheres to curved surfaces such as three-dimensional shapes, and is also suitable for use in electronic devices having curved shapes. If the flexibility of an adhesive having a high refractive index can be increased, it is useful because it can be applied to the above-mentioned applications where flexibility is required.
  • high refractive index materials used as monomer components of adhesive polymers tend to have a high glass transition temperature, such as those with aromatic rings, and adhesives formed using high refractive index materials have a high elastic modulus. Tend. In designing an adhesive, there is a trade-off between a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus, and it would be practically beneficial if an adhesive capable of achieving both of these was realized.
  • an adhesive containing a base polymer and a high refractive index additive (A) is provided.
  • the high refractive index additive (A) is a compound with an asymmetric structure.
  • the content of the high refractive index additive (A) is 30 parts by weight or more based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive is 1.50 or more.
  • Employing a compound with an asymmetric structure as the high refractive index additive (A) is advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing an increase in the elastic modulus of the adhesive due to an increase in the amount of the high refractive index additive (A) added.
  • a compound having a double bond-containing ring is preferably used as the high refractive index additive (A).
  • A the refractive index additive
  • a compound having a heterocycle may be preferably used as the high refractive index additive (A).
  • A the refractive index additive
  • compounds corresponding to compounds having a double bond-containing ring can be preferably employed.
  • a compound containing a fused ring having a substituent may be preferably used as the high refractive index additive (A).
  • the refractive index of the adhesive can be efficiently increased.
  • the fused ring preferably has a structure containing at least one of a heterocycle and a double bond-containing ring.
  • the compound having a substituted condensed ring may be a dinaphthothiophene compound (hereinafter also referred to as "substituted DNT") having at least one substituent.
  • substituted DNT dinaphthothiophene compound
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive containing substituted DNT having an asymmetric structure as the high refractive index additive (A) a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus can be preferably achieved at the same time.
  • a compound having a refractive index of 1.65 or more is preferably used as the high refractive index additive (A).
  • the refractive index of the adhesive can be efficiently increased.
  • the high refractive index additive (A) is preferably a compound with a molecular weight of 100 or more and 1000 or less.
  • the high refractive index additive (A) having a molecular weight within the above range is easily compatible with the adhesive and is suitable for achieving both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus.
  • the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer components constituting the base polymer is 0% by weight or more and less than 75% by weight.
  • the technology disclosed herein adheresive, adhesive for forming the adhesive
  • the same applies hereinafter can be preferably exhibited.
  • an adhesive comprising an adhesive layer consisting of any adhesive disclosed herein (which may be an adhesive formed from any adhesive composition disclosed herein) A sheet. Since the adhesive disclosed herein can have both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus, it is desirable that the adhesive sheet containing the above-mentioned adhesive has a high refractive index, for example, for use in foldable displays, and It can be preferably used for joining, fixing, protection, etc. in applications that require flexibility to withstand bending operations.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can be formed using an adhesive composition containing components (adhesive-forming components) corresponding to the configuration of the adhesive.
  • adhesives are adhesives obtained by curing adhesive compositions in the form of solvent-based, active energy ray-curable, water-dispersed, hot-melt, etc. by drying, crosslinking, polymerization, cooling, etc., that is, the above-mentioned adhesives. It may be a cured product of the agent composition. Only one type of curing means (for example, drying, crosslinking, polymerization, cooling, etc.) for the adhesive composition may be applied, or two or more types may be applied simultaneously or in multiple stages.
  • the composition can typically be dried (and preferably further crosslinked) to form the adhesive.
  • the adhesive is typically formed by irradiating active energy rays to advance a polymerization reaction and/or a crosslinking reaction.
  • active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition it is preferable to irradiate it with active energy rays after drying.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably formed using a solvent-based adhesive composition from the viewpoint of ease of blending the high refractive index additive (A).
  • the adhesive disclosed herein includes at least a base polymer and a high refractive index additive (A) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "additive (A)").
  • A refractive index additive
  • the type of adhesive is not particularly limited, and examples include acrylic adhesives, rubber adhesives (natural rubber, synthetic rubber, mixtures thereof, etc.), silicone adhesives, polyester adhesives, and urethane adhesives. It may be an adhesive, a polyether adhesive, a polyamide adhesive, a fluorine adhesive, or the like.
  • the above-mentioned acrylic adhesive refers to an adhesive whose base polymer is an acrylic polymer. The same applies to rubber-based and other adhesives. In some embodiments, acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesives are preferred from the viewpoint of ease of adjusting adhesive properties, optical properties, and the like.
  • the "base polymer” of the adhesive refers to the main component of the rubbery polymer contained in the adhesive.
  • the above-mentioned rubbery polymer refers to a polymer that exhibits rubber elasticity in a temperature range around room temperature.
  • the term “main component” refers to a component contained in an amount exceeding 50% by weight, unless otherwise specified.
  • acrylic polymer refers to a polymer containing monomer units derived from a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule, as monomer units constituting the polymer.
  • a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule will also be referred to as an "acrylic monomer.”
  • an acrylic polymer in this specification is defined as a polymer containing monomer units derived from acrylic monomers.
  • Typical examples of acrylic polymers include acrylic polymers in which more than 50% by weight (preferably more than 70% by weight, for example more than 90% by weight) of the monomer components constituting the polymer are acrylic monomers.
  • acrylic monomer refers to a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule.
  • (meth)acryloyl group comprehensively refers to acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups. Therefore, the concept of acrylic monomer here may include both monomers having an acryloyl group (acrylic monomer) and monomers having a methacryloyl group (methacrylic monomer).
  • (meth)acrylic acid comprehensively refers to acrylic acid and methacrylic acid
  • (meth)acrylate” comprehensively refers to acrylate and methacrylate, respectively. The same applies to other similar terms.
  • the term "monomer component constituting a polymer” refers to a component that is included in the adhesive composition in the form of a pre-formed polymer (which may be an oligomer), or is contained in the adhesive composition in the form of an unpolymerized monomer. It means a monomer that constitutes a repeating unit (monomer unit) of the polymer in the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition, regardless of whether it is included in the adhesive composition. That is, the monomer component constituting a predetermined polymer (for example, a base polymer, preferably an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive may be included in the adhesive composition in the form of a polymerized product, an unpolymerized product, or a partially polymerized product.
  • a predetermined polymer for example, a base polymer, preferably an acrylic polymer
  • the adhesive composition contains substantially all of the monomer components (for example, 95% by weight or more, preferably 99% by weight or more) in the form of a polymer. Preferably.
  • an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer as a base polymer (acrylic adhesive) will be mainly explained, but it is not intended that the adhesive in the technology disclosed herein be limited to an acrylic adhesive.
  • the acrylic polymer includes an alkyl (meth)acrylate (hereinafter also referred to as "monomer (m1)") having a chain alkyl group at the ester end as a monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer. It is preferable to include.
  • the chain alkyl group in the monomer (m1) may be linear or branched.
  • the monomers (m1) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (1) can be suitably used as the monomer (m1).
  • CH 2 C(R 1 )COOR 2 (1)
  • R 1 in the above formula (1) is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 is a chain alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group is, for example, 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 18.
  • alkyl (meth)acrylates in which the chain alkyl group has 1 to 20 carbon atoms include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate , propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, s-butyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, ( Pentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, Nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate,
  • the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component can be set so that the effect of its use is appropriately exhibited.
  • the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. , 30% by weight or more, or 35% by weight or more.
  • the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is 40% from the viewpoint of making it easier to achieve both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus in a well-balanced manner in a composition containing a relatively large amount of additive (A).
  • at least 45% by weight preferably at least 50% by weight (e.g. more than 50% by weight), and may be at least 55% by weight.
  • the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is 99.9% by weight or less, It is preferably 99.8% by weight or less, more preferably 99.6% by weight or less, may be 99.5% by weight or less, may be 99.0% by weight or less, and may be 95% by weight or less. It may be less than 90% by weight, it may be less than 85% by weight, it may be less than 80% by weight, it may be less than 75% by weight, less than 70% by weight, less than 65% by weight, It may be 60% by weight or less or 55% by weight or less.
  • an alkyl (meth)acrylate whose homopolymer has a Tg of -20°C or lower (more preferably -40°C or lower, for example -50°C or lower) is preferably employed. It is possible. Such a low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate can be useful in lowering the elastic modulus of the adhesive. It can also help improve adhesive properties such as adhesive strength.
  • the lower limit of Tg of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, -85°C or higher, -75°C or higher, -65°C or higher, or -60°C or higher.
  • low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylates include n-butyl acrylate (BA), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), heptyl acrylate, octyl acrylate, isononyl acrylate (iNA), and the like.
  • an alkyl (meth)acrylate whose homopolymer Tg is higher than -20°C (for example, higher than -10°C) may be employed as at least a part of the monomer (m1).
  • the upper limit of Tg of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 10°C or less, may be 5°C or less, or may be 0°C or less.
  • Alkyl (meth)acrylates having a Tg in this range (hereinafter also referred to as "medium Tg") can be useful for adjusting the elastic modulus of the adhesive.
  • the alkyl (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned Tg (medium Tg) is preferably used in combination with the above-mentioned low-Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate.
  • a specific example of the medium Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate is lauryl acrylate (LA).
  • LA lauryl acrylate
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment in which medium Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate is not substantially used.
  • C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate As monomer (m1), it is preferred to use C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate as monomer (m1). Among them, it is more preferable to use C 4-8 alkyl acrylate.
  • the C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be used alone or in combination of two or more. By using C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate, it is easy to reduce the elastic modulus of the adhesive, and there is a tendency that good adhesive properties (adhesive strength, etc.) can be easily obtained.
  • the proportion of C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer (m1) is suitably 30% by weight or more.
  • the content is preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, even more preferably 90% by weight or more, and may be substantially 100% by weight.
  • the content of C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, 1% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more. , 25% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, or 35% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, 45% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, more than 50% by weight, 55% by weight or more, 60% by weight or more, It may be 65% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more, or 100% by weight.
  • the content of C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.8% by weight or less, 99.6% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less. % by weight or less, 99.0% by weight or less, 95% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 65% by weight or less, It may be 60% by weight or less or 55% by weight or less.
  • C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be preferably used as monomer (m1).
  • the storage modulus in each temperature range can be adjusted.
  • the storage modulus in the high temperature range can be set relatively high.
  • C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates can also help improve transparency (eg, reduce haze).
  • C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate tends to have excellent copolymerizability with the monomer (m3) described below.
  • One type of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination.
  • the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably C 1-6 alkyl acrylate, more preferably C 2-6 alkyl acrylate, and even more preferably C 4-6 alkyl acrylate.
  • the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably a C 1-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, more preferably a C 2-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, even more preferably is C 2-4 alkyl acrylate.
  • a preferred example of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is BA.
  • the content of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, and 8% by weight. The above is fine. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus and transparency, the content of the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more.
  • the content of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.8% by weight or less, 99.6% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less.
  • % by weight or less 99.0% by weight or less, 95% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 65% by weight or less, It may be 60% by weight or less or 55% by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of better exhibiting the effects of other monomers, 50% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight % or less, or 5% by weight or less, less than 3% by weight, or less than 1% by weight.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment in which C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is not substantially used.
  • C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be preferably used as monomer (m1).
  • the storage modulus can be advantageously reduced.
  • C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates can also help improve adhesion (peel strength).
  • One type of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination.
  • C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate C 7-10 alkyl acrylate is preferred, C 7-9 alkyl acrylate is more preferred, and C 8 alkyl acrylate is even more preferred.
  • Examples of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates include 2EHA, iNA, and LA, and a preferred example includes 2EHA.
  • the content of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, and 8% by weight. The above is fine. In some embodiments, the content of the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, transparency, adhesiveness, etc.
  • the content of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.8% by weight or less, 99.6% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less.
  • % by weight or less 99.0% by weight or less, 95% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 65% by weight or less, It may be 60% by weight or less or 55% by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of better exhibiting the effects of other monomers, 50% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight % or less, or 5% by weight or less, less than 3% by weight, or less than 1% by weight.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment that does not substantially use C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the monomer component includes a monomer (m1)
  • the monomer component includes a monomer (m1)
  • the use of alkyl acrylates is also advantageous in terms of adhesive properties such as adhesive strength.
  • An embodiment may be adopted in which only one or more alkyl acrylates are used as the monomer (m1) and no alkyl methacrylate is used.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain a monomer (m2).
  • the monomer (m2) is a monomer that corresponds to at least one of a monomer having a hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group-containing monomer) and a monomer having a carboxyl group (carboxy group-containing monomer).
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is a compound having at least one hydroxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule.
  • the above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing monomer is a compound containing at least one carboxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule.
  • the monomer (m2) can be useful for introducing crosslinking points into the acrylic polymer and imparting appropriate cohesiveness to the adhesive.
  • the monomers (m2) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Monomer (m2) is typically a monomer that does not contain an aromatic ring.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group possessed by the monomer (m2) include a (meth)acryloyl group, a vinyl group, and a (meth)allyl group.
  • a (meth)acryloyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryloyl group is more preferred from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus and adhesiveness.
  • a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule ie, a monofunctional monomer
  • a monofunctional monomer is preferably used as the monomer (m2).
  • a monomer in which the distance between an ethylenically unsaturated group (for example, a (meth)acryloyl group) and a hydroxyl group and/or a carboxy group is relatively long can be used as the monomer (m2).
  • the hydroxyl group and/or carboxy group are used in the crosslinking reaction, a crosslinked structure with high flexibility can be easily obtained.
  • the number of atoms (typically carbon atoms or oxygen atoms) constituting the chain (linking chain) connecting the ethylenically unsaturated group and the hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group is 3 or more (for example, 4 or more, 5 or more).
  • the upper limit of the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain is, for example, 45 or less, 20 or less (for example, 19 or less, 18 or less, 17 or less, 16 or less, 15 or less, 14 or less, 13 or less, 12 or less, 11 or less, 10 or less, 9 or less or 8 or less).
  • the number of atoms forming a linking chain connecting the ethylenically unsaturated group and the hydroxyl group and/or carboxy group refers to the minimum number of atoms required to reach the hydroxyl group or carboxy group from the ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the above-mentioned connecting chain is composed of a linear alkylene group (ie, -(CH 2 ) n - group)
  • the number of n is the number of atoms constituting the above-mentioned connecting chain.
  • the connecting chain is an oxyethylene group (that is, a -(C 2 H 4 O) n - group), 3 and n, which is the sum of 2 carbon atoms and 1 oxygen atom, constituting the oxyethylene group.
  • the product (3n) is the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain.
  • such monomers (m2) include, for example, alkylene represented by -(CH 2 ) n - between the ethylenically unsaturated group and the hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group.
  • oxyalkylene units represented by -(C m H 2m O)- (for example, oxyethylene units where m in the above formula is 2, oxypropylene units where m in the above formulas is 3, oxypropylene units in the above formulas)
  • a compound having at least one oxybutylene unit in which m is 4) can be used.
  • the number of alkylene units and oxyalkylene units is not particularly limited, and may be 1 or more (for example, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, 2 to 6, or 2 to 4).
  • n in the formula representing the above alkylene unit is, for example, an integer from 1 to 10, and may be 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, or 6 or less, or 5 or less. good.
  • m is an integer of 2 or more, for example, an integer of 2 to 4.
  • the monomer (m2) also contains ester bonds, ether bonds, thioether bonds, aromatic rings, aliphatic rings, and heterocycles.
  • a ring containing a nitrogen atom (N), an oxygen atom (O), or a sulfur atom (S) may have a substituent.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomers examples include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, and ) Hydroxy (meth)acrylates such as 8-hydroxyoctyl acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, and (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate. These include, but are not limited to, alkyl.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomers examples include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (Tg: -40°C) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (Tg: -15°C). From the viewpoint of improving flexibility in the room temperature range, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, which has a lower Tg, is more preferred.
  • the hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate is Monomers with a large number of carbon atoms in the hydroxyalkyl group, such as hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates (for example, 4-hydroxy acrylate) in which the hydroxyalkyl group has 3 or more carbon atoms (for example, 3 to 12, preferably 4 to 10). butyl) is preferred.
  • 50% or more (eg, greater than 50%, greater than 70% or greater than 85%) by weight of the monomer (m2) may be 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate.
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomer may be one or more selected from compounds that do not have a methacryloyl group.
  • Preferred examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer that does not have a methacryloyl group include the above-mentioned various hydroxyalkyl acrylates. For example, it is preferable that more than 50% by weight, more than 70% by weight, or more than 85% by weight of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used as the monomer (m2) is hydroxyalkyl acrylate.
  • hydroxyalkyl acrylates allows for the introduction of hydroxy groups into acrylic polymers that help provide cross-linking points and appropriate cohesive properties, and allows for the introduction of hydroxyl groups into acrylic polymers that help provide cross-linking points and provide adequate cohesive properties, and at room temperature compared to the corresponding hydroxyalkyl methacrylates alone. It is easy to obtain an adhesive with good flexibility and adhesiveness in this area.
  • carboxy group-containing monomers examples include acrylic monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and carboxypentyl (meth)acrylate, as well as itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, Examples include, but are not limited to, isocrotonic acid and the like.
  • carboxy group-containing monomers examples include acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (2) for example, can be preferably used as the carboxy group-containing monomer.
  • R 1 in the above formula (2) is hydrogen or a methyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 are divalent linking groups (specifically, organic groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 5)), and may be the same as each other. May be different.
  • R 2 and R 3 in the above formula (2) may be, for example, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 2 and R 3 above can be alkylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • carboxy group-containing monomer represented by the above formula (2) examples include 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl-phthalic acid, 2-( meth)acryloyloxyethyl-2-hydroxyethyl-phthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl-succinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl hexahydrohydrogen phthalate, 2-(meth)acryloyloxypropylhydrogen phthalate, 2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyltetrahydrohydrogen phthalate, and the like.
  • Carboxy group-containing monomers can be used singly or in combination of two or more. A hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a carboxyl group-containing monomer may be used in combination.
  • the content of the monomer (m2) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited and can be set depending on the purpose.
  • the content of the monomer (m2) may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more.
  • the content of the monomer (m2) is preferably 0.8% by weight or more, may be 1.0% by weight or more, and 3.0% by weight or more. It may be at least 4.0% by weight or at least 4.0% by weight.
  • the upper limit of the content of the monomer (m2) in the monomer component is set so that the total content of the monomer (m2) together with the content of other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight.
  • the content of the monomer (m2) is, for example, 30% by weight or less or 25% by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of better exhibiting the effects of other monomers, 20% by weight or less. It is preferably at most 15% by weight or less, more preferably at most 15% by weight, may be less than 12% by weight, may be less than 10% by weight, and may be less than 7% by weight. In some preferred embodiments, from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus of the adhesive, the content of the monomer (m2) is 5.0% by weight or less (for example, less than 5.0% by weight), more preferably 3% by weight or less. It may be less than .0% by weight, may be less than 2.0% by weight, and may be less than 1.5% by weight.
  • the total content of monomer (m1) and monomer (m2) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 21% by weight or more or 31% by weight or more, and the From the viewpoint of easily exhibiting the effect, the content is preferably 41% by weight or more, may be 51% by weight or more, may be 61% by weight or more, may be 71% by weight or more, may be 76% by weight or more, and may be 81% by weight or more. % or more, 86% by weight or more, 91% by weight or more, 96% by weight or more, 99% by weight or more, or substantially 100% by weight.
  • the total content of monomer (m1) and monomer (m2) in the monomer component is, for example, 99% by weight or less, from the viewpoint of facilitating the advantageous effects of monomers other than these. may be 95% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, 75% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 65% by weight or less, 60% by weight It may be less than or equal to 55% by weight.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain monomer (m3).
  • monomer (m3) a compound containing at least one aromatic ring and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule is used.
  • the monomers (m3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group that the monomer (m3) has include a (meth)acryloyl group, a vinyl group, and a (meth)allyl group.
  • a (meth)acryloyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryloyl group is more preferred from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus and adhesiveness.
  • a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule ie, a monofunctional monomer
  • a monofunctional monomer is preferably used as the monomer (m3).
  • the number of aromatic rings contained in one molecule of the compound used as the monomer (m3) may be 1 or 2 or more.
  • the upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 16 or less.
  • the number of aromatic rings may be, for example, 12 or less, preferably 8 or less, and 6 or less. It is more preferable that the number is 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less.
  • the aromatic ring possessed by the compound used as the monomer (m3) is a benzene ring (it can be a benzene ring that forms part of a biphenyl structure or a fluorene structure); a naphthalene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, an anthracene ring, and a phenanthrene ring.
  • a condensed ring of , a thiophene ring; and the like may be used.
  • the heteroatoms included as ring constituent atoms in the above-mentioned heterocycle may be, for example, one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, and oxygen.
  • the heteroatoms making up the heterocycle can be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur.
  • the monomer (m3) may have a structure in which one or more carbon rings and one or more heterocycles are condensed, such as a dinaphthothiophene structure.
  • the aromatic ring may have one or more substituents on the ring-constituting atoms, or may have no substituents.
  • the substituent includes an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, a glycidyloxy group. Examples include, but are not limited to.
  • the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and may be 1 or 2, for example.
  • the aromatic ring has no substituent on the ring constituent atoms, or one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom (e.g., a bromine atom). It can be an aromatic ring having Note that the aromatic ring of the monomer (m3) having a substituent on its ring-constituting atoms means that the aromatic ring has a substituent other than the substituent having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the aromatic ring and the ethylenically unsaturated group may be bonded directly or may be bonded via a linking group (connecting group).
  • the above linking group is, for example, an alkylene group, an oxyalkylene group, a poly(oxyalkylene) group, a phenyl group, an alkylphenyl group, an alkoxyphenyl group, or a structure in which one or more hydrogen atoms in these groups are substituted with a hydroxyl group. (for example, a hydroxyalkylene group), an oxy group (-O- group), a thiooxy group (-S- group), and the like.
  • the aromatic ring and the ethylenically unsaturated group are bonded directly or through a linking group selected from the group consisting of alkylene groups, oxyalkylene groups, and poly(oxyalkylene) groups.
  • a linking group selected from the group consisting of alkylene groups, oxyalkylene groups, and poly(oxyalkylene) groups.
  • An aromatic ring-containing monomer having the following structure can be preferably employed.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group and the oxyalkylene group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and may be 1 or 2, for example.
  • the number of repeating oxyalkylene units in the poly(oxyalkylene) group may be, for example, 2 to 3.
  • Examples of compounds that can be preferably employed as the monomer (m3) include aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds.
  • the aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylate and the aromatic ring-containing vinyl compound can each be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • One or more aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and one or more aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds may be used in combination.
  • a monomer having two or more aromatic rings (preferably carbon rings) in one molecule may be used as the monomer (m3) because it is easy to obtain a high refractive index effect.
  • monomers having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule include monomers having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group, and two or more non-fused aromatic rings.
  • Monomers with a structure in which rings are chemically bonded directly that is, without intervening other atoms
  • monomers with a fused aromatic ring structure monomers with a fluorene structure, monomers with a dinaphthothiophene structure, monomers with a dibenzothiophene structure , etc.
  • the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the above-mentioned linking group is, for example, an oxy group (-O-), a thiooxy group (-S-), an oxyalkylene group (for example, a -O-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1). , thiooxyalkylene groups (e.g. -S-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), linear alkylene groups (i.e.
  • the alkylene group in the above oxyalkylene group, the above thiooxyalkylene group, and the above linear alkylene group may be partially halogenated or completely halogenated.
  • preferred examples of the linking group include an oxy group, a thiooxy group, an oxyalkylene group, and a straight-chain alkylene group.
  • monomers having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group include phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate (for example, m-phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate), thiophenoxybenzyl (meth) Examples include acrylate, benzylbenzyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.
  • the monomer having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded may be, for example, biphenyl structure-containing (meth)acrylate, triphenyl structure-containing (meth)acrylate, vinyl group-containing biphenyl, etc. Specific examples include o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, biphenylmethyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.
  • Examples of the monomer having the above-mentioned fused aromatic ring structure include naphthalene ring-containing (meth)acrylate, anthracene ring-containing (meth)acrylate, vinyl group-containing naphthalene, vinyl group-containing anthracene, and the like.
  • 1-naphthylmethyl (meth)acrylate also known as 1-naphthalenemethyl (meth)acrylate
  • hydroxyethylated ⁇ -naphthol acrylate 2-naphthoethyl (meth)acrylate
  • 2-naphthoxyethyl acrylate 2-naphthoxyethyl acrylate
  • -(4-methoxy-1-naphthoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.
  • the monomer having the above fluorene structure examples include 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)fluorene (meth)acrylate, 9,9-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene (meth)acrylate etc.
  • the monomer having a fluorene structure includes a structural part in which two benzene rings are directly chemically bonded, it is included in the concept of a monomer having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.
  • Examples of the monomer having the dinaphthothiophene structure include (meth)acryloyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, vinyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, (meth)allyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, and the like. Specific examples include (meth)acryloyloxymethyl dinaphthothiophene (for example, a compound having a structure in which CH 2 CH (R 1 ) C (O) OCH 2 - is bonded to the 5th or 6th position of the dinaphthothiophene ring.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • (meth)acryloyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene for example, CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O) at the 5th or 6th position of the dinaphthothiophene ring
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • vinyldinaphthothiophene For example, a compound having a structure in which a vinyl group is bonded to the 5th or 6th position of a naphthothiophene ring), (meth)allyloxydinaphthothiophene, and the like.
  • monomers having a dinaphthothiophene structure are included in the above concept of monomers having a fused aromatic ring structure because they include a naphthalene structure or because they have a structure in which a thiophene ring and two naphthalene structures are condensed. Ru.
  • Examples of the monomer having the dibenzothiophene structure include (meth)acryloyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, vinyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, and the like.
  • a monomer having a dibenzothiophene structure has a structure in which a thiophene ring and two benzene rings are condensed, and therefore is included in the concept of a monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure. Note that neither the dinaphthothiophene structure nor the dibenzothiophene structure corresponds to a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.
  • a monomer having one aromatic ring (preferably a carbon ring) in one molecule is used as the monomer (m3).
  • a monomer having one aromatic ring in one molecule can be useful, for example, in improving the flexibility of the adhesive, adjusting the adhesive properties, and improving the transparency.
  • the monomer containing a single aromatic ring can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a monomer having one aromatic ring in one molecule may be used in combination with a monomer containing multiple aromatic rings from the viewpoint of improving the refractive index of the adhesive.
  • Examples of monomers having one aromatic ring in one molecule include benzyl (meth)acrylate, methoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated phenol (meth)acrylate, and phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate.
  • phenoxybutyl (meth)acrylate cresyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, chlorobenzyl (meth)acrylate, and other carbon aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates; 2-(4, 6-dibromo-2-s-butylphenoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(4,6-dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-s- Butylphenoxy)hexyl (meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2,6-dibromo-4-nonylphenyl acrylate, 2,6-dibromo-4-dodecyl Bromine-substituted aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates such as phenyl
  • the monomer (m3) monomers having a structure in which an oxyethylene chain is interposed between the ethylenically unsaturated group and the aromatic ring in various aromatic ring-containing monomers as described above may be used.
  • a monomer in which an oxyethylene chain is interposed between an ethylenically unsaturated group and an aromatic ring in this way can be understood as an ethoxylated product of the original monomer.
  • the number of repeating oxyethylene units (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) in the oxyethylene chain is typically 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, for example 1.
  • ethoxylated aromatic ring-containing monomers include ethoxylated o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated nonylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated cresol (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and phenoxydiethylene glycol.
  • ethoxylated aromatic ring-containing monomers include ethoxylated o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated nonylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated cresol (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and phenoxydiethylene glycol.
  • examples include di(meth)acrylate.
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m3) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, or 50% by weight or more, and may have a higher refractive index. From the viewpoint of making it easier to obtain, the content may be 70% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more.
  • Substantially 100% by weight of the monomer (m3) may be a monomer containing multiple aromatic rings. That is, as the monomer (m3), only one type or two or more types of monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings may be used.
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m3) is 100% by weight, for example, considering the balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength. It may be less than 98% by weight, it may be less than 90% by weight, it may be less than 80% by weight, it may be less than 70% by weight, it may be less than 65% by weight, it may be less than 50% by weight, and it may be less than 25% by weight. It may be less than 10% by weight, or less than 10% by weight.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be implemented in an embodiment in which the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m3) is less than 5% by weight. A monomer containing multiple aromatic rings may not be used.
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to realize an adhesive that has both desired refractive index and elastic modulus.
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more.
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component is suitably about 60% by weight or less, taking into consideration the balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength. It may be 50% by weight or less (for example, less than 50% by weight), 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment in which the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component is less than 3% by weight. A monomer containing multiple aromatic rings may not be used.
  • the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer (m3) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, or 50% by weight or more. From the viewpoint of making it easier to obtain, the content may be 70% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more.
  • Substantially 100% by weight of the monomer (m3) may be a monomer containing a single aromatic ring. That is, only one or more monomers containing a single aromatic ring may be used as the monomer (m3).
  • the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer (m3) is 100% by weight, for example, taking into account the balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength. It may be less than 98% by weight, it may be less than 90% by weight, it may be less than 80% by weight, it may be less than 70% by weight, it may be less than 65% by weight, it may be less than 50% by weight, and it may be less than 25% by weight. It may be less than 10% by weight, or less than 10% by weight.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment in which the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer (m3) is less than 5% by weight. A monomer containing a single aromatic ring may not be used.
  • the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to realize an adhesive that has both desired refractive index and elastic modulus.
  • the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more.
  • the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer component is suitably about 60% by weight or less, taking into account the balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment in which the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer component is less than 3% by weight. A monomer containing a single aromatic ring may not be used.
  • a high refractive index monomer can be preferably employed as at least a part of the monomer (m3).
  • the term "high refractive index monomer” refers to a monomer whose refractive index is, for example, about 1.510 or more, preferably about 1.530 or more, more preferably about 1.550 or more.
  • the refractive index of the high refractive index monomer may be 1.570 or more, 1.600 or more, 1.620 or more, 1.650 or more, It may be 1.675 or more or 1.700 or more.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index of the high refractive index monomer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition and compatibility with flexibility suitable as an adhesive, it is, for example, 3.000 or less, and 2. It may be .500 or less, 2.000 or less, 1.900 or less, 1.850 or less, 1.800 or less, 1.750 or less, or 1.700 or less.
  • the high refractive index monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the refractive index of the monomer is measured using an Abbe refractometer at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C.
  • model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO or its equivalent can be used. If a manufacturer or the like provides a nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C., that nominal value can be used.
  • the above-mentioned high refractive index monomer is one having a corresponding refractive index from among the compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m3) disclosed herein (for example, the compounds and compound groups exemplified above). may be adopted as appropriate.
  • m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (refractive index: 1.566, homopolymer Tg: -35°C), 1-naphthylmethyl acrylate (refractive index: 1.595, homopolymer Tg: 31°C), Ethoxylated o-phenylphenol acrylate (number of repeating oxyethylene units: 1, refractive index: 1.578), benzyl acrylate (refractive index (nD20): 1.519, homopolymer Tg: 6°C), phenoxyethyl acrylate (Refractive index (nD20): 1.517, homopolymer Tg: 2°C), phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (refractive index: 1.510, homopolymer Tg: -35°C), 6-acryloyloxymethyl dinaphthothiophene ( 6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.737), 6-methacryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MD
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer (that is, the aromatic ring-containing monomer having a refractive index of about 1.510 or more, preferably about 1.530 or more, more preferably about 1.550 or more) in the monomer (m3) is particularly
  • the content is not limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 35% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more.
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (m3) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, and preferably 70% by weight or more. , 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more.
  • Substantially 100% by weight of the monomers (m3) may be high refractive index monomers.
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (m3) is 100% by weight, for example, from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength. It may be less than 98% by weight, less than 90% by weight, less than 80% by weight, or less than 65% by weight.
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to realize an adhesive that has both desired refractive index and elastic modulus. In addition, if necessary, it may be set in consideration of compatibility with adhesive properties (for example, adhesive strength, etc.) and/or optical properties (for example, total light transmittance, haze value, etc.).
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more.
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component is suitably about 60% by weight or less from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength. It may be 50% by weight or less (for example, less than 50% by weight), 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, or less than 3% by weight. High refractive index monomers may not be used.
  • an aromatic ring-containing monomer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "monomer L") whose homopolymer Tg is 10° C. or less is employed as at least a portion of the monomer (m3).
  • the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m3) in the monomer component (in particular, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m3) that corresponds to at least one of the above-mentioned monomer containing multiple aromatic rings, monomer containing a single aromatic ring, and high refractive index monomer)
  • the storage modulus G' of the adhesive generally tends to increase, but by employing monomer L as part or all of the monomer (m3), it is possible to suppress the increase in the storage modulus G'.
  • the Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, 5°C or less, 0°C or less, -10°C or less, -20°C or less, or -25°C or less.
  • the lower limit of Tg of the monomer L is not particularly limited. Considering the balance with the refractive index improvement effect, in some embodiments, the Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, -70°C or higher, -55°C or higher, or -45°C or higher. In some other embodiments, the Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, -30°C or higher, -10°C or higher, 0°C or higher, or 3°C or higher. Monomer L can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the monomer L one having a corresponding Tg is appropriately adopted from among the compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m3) disclosed herein (for example, the compounds and compound groups exemplified above). be able to.
  • aromatic ring-containing monomers that can be used as monomer L include m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (homopolymer Tg: -35°C), benzyl acrylate (homopolymer Tg: 6°C), phenoxyethyl acrylate (homopolymer Tg: 6°C), Tg: 2°C), and phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (homopolymer Tg: -35°C).
  • the content of monomer L in the monomer (m3) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more.
  • the content of monomer L in the monomer (m3) is, for example, 50% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of making it easier to obtain an adhesive that has both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus at a higher level.
  • it is preferably 60% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, 95% by weight. The above is fine.
  • Substantially 100% by weight of the monomers (m3) may be monomer L.
  • the content of monomer L in the monomer (m3) is less than 100% by weight, for example, from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and, if necessary, adhesive strength.
  • the content may be 98% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 65% by weight or less.
  • the content of monomer L in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more.
  • the content of monomer L in the above monomer component is suitably about 60% by weight or less, from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and, if necessary, adhesive strength.
  • % for example, less than 50% by weight
  • Monomer L may not be used.
  • the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m3) may be preferably selected from compounds that do not include a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded (for example, a biphenyl structure).
  • the monomer component has a composition in which the content of a compound containing a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded is less than 5% by weight (more preferably less than 3% by weight, and may be 0% by weight)
  • An acrylic polymer constituted by is preferred.
  • the content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and the content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and the content of the monomer (m3) is not limited to a desired refractive index and elastic modulus, as well as adhesive properties (e.g., adhesive strength, etc.) and/or optical properties (e.g., total light rays).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be set so as to achieve both transparency, haze value, etc.).
  • the content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer component may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight.
  • the content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer component may be 25% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, 45% by weight. or more or 50% by weight or more.
  • the content of the monomer (m3) in the above monomer component is typically less than 100% by weight, suitably less than about 75% by weight (for example, 0% by weight or more and less than 75% by weight), and approximately It is preferably 60% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less (for example, less than 50% by weight), 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less It may be less than 3% by weight.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can also be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer does not contain the monomer (m3).
  • the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may contain monomers other than the above monomers (m1), (m2), and (m3) (hereinafter referred to as "other monomers"), if necessary.
  • the other monomers mentioned above can be used, for example, for purposes such as adjusting the Tg of the acrylic polymer, adjusting the adhesive performance, and improving compatibility within the adhesive layer.
  • the above-mentioned other monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the above-mentioned other monomers include monomers having functional groups other than hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups (functional group-containing monomers).
  • other monomers that can improve the cohesive force and heat resistance of the adhesive include sulfonic acid group-containing monomers, phosphoric acid group-containing monomers, cyano group-containing monomers, and the like.
  • amide group-containing monomers For example, (meth)acrylamide, N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, etc.), amino group-containing monomers (such as aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.), and nitrogen atom-containing rings.
  • N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone for example, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)acryloylmorpholine, etc.
  • imide group-containing monomers for example, epoxy group-containing monomers, keto group-containing monomers, isocyanate group-containing monomers, alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers, etc.
  • N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone also fall under the category of amide group-containing monomers. The same applies to the relationship between the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring and the amino group-containing monomer.
  • vinyl ester monomers such as vinyl acetate; non-aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and isobornyl (meth)acrylate; ethylene, Olefinic monomers such as butadiene and isobutylene; Chlorine-containing monomers such as vinyl chloride; Alkoxy group-containing monomers such as methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate; vinyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether system monomer; etc.
  • an alkoxy group is added as the other monomer.
  • Containing monomers may be preferably used.
  • Alkoxy group-containing monomers can also help reduce haze and improve adhesion.
  • alkoxy group-containing monomers include methoxyethyl acrylate (MEA) (homopolymer Tg: -50°C), ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate (also known as ethyl carbitol acrylate, homopolymer Tg: -67°C), Examples include alkoxy group-containing acrylates.
  • MEA methoxyethyl acrylate
  • ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate also known as ethyl carbitol acrylate, homopolymer Tg: -67°C
  • alkoxy group-containing acrylates examples include alkoxy group-containing acrylates.
  • the content of the alkoxy group-containing monomer in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of obtaining higher effects, 5% by weight or more.
  • the content may be 10% by weight or more, or may be 15% by weight
  • the content of the alkoxy group-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, 40% by weight or less (for example, 0 to 40% by weight), which facilitates achieving both a high refractive index and a balance of properties as an adhesive. From this point of view, it is advantageous that it is 35% by weight or less, preferably 30% by weight or less, it may be 25% by weight or less, and it may be 22% by weight or less.
  • the amount used is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set within a range where the total amount of the monomer components does not exceed 100% by weight.
  • the content of the above-mentioned other monomers in the monomer component is, for example, approximately 45% by weight or less (for example, 0 to 45% by weight) from the viewpoint of achieving both a high refractive index and a balance of properties as an adhesive. %), and it is appropriate to make it about 40% by weight or less, about 35% by weight or less, about 30% by weight or less, about 25% by weight or less, about 20% by weight or less It may be about 10% by weight or less, about 5% by weight or less, or about 1% by weight or less.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which the monomer component does not substantially contain the other monomers mentioned above.
  • the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may have a composition in which the amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer used is suppressed to a predetermined amount or less.
  • the amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer used in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 5% by weight, less than 3% by weight, less than 1% by weight, or less than 0.5% by weight. Limiting the amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer used in this way can be advantageous from the viewpoint of realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive that has a good balance of flexibility, adhesiveness, and high refractive index.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may have a composition that does not contain a methacryloyl group-containing monomer (for example, a composition that consists only of an acryloyl group-containing monomer).
  • the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is limited from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring or discoloration (for example, yellowing) of the adhesive.
  • the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 1% by weight, less than 0.5% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, less than 0.1% by weight, 0. It may be less than .05% by weight.
  • This limitation on the amount of carboxy group-containing monomers is due to the fact that metal materials that may be placed in contact with or in close proximity to the adhesive disclosed herein (e.g., metal wiring that may be present on an adherend) This is also advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing corrosion of metal films, etc.).
  • the technique disclosed herein can be carried out in an embodiment in which the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer do not contain a carboxy group-containing monomer.
  • the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer include monomers having acidic functional groups (including carboxy groups, sulfonic acid groups, phosphoric acid groups, etc.). Preferably limited.
  • the amount of the acidic functional group-containing monomer used in the monomer component of this embodiment the above-mentioned preferred amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer can be applied.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which the monomer component does not contain an acidic group-containing monomer (that is, an embodiment in which the acrylic polymer is acid-free).
  • the method for obtaining the acrylic polymer composed of such monomer components is not particularly limited, and may include solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, photopolymerization, etc.
  • Various polymerization methods known as methods for synthesizing acrylic polymers can be appropriately employed.
  • a solution polymerization method can be preferably employed.
  • the polymerization temperature when performing solution polymerization can be appropriately selected depending on the type of monomer and solvent used, the type of polymerization initiator, etc., and is, for example, about 20°C to 170°C (typically 40°C to 140°C). °C).
  • the solvent (polymerization solvent) used for solution polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents.
  • aromatic compounds typically aromatic hydrocarbons
  • acetate esters such as ethyl acetate
  • aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane
  • 1,2-dichloroethane, etc. halogenated alkanes lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; etc.
  • Any one type of solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more types can be used.
  • the initiator used for polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known polymerization initiators depending on the type of polymerization method.
  • one or more azo polymerization initiators such as 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) can be preferably used.
  • Other examples of polymerization initiators include persulfates such as potassium persulfate; peroxide initiators such as benzoyl peroxide and hydrogen peroxide; substituted ethane initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; aromatic carbonyl compounds ; etc.
  • Still another example of the polymerization initiator is a redox initiator using a combination of a peroxide and a reducing agent.
  • One type of polymerization initiator can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination.
  • the amount of the polymerization initiator used may be any normal amount, for example, about 0.005 to 1 part by weight (typically about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. ) can be selected from the range.
  • chain transfer agents such as n-dodecylmercaptan, t-dodecylmercaptan, thioglycolic acid, and ⁇ -thioglycerol can be used.
  • a chain transfer agent that does not contain sulfur atoms (non-sulfur chain transfer agent) may be used.
  • non-sulfur chain transfer agents include anilines such as N,N-dimethylaniline and N,N-diethylaniline; terpenoids such as ⁇ -pinene and terpinolene; ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene dimer, etc.
  • chain transfer agent can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination.
  • amount used can be, for example, approximately 0.01 to 1 part by weight per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component.
  • the monomer component constituting the base polymer (e.g., acrylic polymer) of the adhesive has a composition such that the glass transition temperature TgP based on the composition of the monomer component is approximately 10 ° C. or less. is preferred.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg P is preferably 0° C. or lower (for example, lower than 0° C.), more preferably -10° C. or lower, and even more preferably -20° C. or lower.
  • the temperature may be -57°C or lower.
  • a low glass transition temperature TgP can be advantageous from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus of the adhesive.
  • the lower limit of the glass transition temperature TgP is not particularly limited.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg P may be, for example, -70°C or higher, and is advantageously -65°C or higher from the viewpoint of facilitating the realization of a pressure-sensitive adhesive having appropriate cohesiveness.
  • the temperature may be -60°C or higher, or -55°C or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature TgP refers to the glass transition temperature determined by the Fox equation based on the composition of the monomer components.
  • Tg is the glass transition temperature of the copolymer (unit: K)
  • Wi is the weight fraction of monomer i in the copolymer (copolymerization ratio on a weight basis)
  • Tgi is the homopolymer of monomer i.
  • Tg glass transition temperature (unit: K) of As the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used to calculate Tg, the value described in publicly known materials such as "Polymer Handbook” (3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) is used. For monomers for which multiple values are listed in the Polymer Handbook, the highest value is used. If the Tg of the homopolymer is not described in known materials, the value obtained by the measurement method described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-51271 shall be used.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the base polymer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, approximately 30 ⁇ 10 4 or more, approximately 40 ⁇ 10 4 or more, or approximately 50 ⁇ It may be 10 4 or more.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight of the base polymer
  • a suitable adhesive property and elongation deformability can be achieved. It is easy to obtain cohesive force.
  • the Mw of the base polymer is suitably 55 ⁇ 10 4 or more, advantageously 60 ⁇ 10 4 or more, preferably 70 ⁇ 10 4 or more, 80 It is more preferable to be at least ⁇ 10 4 , and may be at least 90 ⁇ 10 4 , at least 100 ⁇ 10 4 , or at least 120 ⁇ 10 4 .
  • the fact that the Mw of the base polymer is not too low makes it easier to stably retain the additive (A) in the adhesive in a configuration containing 30 parts by weight or more of the additive (A) based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. It can also be advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the transparency of the adhesive.
  • the upper limit of Mw of the base polymer is, for example, about 500 ⁇ 10 4 or less, and from the viewpoint of adhesive performance, about 400 ⁇ 10 4 or less (more preferably about 300 ⁇ 10 4 or less, for example, about 200 ⁇ 10 4 or less). It is preferably within a range of about 170 ⁇ 10 4 or less, about 150 ⁇ 10 4 or less, or about 130 ⁇ 10 4 or less.
  • the Mw of the base polymer can be determined in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Specifically, it can be determined by measuring under the following conditions using a GPC measurement device with the trade name "HLC-8220GPC” (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation).
  • the high refractive index additive (A) in the technology disclosed herein is a compound with an asymmetric structure, and is typically an organic compound with an asymmetric structure.
  • the compound with an asymmetric structure refers to a compound having a molecular structure that is neither linearly symmetrical nor rotationally symmetrical.
  • the fact that the compound used as the additive (A) has an asymmetric structure means that even if the amount used is relatively large based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer (for example, acrylic polymer), the degree of increase in the elastic modulus of the adhesive will be moderate. It is advantageous from the viewpoint of The additive (A) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the base polymer for example, acrylic polymer
  • a compound that corresponds to at least one of a compound having a double bond-containing ring and a compound having a heterocycle (which may be a double bond-containing ring), that is, a heterocycle and a double bond-containing ring.
  • Compounds containing a ring corresponding to at least one of these can be preferably employed.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive can be efficiently increased.
  • the above compound may be advantageous from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition (for example, solubility in a solvent used in a solvent-based adhesive composition) and compatibility within the adhesive.
  • the double bond-containing ring that the additive (A) has may be a conjugated double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring) or a non-conjugated double bond-containing ring. From the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index, it is advantageous for the additive (A) to have at least one ring selected from an aromatic ring and a heterocycle (heterocycle) as the double bond-containing ring. .
  • the above-mentioned heterocycle may have a structure included in an aromatic ring, or may have a double bond-containing heterocyclic structure different from an aromatic ring.
  • Examples of the double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring) that the additive (A) may have include a benzene ring (which may be a benzene ring forming part of a biphenyl structure or a fluorene structure); a naphthalene ring; It may be a carbocyclic ring such as an indene ring, an azulene ring, an anthracene ring, or a fused ring of a phenanthrene ring; a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrazine ring, a triazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, or a triazole ring.
  • a benzene ring which may be a benzene ring forming part of a biphenyl structure or a fluorene
  • the additive (A) may have a structure in which one or more carbon rings and one or more heterocycles are condensed, such as a dinaphthothiophene structure.
  • the additive (A) is an organic compound having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (hereinafter referred to as a "compound containing multiple aromatic rings") because it is easy to obtain a high refractive index effect. ) can be preferably adopted.
  • the compound containing multiple aromatic rings may or may not have a polymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group. Further, the compound containing multiple aromatic rings may be a polymer or a non-polymer.
  • the above polymer is an oligomer (preferably an oligomer having a molecular weight of about 5,000 or less, more preferably about 1,000 or less; for example, a low polymer of about 2 to 5 molecules) containing a monomer containing multiple aromatic rings as a monomer unit.
  • the above oligomers are, for example: homopolymers of monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings; copolymers of two or more monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings; copolymers of one or more monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings with other monomers. It can be a combination; etc.
  • the above-mentioned other monomers may be aromatic ring-containing monomers that do not correspond to monomers containing multiple aromatic rings, may be monomers having no aromatic rings, or may be a combination thereof.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds containing multiple aromatic rings include compounds having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group; Examples include a compound having a chemically bonded structure (without intervening), a compound having a fused aromatic ring structure, a compound having a fluorene structure, a compound having a dinaphthothiophene structure, a compound having a dibenzothiophene structure, and the like.
  • the compound containing multiple aromatic rings can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of compounds that can be used as the additive (A) include compounds that can be used as monomers (m3); oligomers containing as monomer units compounds that can be used as monomers (m3); compounds that can be used as monomers (m3) From, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group (which may be a substituent bonded to a ring-constituting atom) or a group having no ethylenically unsaturated group, excluding the part of the group that constitutes an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group which may be a substituent bonded to a ring-constituting atom
  • a group having no ethylenically unsaturated group excluding the part of the group that constitutes an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • hydrogen examples include, but are not limited to, compounds having an asymmetric structure, such as a compound having a structure in which an atom is replaced.
  • the double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring, preferably a carbocyclic ring) may have one or more substituents on the ring-constituting atoms, or may have no substituents. good.
  • a compound having a double bond-containing ring and having an asymmetric structure due to the above-mentioned substituents can be preferably used as the additive (A).
  • a compound containing a fused ring having a substituent may be preferably used as the additive (A).
  • the refractive index of the adhesive can be efficiently increased.
  • the above compound may be advantageous from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition (for example, solubility in a solvent used in a solvent-based adhesive composition) and compatibility within the adhesive.
  • the fused ring having a substituent refers to a fused ring having one or more substituents on the ring constituent atoms of at least one ring included in the fused ring.
  • the fused ring preferably includes a ring that corresponds to at least one of a heterocycle and a double bond-containing ring.
  • a substituted condensed ring-containing compound having an asymmetric structure due to the above substituents can be preferably used as the additive (A).
  • the substituent includes an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an aryloxy group, an ester group (acetoxyalkyl group, etc.), an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group. , halogen atoms (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), ethylenically unsaturated groups, hydroxyalkyl groups, hydroxyalkyloxy groups, glycidyloxy groups, etc., but are not limited to these.
  • the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and may be 1 or 2, for example.
  • the double bond-containing ring has no substituents on the ring atoms, or has an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an ester group, an ethylenically unsaturated group (e.g. (meth)acryloxy It may be an aromatic ring having one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group), a hydroxyl group, and a hydroxyalkyl group.
  • preferred substituents include alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and alkoxyalkyl groups, and the number of carbon atoms contained in these substituents is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, For example, it can be 1 or 2.
  • a preferred example of a substituted fused ring-containing compound that can be used as the additive (A) is a dinaphthothiophene compound (substituted DNT) having at least one substituent.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing substituted DNT with an asymmetric structure as the additive (A) can preferably achieve both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus.
  • the substituent that the substituted DNT has may be, for example, one or more selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, a (meth)acryloxy group, and a vinyl group. From the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, substituted DNT having one substituent is preferred.
  • substituted DNTs include saturated substituted DNTs such as 6-methoxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTM, refractive index: 1.759) and 6-ethyldinaphthothiophene (6EDNT, refractive index: 1.764).
  • MDNTM 6-methoxymethyldinaphthothiophene
  • EDNT 6-ethyldinaphthothiophene
  • Examples include substituted DNT having an ethylenically unsaturated substituent, such as 5-vinyldinaphthothiophene (abbreviation: 5VDNT, refractive index: 1.793).
  • a compound having no ethylenically unsaturated group can be preferably employed as the additive (A).
  • This may cause changes in the properties of the adhesive composition due to heat or light (e.g., decrease in coatability due to progress of gelation or increase in viscosity) or changes in adhesive performance (e.g., elasticity due to reaction of ethylenically unsaturated groups). (increase in elasticity and decrease in elongation deformability) and improve storage stability.
  • Adopting an additive (A) that does not have an ethylenically unsaturated group means that in an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer containing the additive (A), dimensional changes and deformation due to reactions of ethylenically unsaturated groups are avoided. It is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of optical distortion (warping, waving, etc.) and optical distortion.
  • the refractive index na of the additive (A) can be selected so that a desired refractive index can be obtained in the adhesive containing the additive (A), and is not limited to a specific range.
  • the refractive index na of the additive (A) may be, for example, 1.510 or more, 1.530 or more, 1.550 or more, or 1.570 or more. Good too.
  • the refractive index na of the additive (A) is suitably 1.600 or more, advantageously 1.620 or more, and 1.650 or more. It is preferably 1.675 or more, more preferably 1.700 or more.
  • the degree of freedom in selecting the base polymer that can constitute the adhesive having the desired refractive index increases, and for example, it is also possible to select a base polymer with a lower refractive index. It becomes possible. This can be advantageous from the viewpoint of realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive that has both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus in a well-balanced manner.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index na of the additive (A) is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the low-temperature properties and transparency of the adhesive, it is suitable to be, for example, 3.000 or less, and 2.500 or less. It may be 2.000 or less, 1.900 or less, 1.850 or less, 1.825 or less, or 1.800 or less.
  • the refractive index n a of the high refractive index additive (A) is measured using a prism coupler under conditions of a measurement temperature of 25° C. and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.
  • a prism coupler a commercially available measuring device can be used, and for example, model "2010M” manufactured by Metricon or its equivalent can be used. If a manufacturer or the like provides a nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C., that nominal value can be used.
  • ⁇ n A may be, for example, 0.010 or more, and from the viewpoint of efficiently exhibiting the refractive index improvement effect by the additive (A), it is advantageous that it is 0.050 or more, It is preferably 0.100 or more, more preferably 0.125 or more, even more preferably 0.150 or more, may be 0.160 or more, or even 0.170 or more. It may be 0.180 or more or 0.190 or more. Further, from the viewpoint of the compatibility of the high refractive index additive (A) in the adhesive, the transparency of the adhesive, etc., in some embodiments, ⁇ n A may be, for example, 0.500 or less, It may be .400 or less, or it may be .300 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the additive (A) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 100 or more, 130 or more, or 150 or more. In some embodiments, the molecular weight of the additive (A) is preferably 170 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even 230 or more, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the additive (A). Generally, it may be 250 or more, 270 or more, or 300 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the additive (A) may be approximately less than 10,000 or less than 5,000, and has the effect of increasing the refractive index and other properties (for example, flexibility suitable for adhesives, optical properties such as haze) From the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between It may be less than It can be advantageous that the molecular weight of the additive (A) is not too large from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition and improvement of compatibility within the adhesive.
  • a compound having a molecular weight of about 200 to 600 (for example, 300 or more and less than 500) can be preferably used as the additive (A).
  • the molecular weight of the additive (A) for non-polymers or polymers with a low degree of polymerization (e.g. dimer to pentamer), the molecular weight calculated based on the chemical structure, or the molecular weight calculated based on the matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization flight. Measured values using time-based mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF-MS) can be used.
  • MALDI-TOF-MS time-based mass spectrometry
  • Mw weight average molecular weight based on GPC performed under appropriate conditions can be used. If a nominal value of molecular weight is provided by a manufacturer, etc., that nominal value can be used.
  • the additive (A) is a compound that is typically not gaseous at 25°C and is not liquid (liquid) or gaseous at 25°C. It is preferable.
  • liquid means exhibiting fluidity, and refers to a liquid state as a substance state.
  • Such compounds include those having a melting point above 25°C. Thereby, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive having an appropriate cohesive force capable of exhibiting desired adhesive properties and elongation deformability.
  • the melting point of the additive (A) is, for example, preferably 30°C or higher, more preferably 40°C or higher, even more preferably 50°C or higher, 60°C or higher, or 70°C or higher. , 80°C or higher.
  • the upper limit of the melting point of the additive (A) is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition, transparency of the adhesive, etc., the melting point of the additive (A) may be, for example, 350°C or lower, or even 300°C or lower. Generally, the temperature may be 250°C or lower, or 200°C or lower.
  • the compound used as the additive (A) is preferably soluble in a solvent (typically an organic solvent) from the viewpoint of ease of blending into the adhesive.
  • soluble means that the compound is at least 1.0% by weight (more preferably 2.0% by weight or more, still more preferably 5.0% by weight or more) at 25°C in at least one general-purpose solvent.
  • the solubility is such that a solution can be prepared at a concentration of 0% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more.
  • examples of the above-mentioned general-purpose solvents include acetate esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; lower ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK); aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; mixed solvents thereof; etc. included.
  • acetate esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate
  • lower ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)
  • aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene
  • mixed solvents thereof etc. included.
  • compounds that exhibit the above-mentioned solubility in one or both of ethyl acetate and MEK are preferred.
  • the content of the additive (A) in the adhesive disclosed herein is within a range such that the content is 30 parts by weight or more based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately set the pressure-sensitive adhesive to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive having desired properties.
  • the content of the additive (A) relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer may be, for example, more than 30 parts by weight to better exhibit the effect of lowering the elastic modulus and/or increasing the refractive index.
  • the amount is preferably 35 parts by weight or more, more preferably 40 parts by weight or more, 45 parts by weight or more, 50 parts by weight or more, 60 parts by weight or more, and 65 parts by weight or more. good.
  • the content of the additive (A) relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer may be, for example, 150 parts by weight or less to obtain an adhesive having an appropriate cohesive force capable of exhibiting desired adhesive properties and elongation deformability.
  • the amount is suitably 120 parts by weight or less, preferably 100 parts by weight or less, may be 90 parts by weight or less, may be 80 parts by weight or less, and may be 75 parts by weight. The following may be used.
  • the content of the additive (A) relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer may be 70 parts by weight or less, and may be 65 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount may be 60 parts by weight or less, 55 parts by weight or less, 50 parts by weight or less, or 45 parts by weight or less.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein contains an organic compound with a high refractive index that does not fall under the above additive (A) as an optional component. It's okay to stay.
  • high refractive index organic compounds that do not fall under additive (A) include compounds that can be used as monomers (m3) and have a symmetrical structure; two or more non-fused aromatic rings bonded via a linking group; Compounds having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are chemically bonded directly (i.e., without intervening other atoms), compounds having a fused aromatic ring structure, compounds having a fluorene structure, dinaphthothiophene Examples include compounds having a structure or a compound having a dibenzothiophene structure, which have a symmetrical structure.
  • the amount of high refractive index organic compounds that do not fall under additive (A) should be less than 1/3 of the amount of additive (A) used on a weight basis. It is appropriate to set it as 1/4, and it is preferable to set it as less than 1/4, it may be less than 1/6, it may be less than 1/10, it may be less than 1/15, or it may be less than 1/30.
  • the amount of the high refractive index organic compound that does not fall under the additive (A) is suitably less than 10 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer, less than 5 parts by weight, less than 3 parts by weight, It is preferably less than 2 parts by weight or less than 1 part by weight.
  • the technique disclosed herein can be preferably carried out in an embodiment in which a high refractive index organic compound that does not correspond to the additive (A) is not substantially used.
  • the adhesive composition used to form the adhesive disclosed herein may contain a crosslinking agent, if necessary, for purposes such as adjusting the cohesive force of the adhesive.
  • a crosslinking agent known in the adhesive field, such as an isocyanate crosslinking agent, an epoxy crosslinking agent, an aziridine crosslinking agent, an oxazoline crosslinking agent, a melamine resin, a metal chelate crosslinking agent, etc. Can be done.
  • isocyanate-based crosslinking agents and epoxy-based crosslinking agents can be preferably employed.
  • Other examples of crosslinking agents include monomers having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, ie, polyfunctional monomers.
  • One type of crosslinking agent can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination.
  • a bifunctional or more functional isocyanate compound can be used, such as aliphatic polystyrene such as trimethylene diisocyanate, butylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate (PDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), dimer acid diisocyanate, etc.
  • aliphatic polystyrene such as trimethylene diisocyanate, butylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate (PDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), dimer acid diisocyanate, etc.
  • Isocyanates Alicyclic isocyanates such as cyclopentylene diisocyanate, cyclohexylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane; 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 4,4'- Aromatic isocyanates such as diphenylmethane diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate (XDI); the above isocyanate compounds are modified with allophanate bonds, biuret bonds, isocyanurate bonds, uretdione bonds, urea bonds, carbodiimide bonds, uretonimine bonds, oxadiazinetrione bonds, etc.
  • modified polyisocyanates for example, isocyanurate of HDI, allophanate of HDI, etc.
  • polyhydric alcohol adducts of the above-mentioned isocyanate compounds for example, trimethylolpropane adduct of XDI, etc.
  • examples of commercially available products include the trade names Takenate 300S, Takenate 500, Takenate 600, Takenate D110N, Takenate D120N, Takenate D140N, Takenate D160N, Takenate D165N, Takenate D178N, Takenate D178NL (all manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), Sumidur T80.
  • the isocyanate compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a bifunctional isocyanate compound and a trifunctional or more functional isocyanate compound may be used together.
  • epoxy crosslinking agent examples include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin type epoxy resin, ethylene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, glycerin triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, and trimethylol.
  • Propane triglycidyl ether, diglycidylaniline, diamine glycidylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine and 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, etc. can be mentioned. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, Pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecane Diol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, allyl(meth)acrylate, vinyl(meth)acrylate, divinylbenzene, bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, epoxy acrylate , polyester
  • the crosslinking agent is a bifunctional crosslinking agent having two crosslinking reactive groups (eg, isocyanate groups) per molecule.
  • a bifunctional crosslinking agent By using a bifunctional crosslinking agent, a flexible crosslinked structure can be easily formed.
  • One kind of bifunctional crosslinking agent can be used alone or two or more kinds can be used in combination.
  • a bifunctional crosslinking agent may be used in combination with a trifunctional or more functional crosslinking agent.
  • an acyclic crosslinking agent (also referred to as a chain crosslinking agent) that does not have a ring structure such as an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring is preferably used as the crosslinking agent.
  • a ring structure such as an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring
  • isocyanate-based crosslinking agents it is preferable to use isocyanate-based compounds that do not have a ring structure such as an aromatic ring or an isocyanurate ring.
  • acyclic isocyanates include aliphatic isocyanate compounds (e.g., PDI and HDI) and modified aliphatic isocyanate compounds (e.g., allophanate bonds, biuret bonds, urea bonds, and carbodiimide bonds of PDI and HDI). modified polyisocyanates).
  • aliphatic isocyanate compounds e.g., PDI and HDI
  • modified aliphatic isocyanate compounds e.g., allophanate bonds, biuret bonds, urea bonds, and carbodiimide bonds of PDI and HDI. modified polyisocyanates.
  • One type of acyclic crosslinking agent can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination.
  • an acyclic bifunctional crosslinking agent may be used as the crosslinking agent.
  • a crosslinking agent in which the distance between one crosslinking reactive group (for example, an isocyanate group) and another crosslinking reactive group in one molecule may be used is relatively long.
  • a flexible crosslinked structure having a length longer than a predetermined length is formed.
  • a compound in which the number of atoms constituting a linking chain connecting one crosslinking reactive group and another crosslinking reactive group in one molecule of the crosslinking agent is 10 or more (for example, 12 or more or 14 or more) is used as a crosslinking agent. It can be used as The upper limit of the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain is not particularly limited as it can be prepared by polymerization etc.
  • the number of atoms constituting a linking chain connecting the above-mentioned cross-linking-reactive groups refers to the number of atoms constituting a linking chain that connects the above-mentioned cross-linking-reactive groups.
  • the minimum number of atoms required to reach the crosslinking-reactive group (the closest cross-linking-reactive group).
  • the above-mentioned crosslinking agents having a connecting chain can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • an acyclic bifunctional crosslinking agent may be used as the crosslinking agent.
  • examples of commercially available crosslinking agents include Coronate 2770 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), Takenate D178NL (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), Duranate A201H (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation), and the like.
  • the amount used is not particularly limited, and is, for example, in the range of about 0.001 parts by weight to 5.0 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the above monomer components. can do.
  • the amount of the crosslinking agent used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is preferably 3.0 parts by weight or less, more preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less. , 1.0 part by weight or less, 0.5 part by weight or less, or 0.2 part by weight or less.
  • the amount of the crosslinking agent used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.005 parts by weight or more, and 0.01 parts by weight. parts by weight or more, 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.08 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.2 parts by weight or more, 0.4 parts by weight or more. But that's fine.
  • a crosslinking catalyst may be used to advance the crosslinking reaction more effectively.
  • the crosslinking catalyst include metal crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, zirconium tetraacetylacetonate, ferric nathem, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate.
  • metal crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, zirconium tetraacetylacetonate, ferric nathem, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate.
  • tin-based crosslinking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferred.
  • the amount of crosslinking catalyst used is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the crosslinking catalyst to be used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is, for example, in the range of approximately 0.0001 part by weight or more and 1 part by weight or less, taking into consideration the balance between the speed of the crosslinking reaction and the length of the pot life of the adhesive composition. It is preferably in the range of 0.001 part by weight or more and 0.5 part by weight or less.
  • the adhesive composition may contain a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism as a crosslinking retarder.
  • a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism can be preferably used in a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent.
  • Various ⁇ -dicarbonyl compounds can be used as the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism.
  • ⁇ -diketones acetylacetone, 2,4-hexanedione, etc.
  • acetoacetate esters methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, etc.
  • Compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism can be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less, and 0.5 parts by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less, based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. Alternatively, the amount may be 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein may contain a tackifier.
  • tackifiers include rosin-based tackifying resins, terpene-based tackifying resins, phenol-based tackifying resins, hydrocarbon-based tackifying resins, ketone-based tackifying resins, polyamide-based tackifying resins, epoxy-based tackifying resins, and elastomers.
  • Known tackifier resins such as tackifier resins can be used. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the tackifying resin used is not particularly limited, and can be set so that appropriate adhesive performance is exhibited depending on the purpose and use.
  • the amount of tackifier used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is appropriately 30 parts by weight or less, preferably 10 parts by weight or less. , more preferably 5 parts by weight or less.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably practiced without using a tackifier.
  • High refractive index particles The adhesive disclosed herein can contain high refractive index particles as an optional component.
  • high refractive index particles mean particles that can increase the refractive index of the adhesive by being included in the adhesive.
  • the high refractive index particles may be referred to as "particles P HRI ".
  • HRI means high refractive index.
  • the particle P HRI is made of a material having a refractive index of, for example, 1.60 or more, preferably 1.70 or more (may be 1.80 or more, 1.90 or more, or even 2.00 or more). One or more of the configured particles may be used.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index of the material constituting the particles P HRI is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 3.00 or less, 2.80 or less, 2.50 or less, 2.20 or less, It may be 2.00 or less.
  • the refractive index of the material constituting the particle P HRI was measured using a commercially available spectroscopic ellipsometer at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C for a single layer film (thickness that allows refractive index measurement) of the material. This is the refractive index measured under the following conditions.
  • the spectroscopic ellipsometer for example, the product name "EC-400" (manufactured by JA. Woolam) or its equivalent product is used.
  • the type of particle P HRI is not particularly limited, and one or more materials that can improve the refractive index of the adhesive are selected from metal particles, metal compound particles, organic particles, and organic-inorganic composite particles. can be selected and used.
  • the particles P HRI those that can improve the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably used from among inorganic oxides (for example, metal oxides).
  • Suitable examples of materials constituting the particles P HRI include titania (titanium oxide, TiO 2 ), zirconia (zirconium oxide, ZrO 2 ), aluminum oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, copper oxide, barium titanate, niobium oxide ( Examples include inorganic oxides (specifically metal oxides) such as Nb 2 O 5 etc.). Particles made of these inorganic oxides (for example, metal oxides) can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, particles made of titania or zirconia are preferable, and particles made of zirconia are particularly preferable.
  • metal particles for example, iron-based, zinc-based, tungsten-based, or platinum-based materials can have a high refractive index.
  • organic particles particles made of resin such as styrene resin, phenol resin, polyester resin, and polycarbonate resin have a relatively high refractive index.
  • the organic-inorganic composite particles include composites of the above-mentioned inorganic materials and organic materials, and inorganic particles coated with organic materials such as resins.
  • the particles P HRI from the viewpoint of compatibility with the adhesive component, the above-mentioned organic or inorganic particles surface-treated with a surface treatment agent may be used.
  • the average particle diameter of the particles P HRI is not particularly limited, and particles of an appropriate size that can realize a desired refractive index improvement by being included in the adhesive may be used.
  • the average particle diameter of the particles P HRI can be, for example, about 1 nm or more, and suitably about 5 nm or more. From the viewpoint of improving the refractive index and handling properties, the average particle diameter of the particles P HRI is preferably about 10 nm or more, may be about 20 nm or more, or may be about 30 nm or more.
  • the upper limit of the average particle diameter is, for example, approximately 300 nm or less, and from the viewpoint of improving the refractive index, it is preferably approximately 100 nm or less, more preferably approximately 70 nm or less, and even more preferably It is approximately 50 nm or less, and may be approximately 35 nm or less (for example, approximately 25 nm or less).
  • the average particle diameter of the particle P HRI mentioned above refers to the volume average particle diameter, and specifically, the particle size distribution measured for the particle P HRI dispersion using a particle size distribution measuring device based on a laser scattering/diffraction method. It refers to the particle diameter at an integrated value of 50% (50% volume average particle diameter; hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as D50 ).
  • the measuring device for example, the product name "Microtrac MT3000II" manufactured by Microtrac Bell Co., Ltd. or its equivalent can be used.
  • the content of particle P HRI in the adhesive is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the particles P HRI may vary depending on the desired refractive index.
  • the content of the particles P HRI can be appropriately set in consideration of required adhesive properties and the like so as to provide a refractive index of a predetermined value or higher.
  • the content of particle P HRI in the adhesive can be, for example, about 75% by weight or less, and may be about 50% by weight or less from the viewpoint of adhesive properties and transparency, and may be about 30% by weight.
  • the lower limit of the content of particle P HRI is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, more than 0% by weight, 1% by weight or more, or 5% by weight or more.
  • the content of particulate P HRI in the adhesive is, for example, less than 10% by weight, may be less than 1% by weight, and may be less than 0.1% by weight.
  • the techniques disclosed herein can be practiced in such a manner that the adhesive composition is substantially free of particle P HRI .
  • the content of particulate P HRI in an adhesive can also be specified in relation to the amount of base polymer included in the adhesive.
  • the content of the particle P HRI can be, for example, about 100 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer, and may be about 60 parts by weight or less from the viewpoint of adhesive properties and transparency, and may be about 40 parts by weight. The following may be used.
  • the lower limit of the content of particle P HRI is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, more than 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight or more, or 5 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer.
  • the content of particle P HRI is, for example, less than 30 parts by weight, may be less than 10 parts by weight, may be less than 1 part by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer, It may be less than 0.1 part by weight.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein or the adhesive composition used to form the adhesive may contain plasticizers, softeners, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.) to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not significantly impaired.
  • fillers, antistatic agents, antiaging agents, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, preservatives, and other known additives that can be used in adhesives may be included as necessary.
  • conventionally known ones can be used in a conventional manner, and since they do not particularly characterize the present invention, detailed explanations will be omitted.
  • the adhesive according to some embodiments has a limited content of liquid compounds at 25°C.
  • the effect of containing a predetermined amount or more of the additive (A) with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer (for example, increasing the refractive index of the adhesive while maintaining the desired cohesiveness and elongation deformability) effect) is likely to be suitably demonstrated.
  • the content of the compound that is liquid at 25°C is, for example, suitably less than 10 parts by weight, preferably less than 5 parts by weight, and less than 3 parts by weight or 1 part by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. More preferably, the amount is less than 1 part.
  • the adhesive may be substantially free of compounds that are liquid at 25°C.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited as long as it is 1.50 or more, and can be set depending on the purpose (for example, in consideration of the refractive index of the adherend). According to the technology disclosed herein, a pressure-sensitive adhesive having such a refractive index, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition capable of forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be provided.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive may be, for example, 1.510 or more, 1.520 or more, 1.530 or more, 1.540 or more, 1. It may be .550 or more or 1.560 or more (for example, more than 1.570).
  • the refractive index of the adhesive may be 1.575 or more, 1.580 or more, 1.585 or more, 1.590 or more, 1.595 or more. But that's fine. According to the pressure-sensitive adhesive having such a refractive index, light reflection at the interface with the adherend can be suitably suppressed in a usage mode in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive is attached to a material having a high refractive index.
  • the preferable upper limit of the refractive index of the adhesive is not limited to a specific range because it may vary depending on the refractive index of the adherend, etc., and may be, for example, 1.700 or less, 1.670 or less, and 1. It may be 650 or less, 1.620 or less, or 1.600 or less.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive may be less than 1.595, less than 1.590, less than 1.580, or 1.570. less than 1.560, less than 1.550 or less than 1.540.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by the composition of the adhesive (eg, type of base polymer, composition ratio of monomer components, type and amount of additive (A) used).
  • the refractive index of an adhesive refers to the refractive index of the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive can be measured using a prism coupler under conditions of a measurement temperature of 25° C. and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.
  • a commercially available measuring device can be used, such as model "2010M” manufactured by Metricon or its equivalent.
  • an adhesive layer made of the adhesive to be evaluated can be used.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the storage modulus G' (Storage modulus G') According to the technology disclosed herein, it is possible to achieve a low elastic modulus of the adhesive while enjoying the effect of increasing the refractive index by the additive (A).
  • the storage modulus G' (25°C) of the adhesive at 25°C may be, for example, 1.0 x 10 6 Pa or less, and 5.0 x 10 5 Pa. It may be the following.
  • the adhesive having the storage modulus G' (25° C.) has appropriate flexibility in the temperature range from around room temperature to higher, and can adhere well to an adherend, for example.
  • the lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G' is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 Pa or more, or 5.0 ⁇ 10 3 Pa or more.
  • the adhesive tends to have appropriate cohesive strength, for example, in a high temperature range from around room temperature.
  • the storage modulus G' (25° C.) of the adhesive is advantageously less than 2.0 ⁇ 10 5 Pa, preferably less than 1.5 ⁇ 10 5 Pa.
  • more preferably less than 1.2 ⁇ 10 5 Pa may be less than 1.0 ⁇ 10 5 Pa, may be less than 9.0 ⁇ 10 4 Pa, and may be less than 8.0 ⁇ 10 4 It may be less than Pa, it may be less than 7.0 ⁇ 10 4 Pa, it may be less than 6.5 ⁇ 10 4 Pa, it may be less than 6.0 ⁇ 10 4 Pa.
  • the storage elastic modulus G' (25° C.) is preferably 6.0 ⁇ 10 3 Pa or more, may be 8.0 ⁇ 10 3 Pa or more, and may be 1.0 ⁇ 10 4 Pa or more.
  • An adhesive having a storage modulus G' (25° C.) in the above range can have both a high refractive index and flexibility, and can have flexibility that can withstand repeated bending operations.
  • the storage modulus G' (60°C) of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and is suitably less than 1.0 ⁇ 10 6 Pa, preferably less than 5.0 ⁇ less than 10 5 Pa, more preferably less than 2.0 x 10 5 Pa, may be less than 1.5 x 10 5 Pa, may be less than 1.0 x 10 5 Pa, 0.8 It may be less than ⁇ 10 4 Pa.
  • the adhesive whose storage modulus G' (60° C.) is limited as described above has good flexibility in a high temperature range.
  • the lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G' (60° C.) is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 5.0 ⁇ 10 2 Pa or more, suitably 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 Pa or more, preferably 2.0 ⁇ 10 3 Pa or more.
  • An adhesive having the above storage modulus G' (60° C.) is preferable because it has a suitable cohesive force even in a high temperature range and tends to have excellent heat resistance.
  • the storage modulus G' at -20°C (-20°C) of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, less than 1.0 x 10 9 Pa, and may be less than 2.0 x 10 8 Pa. It is suitable that the pressure is less than 1.5 ⁇ 10 8 Pa, may be less than 1.0 ⁇ 10 8 Pa, may be less than 5.0 ⁇ 10 7 Pa, and may be less than 1.5 ⁇ 10 8 Pa. It may be 0x10 7 Pa or less, 5.0x10 6 Pa or less, 4.0x10 6 Pa or less, or 3.0x10 6 Pa or less.
  • An adhesive whose storage modulus G' (-20° C.) is limited as described above can have particularly excellent flexibility.
  • the lower limit of the storage modulus G' is not particularly limited, and is suitably 5.0 x 10 3 Pa or more, preferably 1.0 x 10 4 Pa or more, more preferably 1.0 x 10 4 Pa or more. It is 5.0 ⁇ 10 4 Pa or more, may be 1.0 ⁇ 10 5 Pa or more, may be 5.0 ⁇ 10 5 Pa or more, or may be 1.0 ⁇ 10 6 Pa or more.
  • An adhesive having the above storage modulus G' (-20° C.) can have flexibility and appropriate cohesive strength. Furthermore, the pressure-sensitive adhesive having the storage elastic modulus G' (-20° C.) tends to have both a high refractive index and flexibility even in a low temperature range.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the adhesive is not particularly limited, and can be set in consideration of flexibility in a low temperature range and cohesive strength (heat resistance, etc.) in a high temperature range.
  • the Tg of the adhesive may be, for example, 30°C or less, 20°C or less, 10°C or less, or 5°C or less.
  • the Tg of the adhesive is suitably 0°C or lower, more preferably -5°C or lower, even more preferably -10°C or lower, and -15°C or lower. °C or lower (for example, -20°C or lower).
  • the lower the Tg of the adhesive the better the adhesive properties such as adhesion to adherends tend to be. Furthermore, by setting the Tg of the adhesive low, it is possible to suppress changes in the elastic modulus in a temperature range higher than Tg.
  • the lower limit of the Tg of the adhesive is, for example, -50°C or higher, suitably -40°C or higher, and may be -30°C or higher. According to the pressure-sensitive adhesive having the above-mentioned Tg, there is a tendency that an appropriate cohesive force is easily obtained. In addition, there is a tendency to easily form a pressure-sensitive adhesive that has both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus.
  • the storage modulus G' of the adhesive and the glass transition temperature Tg of the adhesive at each of the above temperatures can be measured by the method described in the Examples below, and each storage modulus ratio can be calculated from the results. can.
  • Each storage elastic modulus G', each storage elastic modulus ratio, and glass transition temperature Tg of the adhesive are determined by, for example, the selection of the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer, the selection of the type and amount of additive (A), and crosslinking. It can be adjusted by selecting whether or not the agent is used, its type, and the amount used.
  • the elongation at break E B of the adhesive is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, in the range of 200% or more and 10000% or less. From the viewpoint of flexibility and elongation deformability, in some embodiments, the elongation at break E B may be, for example, 300% or more, advantageously 400% or more, and preferably 500% or more. It is preferably 750% or more, more preferably 1000% or more. In some embodiments where elongation deformability is more important, the elongation at break E B of the adhesive is preferably 1250% or more, more preferably 1500% or more, and may be 1750% or more.
  • the elongation at break of the adhesive E B is 9000. % or less, advantageously 8000% or less, preferably 7000% or less, more preferably 6000% or less, may be 5500% or less, 5000% or less % or less, 4500% or less, 4000% or less, or 3500% or less.
  • the elongation at break E B of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the elongation at break E B of the adhesive can be adjusted by, for example, selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer, selecting the type and amount of additives used, and selecting whether or not to use a crosslinking agent, and selecting the type and amount used. It is possible.
  • the ratio of the storage modulus G'(25°C) to the elongation at break E B is 450 Suitably, it is below 300, advantageously below 200, more preferably below 100, even more preferably below 50.
  • the above ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is the numerical value when the storage elastic modulus G'(25°C) of the adhesive at 25°C is expressed in the unit of "Pa" and the rupture of the adhesive. It is a dimensionless number calculated from the numerical part when time elongation E and B are expressed in units of "%".
  • the above-mentioned flexible pressure-sensitive adhesive may be suitable for applications where it is expected to be repeatedly bent, for example.
  • the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is preferably 40 or less (for example, 35 or less), and more preferably 30 or less, from the viewpoint of achieving better suppleness. , 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, or 10 or less.
  • the lower limit of the above ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is not particularly limited.
  • the above ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is, for example, 0.5 or more, considering the balance with other properties (e.g., optical properties, high temperature properties, low temperature properties, etc.).
  • the number may be 1 or more, 2 or more, 3 or more, 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, or 20 or more.
  • the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer may be an adhesive formed from any of the adhesive compositions disclosed herein (for example, a cured product of the adhesive composition).
  • the adhesive sheet may be a base-attached adhesive sheet having the adhesive layer on one or both sides of a non-peelable base material (supporting base material), and the adhesive layer is held by a release liner.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet without a base material that is, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet without a non-peelable base material; typically a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet without a base material that is, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet without a non-peelable base material; typically a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer
  • the concept of adhesive sheet here may include what is called an adhesive tape, an adhesive label, an adhesive film, and the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a roll or a sheet. Alternatively, the adhesive sheet may be further processed into various shapes.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 An example of the configuration of a double-sided adhesive type base material-less adhesive sheet (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) is shown in FIGS. 1 and 2.
  • the adhesive sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 has a structure in which both surfaces 21A and 21B of the adhesive layer 21 without a base material are protected by release liners 31 and 32, respectively, with at least the adhesive layer side serving as a release surface.
  • the adhesive sheet 2 shown in FIG. 2 has a structure in which one surface (adhesive surface) 21A of the adhesive layer 21 without a base material is protected by a release liner 31 whose both surfaces are release surfaces.
  • the other surface (adhesive surface) 21B of the adhesive layer 21 comes into contact with the back surface of the release liner 31, so that the other surface 21B can also be protected by the release liner 31.
  • the technique disclosed herein is preferably implemented in the form of a base material-less adhesive sheet consisting of an adhesive layer from the viewpoint of flexibility that follows an adherend that is repeatedly folded.
  • the above-mentioned base material-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferable also from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and increasing the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may have a cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. 3, for example.
  • the adhesive sheet 3 shown in FIG. 3 includes a support base material 10 and a first adhesive layer 21 and a second adhesive layer 22 supported on the first surface 10A and second surface 10B of the support base material 10, respectively. Be prepared.
  • the first surface 10A and the second surface 10B are both non-peeling surfaces (non-peeling surfaces).
  • the adhesive sheet 3 is used by attaching the surface (first adhesive surface) 21A of the first adhesive layer 21 and the surface (second adhesive surface) 22A of the second adhesive layer 22 to an adherend. That is, the adhesive sheet 3 is configured as a double-sided adhesive sheet (adhesive sheet with adhesive properties on both sides).
  • the first adhesive surface 21A and the second adhesive surface 22A are each protected by release liners 31 and 32, in which at least the adhesive surface side is a surface having releasability (release surface). It has a structure.
  • the release liner 32 may be omitted, and a release liner 31 having release surfaces on both sides may be used, and the adhesive sheet 3 may be wound to bring the second adhesive surface 22A into contact with the back surface of the release liner 31. Accordingly, the second adhesive surface 22A may also be protected by the release liner 31.
  • the technology disclosed herein is preferably implemented in the form of the above-mentioned double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet without a base material or with a base material for fixing and joining members (for example, optical members).
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a single-sided adhesive sheet with a base material, which has an adhesive layer on only one side of a non-peelable base material (supporting base material).
  • An example of the form of a single-sided adhesive sheet is a form in which the structure shown in FIG. 3 does not include either the first adhesive layer 21 or the second adhesive layer 22.
  • the adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be formed by applying (for example, coating) an adhesive composition to a suitable surface and then curing the composition.
  • the adhesive composition can be applied using a conventional coater such as a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a kiss roll coater, a dip roll coater, a bar coater, a knife coater, and a spray coater.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, 3 ⁇ m or more. In some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer is suitably 5 ⁇ m or more, for example, 10 ⁇ m or more, 15 ⁇ m or more, 20 ⁇ m or more, 30 ⁇ m or more, 50 ⁇ m or more. It may be 70 ⁇ m or more or 85 ⁇ m or more. Adhesive strength tends to increase as the thickness of the adhesive layer increases. Further, in some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 300 ⁇ m or less, 250 ⁇ m or less, 200 ⁇ m or less, 150 ⁇ m or less, or 120 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 75 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 70 ⁇ m or less, may be 50 ⁇ m or less, or may be 30 ⁇ m or less. It may be advantageous that the thickness of the adhesive layer is not too large from the viewpoint of making the adhesive sheet thinner. Moreover, a thin adhesive layer tends to have excellent followability to an adherend.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably carried out, for example, in an embodiment in which the thickness of the adhesive layer is in the range of 3 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m (more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, still more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 75 ⁇ m).
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer described above is at least the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the second adhesive layer may also be selected from a similar range.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet matches the thickness of the adhesive layer.
  • the haze value (sometimes simply referred to as "haze") of the adhesive layer constituting the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5.0% or less, and may be 3.0% or less. Preferably, it is 2.0% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, 0.9% or less, 0.8% or less, 0.5% or less, It may be 0.3% or less.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is used for applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications), with or without a base material, and for attaching an adherend through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. It can be preferably applied to applications that require good visual recognition performance.
  • the lower limit of the haze value of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the more preferable.
  • the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or 0.10% or more, taking into consideration the refractive index and adhesive properties.
  • the "haze value” refers to the ratio of diffusely transmitted light to the total transmitted light when visible light is irradiated onto the measurement target. Also called cloudiness value.
  • the haze value can be measured according to the method described in Examples below.
  • the haze value of the adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the adhesive layer.
  • the haze value of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 10.0% or less, preferably 5.0% or less, more preferably 3.0% or less, and 2.0% or less. % or less, and may be 1.7% or less, 1.5% or less, 1.2% or less, 1.0% or less, or 0.8% or less.
  • Adhesive sheets with such high transparency can be preferably applied to applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) and applications that require good visibility of adherends through the adhesive sheet.
  • the lower limit of the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value is, the more preferable it is.
  • the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, 0.1% or more, or 0.2% or more, taking into account the refractive index and adhesive properties. Often, it may be 0.3% or more.
  • the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be measured in the same manner as the measurement of the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer described above, and the type and thickness of the base material in the case of a structure including a base material.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer is preferably 85.0% or more (for example, 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more, or more than 90.0%).
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is used for applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications), with or without a base material, and for attaching an adherend through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. It can be preferably applied to applications that require good visual recognition performance. In practical terms, the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, about 98% or less, about 96% or less, or about 95% or less.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer may be approximately 94% or less, approximately 93% or less, or approximately 92% or less, taking into account the refractive index and adhesive properties.
  • the total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Institute or its equivalent product is used.
  • the total light transmittance can be measured according to the method described in Examples below.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the adhesive layer.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet is preferably 85.0% or more (for example, 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more, or more than 90.0%).
  • Adhesive sheets with such high transparency can be preferably applied to applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) and applications that require good visibility of adherends through the adhesive sheet.
  • the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, about 98% or less, about 96% or less, or about 95% or less.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet may be about 94% or less, about 93% or less, or about 92% or less, taking into account the refractive index and adhesive properties.
  • the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be measured in the same manner as the measurement of the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer described above, and the type and thickness of the base material in the case of a structure including a base material.
  • the peel strength of the adhesive sheet to the glass plate is not particularly limited.
  • the adhesive sheet has a peel strength against a glass plate (peel strength against a glass plate) of, for example, 0.1 N/25 mm or more, and may be 0.5 N/25 mm or more.
  • the peel strength against the glass plate is 1.0 N/25 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 N/25 mm or more, even more preferably 2.0 N/25 mm or more, and 3.0 N/25 mm or more.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a peel strength against a glass plate of a predetermined value or more is suitable for joining or fixing, for example, glass members.
  • the upper limit of the peel strength is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 N/25 mm or less, 25 N/25 mm or less, or 20 N/25 mm or less.
  • the above peel strength is measured after being pressure-bonded to an alkali glass plate as an adherend and left for 30 minutes in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH, and then at a peel angle of 180 degrees and a tensile speed of 300 mm/min. It can be understood by measuring.
  • the adhesive sheet to be measured can be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material (for example, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of about 25 ⁇ m to about 50 ⁇ m). More specifically, the peel strength can be measured according to the method described in the Examples below.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be, for example, 1000 ⁇ m or less, 350 ⁇ m or less, 200 ⁇ m or less, 120 ⁇ m or less, or 75 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness may be 50 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more, 10 ⁇ m or more, 25 ⁇ m or more, 30 ⁇ m or more, 40 ⁇ m or more, 80 ⁇ m or more, It may be 130 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet refers to the thickness of the portion to be attached to the adherend.
  • the thickness refers to the thickness from the first adhesive surface 21A to the second adhesive surface 22A, and does not include the thickness of the release liners 31 and 32.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be in the form of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a base material, which includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on one or both sides of a supporting base material.
  • the material of the support base material is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose and manner of use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • substrates that can be used include polyolefin films based on polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP) and ethylene-propylene copolymers, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), and polyethylene terephthalate (PET).
  • Plastic films such as polyester films whose main component is polyester such as phthalate (PEN), and polyvinyl chloride films whose main component is polyvinyl chloride; consisting of foams such as polyurethane foam, polyethylene (PE) foam, and polychloroprene foam.
  • Foam sheets; Woven and non-woven fabrics made of various fibrous materials can be natural fibers such as hemp and cotton, synthetic fibers such as polyester and vinylon, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate, etc.
  • Examples include papers such as Japanese paper, high-quality paper, kraft paper, and crepe paper; metal foils such as aluminum foil and copper foil; and the like.
  • a base material having a composite structure of these materials may also be used. Examples of such composite base materials include base materials having a structure in which metal foil and the above-mentioned plastic film are laminated, and plastic base materials reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth.
  • the film base material may be a porous base material such as a foam film or a non-woven fabric sheet, or a non-porous base material, and may have a porous layer and a non-porous layer.
  • the base material may have a laminated structure.
  • the film base material may preferably include a base film that includes a (self-supporting or independent) resin film that can maintain its shape independently.
  • the term "resin film” refers to a resin film that has a non-porous structure and typically is substantially void-free. Therefore, the resin film is a concept that is distinguished from foam films and nonwoven fabrics.
  • the resin film one that can maintain its shape independently (self-supporting or independent) can be preferably used.
  • the resin film may have a single layer structure or a multilayer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three layer structure).
  • the resin material constituting the resin film examples include polyester; polyolefin; polycycloolefin derived from a monomer having an aliphatic ring structure such as norbornene structure; polyamide (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, and partially aromatic polyamide.
  • polyester polyolefin
  • polyamide (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, and partially aromatic polyamide.
  • Polyimide such as transparent polyimide (CPI); Polyamideimide (PAI); Polyetheretherketone (PEEK); Polyethersulfone (PES); Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); Polycarbonate (PC); Polyurethane (PU); Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); Fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); Acrylic resin; Cellulose polymer such as triacetyl cellulose (TAC); Polyarylate; Polystyrene; Polyvinyl chloride; Polyvinylidene chloride Resins such as; can be used.
  • PI such as transparent polyimide (CPI); Polyamideimide (PAI); Polyetheretherketone (PEEK); Polyethersulfone (PES); Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); Polycarbonate (PC); Polyurethane (PU); Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); Fluororesin such as
  • the resin film may be formed using a resin material containing only one type of such resin, or may be formed using a resin material that is a blend of two or more types of resin. Good too.
  • the resin film may be unstretched or may be stretched (for example, uniaxially or biaxially stretched).
  • PET film, PBT film, PEN film, unoriented polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially oriented polypropylene (OPP) film, low density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) film, PP/PE Blend films, cycloolefin polymer (COP) films, CPI films, TAC films, etc. can be preferably used.
  • resin films preferable from the viewpoint of strength and dimensional stability include PET film, PEN film, PPS film, and PEEK film. PET film and PPS film are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of availability, and PET film is particularly preferred.
  • the resin film may contain known substances such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, anti-blocking agents, etc., to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not significantly impaired. Additives may be added as necessary.
  • the blending amount of the additive is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set depending on the use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the method for producing the resin film is not particularly limited.
  • conventionally known general resin film forming methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting molding, and calender roll molding can be appropriately employed.
  • the base material may be substantially composed of such a base film.
  • the base material may include an auxiliary layer in addition to the base film.
  • auxiliary layers include optical property adjustment layers (e.g., colored layers, antireflection layers), printing layers and laminate layers for imparting a desired appearance to the substrate, antistatic layers, undercoat layers, and release layers. Examples include surface treatment layers such as.
  • a light-transmitting base material (hereinafter also referred to as a light-transmitting base material) can be preferably employed as the supporting base material.
  • the total light transmittance of the light-transmissive base material may be, for example, more than 50%, and may be 70% or more.
  • the total light transmittance of the support substrate is 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and may be 95% or more (eg, 95-100%). The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000.
  • the transmittance meter As the transmittance meter, the product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Institute or its equivalent product is used.
  • a preferred example of the above-mentioned light-transmitting base material is a light-transmitting resin film.
  • the light-transmitting substrate may be an optical film.
  • the thickness of the base material is not particularly limited, and can be selected depending on the purpose and manner of use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the thickness of the base material may be, for example, 500 ⁇ m or less, preferably 300 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of handling and processability of the adhesive sheet, 150 ⁇ m or less, 100 ⁇ m or less, 50 ⁇ m or less, and 25 ⁇ m or less. It may be less than 10 ⁇ m, and may be less than 10 ⁇ m. As the thickness of the base material decreases, the ability to follow the surface shape of the adherend tends to improve. Further, from the viewpoint of handleability, processability, etc., the thickness of the base material may be, for example, 2 ⁇ m or more, 10 ⁇ m or more, or 25 ⁇ m or more.
  • the side of the base material on which the adhesive layer will be laminated may be treated with corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, or application of an undercoat (primer) to form an undercoat layer, as necessary.
  • Conventionally known surface treatments such as forming may be applied. Such surface treatment may be a treatment for improving the anchoring ability of the adhesive layer to the base material.
  • the composition of the primer used to form the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known primers.
  • the thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, but it is usually about 0.01 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.1 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m.
  • Other treatments that may be applied to the base material as needed include antistatic layer formation treatment, colored layer formation treatment, printing treatment, and the like. These treatments can be applied alone or in combination.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can take the form of an adhesive product in which the surface (adhesive surface) of an adhesive layer is brought into contact with the release surface of a release liner. Therefore, this specification provides a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner (adhesive product) that includes any pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein and a release liner having a release surface that comes into contact with the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. Ru.
  • the release liner is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a liner base material such as a resin film or paper (paper laminated with a resin such as polyethylene), or a fluorine-based polymer.
  • a release liner made of a resin film made of a low adhesive material such as (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.) can be used. Since they have excellent surface smoothness, a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a resin film as a liner base material or a release liner made of a resin film made of a low adhesive material can be preferably employed.
  • the resin film is not particularly limited as long as it can protect the adhesive layer, and examples thereof include polyethylene (PE) film, polypropylene (PP) film, polybutene film, polybutadiene film, polymethylpentene film, and polyvinyl chloride film. , vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyester film (PET film, PBT film, etc.), polyurethane film, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, and the like.
  • PE polyethylene
  • PP polypropylene
  • PP polybutene film
  • polybutadiene film polymethylpentene film
  • polyvinyl chloride film vinyl chloride copolymer film
  • polyester film PET film, PBT film, etc.
  • polyurethane film ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film
  • silicone-based release agents for example, silicone-based release agents, long-chain alkyl-based release agents, olefin-based release agents, fluorine-based release agents, fatty acid amide-based release agents, molybdenum sulfide, silica powder, etc.
  • a known release agent can be used.
  • the use of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is not limited, and it can be used for various purposes.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is equipped with an adhesive that has both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus, so it can be used in various applications that require a high refractive index and flexibility by taking advantage of its characteristics. obtain.
  • display devices image display devices
  • organic EL electro-electroluminescent
  • PDP plasma display panels
  • electronic paper input devices such as touch panels, etc.
  • input devices such as touch panels, etc.
  • foldable displays and rollable displays it is preferably used as a means for joining, fixing, and protecting members having a high refractive index.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein has a high refractive index and is flexible enough to withstand repeated bending operations, so it can be repeatedly folded while attached to a foldable display or rollable display. It is possible to follow the adherends (foldable displays, etc.) that are Examples of objects to be pasted in such usage patterns include glass members such as window glasses and cover glasses used in foldable displays and rollable displays.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein easily follows and adheres to curved surfaces such as three-dimensional shapes of portable electronic devices, so it is also suitable for use in electronic devices having such curved shapes.
  • the adhesive may have excellent heat resistance in addition to having a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus.
  • the above-mentioned portable electronic device may be used in a high-temperature environment, and its internal space may become heated due to heat generated by electronic components, so the advantage of using the above-mentioned heat-resistant adhesive sheet is great.
  • Examples of the above-mentioned portable electronic devices include mobile phones, smartphones, tablet computers, notebook computers, and various wearable devices (e.g., wrist-wear devices that are worn on the wrist like watches, and devices that are attached to the body using clips, straps, etc.).
  • Eyewear types include modular types that are attached to the body, eyewear types (monocular and binocular types, including head-mounted types), clothing types that are attached to shirts, socks, hats, etc. in the form of accessories, and earphones. digital cameras, digital video cameras, audio equipment (portable music players, IC recorders, etc.), calculators (calculators, etc.), portable game devices, electronic dictionaries, electronic notebooks, electronic books, in-vehicle information.
  • portable does not mean that it is simply portable; it also means that it has a level of portability that allows an individual (standard adult) to carry it relatively easily. shall mean.
  • the material to which the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is attached is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, copper, silver, gold, iron, tin, palladium, aluminum, nickel, titanium, Metal materials such as chromium, zinc, etc., or alloys containing two or more of these, such as polyimide resin, acrylic resin, polyether nitrile resin, polyether sulfone resin, polyester resin (PET resin, polyethylene naphthalate resins, etc.), polyvinyl chloride resins, polyphenylene sulfide resins, polyetheretherketone resins, polyamide resins (so-called aramid resins, etc.), polyarylate resins, polycarbonate resins, diacetyl cellulose and triacetyl cellulose.
  • Examples include various resin materials (typically plastic materials) such as cellulose polymers, vinyl butyral polymers, and liquid crystal polymers, and inorganic materials such as alumina, zirconia, alkali glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, and carbon.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be used by being attached to a member (for example, an optical member) made of the above-mentioned material.
  • the member or material to which the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is attached is made of a material with a higher refractive index than a general acrylic adhesive.
  • the refractive index of the adherend material is, for example, 1.50 or more, and some adherend materials have a refractive index of 1.55 or more or 1.58 or more, and even have a refractive index of 1.62 or more (for example, 1. .66) exists.
  • Such high refractive index adherend materials are typically resin materials. More specifically, it may be a polyester resin such as PET, a polyimide resin, an aramid resin, a polyphenylene sulfide resin, a polycarbonate resin, or the like.
  • the effect of using the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably exhibited.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index of the adherend material is, for example, 1.80 or less, and may be 1.70 or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in an embodiment in which it is attached to an adherend (for example, a member) having a high refractive index as described above.
  • a suitable example of such an adherend is a resin film having a refractive index of 1.50 to 1.80 (preferably 1.55 to 1.75, for example 1.60 to 1.70).
  • the refractive index can be measured in the same manner as the refractive index of the adhesive.
  • the member or material to which the adhesive sheet is attached may have light transmittance.
  • the total light transmittance of the adherend may be, for example, greater than 50%, preferably 70% or more.
  • the total light transmittance of the adherend is 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and may be 95% or more (for example, 95 to 100%).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in an embodiment in which it is attached to an adherend (for example, an optical member) having a total light transmittance of a predetermined value or more.
  • the total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000.
  • the transmittance meter the product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Institute or its equivalent product is used.
  • the adherend (for example, member) to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached may have the above-mentioned refractive index and the above-mentioned total light transmittance.
  • the refractive index is 1.50 or more (for example, 1.55 or more, 1.58 or more, 1.62 or more, about 1.66, etc.), and the total light transmittance is greater than 50%
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is preferably used in an embodiment in which it is attached to an adherend, such as a member (for example, 70% or more, preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and even 95% or more). obtain.
  • the effects of the technique disclosed herein are particularly preferably exhibited in the embodiment in which the adhesive is attached to such a member.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is used, for example, as an optical pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used for bonding optical members (for bonding optical members) or for manufacturing products (optical products) using the above-mentioned optical members.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably used.
  • the above-mentioned optical product may have a so-called polarizing plate-less configuration.
  • the optical product may be configured only of layers with a polarization degree of 80% or less on the viewing side from the light source (such as an organic EL panel).
  • the above-mentioned optical member refers to a member having optical properties (for example, polarization, light refraction, light scattering, light reflection, light transmission, light absorption, light diffraction, optical rotation, visibility, etc.). say.
  • the above-mentioned optical member is not particularly limited as long as it has optical properties, but for example, it may be a member constituting a device (optical device) such as a display device (image display device) or an input device, or a member used in these devices.
  • Members include, for example, polarizing plates, wavelength plates, retardation plates, optical compensation films, brightness enhancement films, light guide plates, reflective films, antireflection films, hard coat (HC) films, shock absorption films, antifouling films, Photochromic films, light control films, transparent conductive films (ITO films), design films, decorative films, surface protection plates, prisms, lenses, color filters, transparent substrates, and members on which these are laminated (collectively referred to as (sometimes referred to as "functional film”).
  • the above-mentioned “plate” and “film” each include shapes such as plate, film, and sheet.
  • polarizing film includes “polarizing plate” and “polarizing sheet”, etc.
  • the “light guide plate” includes “light guide film”, “light guide sheet”, etc.
  • the above-mentioned "polarizing plate” includes a circularly polarizing plate.
  • Examples of the display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a micro LED ( ⁇ LED), a mini LED (miniLED), a PDP, and an electronic paper. Moreover, a touch panel etc. are mentioned as said input device.
  • optical member is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a member (for example, a sheet-like, film-like, or plate-like member) made of glass, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, PET, metal thin film, etc.
  • a member for example, a sheet-like, film-like, or plate-like member
  • optical member in this specification includes members (design films, decorative films, surface protection films, etc.) that play a role of decoration and protection while maintaining the visibility of display devices and input devices.
  • the technology disclosed herein uses, for example, an optical film such as a film having one or more functions such as light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguide, condensing, and diffraction, or a fluorescent film, etc., with other optical members ( It can be preferably used for bonding to other optical films.
  • an optical film such as a film having one or more functions such as light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguide, condensing, and diffraction, or a fluorescent film, etc.
  • other optical members It can be preferably used for bonding to other optical films.
  • bonding optical films that have at least one of the functions of light waveguide, condensation, and diffraction it is desirable that the entire bulk of the bonding layer has a high refractive index, and the technology disclosed herein is preferably applied. Can be targeted.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably used for bonding optical films such as light guide films, diffusion films, fluorescent films, toning films, prism sheets, lenticular films, and microlens array films.
  • optical films such as light guide films, diffusion films, fluorescent films, toning films, prism sheets, lenticular films, and microlens array films.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably used as an adhesive that can meet such demands. More specifically, for example, when bonding a light guide film or a diffusion film, adjusting the refractive index (for example, increasing the refractive index) of the adhesive layer as a bonding layer can contribute to thinning.
  • light extraction efficiency (which can also be understood as luminous efficiency) can be improved by appropriately adjusting the refractive index difference between the fluorescent emitter and the adhesive.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive when bonding color toning films, by appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive so that the difference in refractive index with the color toning pigment is reduced, scattering components can be reduced, contributing to improved light transmittance.
  • appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive can control light diffraction and contribute to improving brightness and/or viewing angle.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is preferably used in an embodiment in which it is attached to a high refractive index adherend (which may be a high refractive index layer or member, etc.), and reduces interface reflection with the adherend. Can be suppressed.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used in this embodiment preferably has a small refractive index difference with the adherend and high adhesion at the interface with the adherend, as described above. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the homogeneity of the appearance, it is preferable that the thickness of the adhesive layer is highly uniform, for example, it is preferable that the surface smoothness of the adhesive surface is high.
  • the thickness of the adherend with a high refractive index is relatively small (for example, 5 ⁇ m or less, 4 ⁇ m or less, or 2 ⁇ m or less), it is necessary to It is particularly useful to suppress reflexes.
  • a polarizing plate with a retardation layer that includes a polarizer, a first retardation layer, and a second retardation layer in this order bonding of the polarizer and the first retardation layer and/or Another example is an embodiment used for bonding the first retardation layer and the second retardation layer.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is suitable for increasing the refractive index, it is preferably attached to a light emitting layer of an optical semiconductor or the like (for example, a high refractive light emitting layer mainly composed of an inorganic material). can be used. By reducing the difference in refractive index between the light emitting layer and the adhesive layer, reflection at the interface between them can be suppressed and light extraction efficiency can be improved.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used in this embodiment preferably includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a high refractive index. Further, from the viewpoint of improving brightness, it is preferable that the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is lightly colored. This can also be advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing unintentional coloring caused by the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • a self-luminous element means a light-emitting element whose luminance can be controlled by the value of a flowing current.
  • the self-luminous element may be composed of a single unit or an aggregate.
  • Specific examples of self-luminous elements include, but are not limited to, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and organic EL.
  • a light-emitting device means a device including such a self-luminous element as a component. Examples of the light emitting device include, but are not limited to, a light source module device used for illumination (for example, a planar light emitting module) and a display device in which pixels are formed.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can be used in microlenses and other lens members used as constituent members of cameras, light emitting devices, etc. (for example, microlenses constituting microlens array films, lens members such as microlenses for cameras). , a coating layer covering the lens surface, a bonding layer with a member facing the lens surface (for example, a member having a surface shape corresponding to the lens surface), a filling layer filled between the lens surface and the member, It can be preferably used as such. Since the adhesive disclosed herein is suitable for increasing the refractive index, it can be used with high refractive index lenses (for example, lenses made of high refractive index resin or lenses having a surface layer made of high refractive index resin).
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can also be used as a lens resin by itself, for example in the form of being filled in the recesses or voids of a suitable transparent member.
  • the mode of bonding optical members together using the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, (1) a mode of bonding optical members together via the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein; )
  • the optical member may be attached to a member other than the optical member via the adhesive sheet disclosed herein, or (3) the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may include an optical member and the optical member may be attached to a member other than the optical member.
  • the adhesive sheet may be attached to an optical member or a member other than an optical member.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing an optical member may be, for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet whose support is an optical member (for example, an optical film).
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet that includes an optical member as a support in this manner can also be understood as a pressure-sensitive adhesive optical member (for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive optical film).
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive optical member for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive optical film.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is a type of adhesive sheet having a support and the functional film is used as the support
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is a type of adhesive sheet having a support
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is a type of adhesive sheet having a support
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is a type of adhesive sheet having a support.
  • a laminate including the adhesive sheet disclosed herein and a member to which the adhesive sheet is attached is provided.
  • the member to which the adhesive sheet is attached may have the refractive index of the adherend material described above.
  • the difference between the refractive index of the adhesive sheet and the refractive index of the member may be the refractive index difference between the adherend and the adhesive sheet described above.
  • the members constituting the laminate are the same as those described above as the members, materials, and adherends, so duplicate explanations will not be repeated.
  • An adhesive comprising a base polymer and a high refractive index additive (A),
  • the high refractive index additive (A) is a compound with an asymmetric structure,
  • the content of the high refractive index additive (A) is 30 parts by weight or more based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer,
  • the adhesive has a refractive index of 1.50 or more.
  • the high refractive index additive (A) is a compound having a heterocycle.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [1] to [8] above.
  • the ratio of storage modulus G'(25°C) [Pa] to elongation at break E B [%] at 25°C (G'(25°C)/E B ) is 450 or less (for example, 1 or more and 50
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [1] to [8] and [10] to [13] above.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to [14] above wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 5 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to [14] or [15] above which has a haze of 3% or less.
  • Example 1> (Preparation of polymer solution)
  • BA n-butyl acrylate
  • m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "Light"
  • acrylate POB-A refractive index: 1.566.
  • POB-A 25 parts and 1 part of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA), 2,2'-azobis as a polymerization initiator.
  • crosslinking agent 0.1 part based on solid content of trimethylolpropane/xylylene diisocyanate adduct (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, trade name "Takenate D-110N", solid content concentration 75%) as a crosslinking retarder, 2 parts of acetylacetone as a crosslinking retarder, One part (non-volatile content: 0.01 part) of 1% ethyl acetate solution of Nasem ferric iron was added as a crosslinking catalyst and mixed with stirring to prepare a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example.
  • Example 2 A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the amount of 6MDNTM used was changed to 70 parts with respect to 100 parts of polymer P1.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
  • Example 3 A solution of polymer P2 (polymer concentration 40%) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the polymer solution in Example 1, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 74 parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), 25 parts of POB-A, and 1 part of 4HBA. was prepared. The Mw of polymer P2 was 1 million.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 1 except that a solution of polymer P2 was used instead of a solution of polymer P1.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
  • Example 4 A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the amount of 6MDNTM used was changed to 70 parts with respect to 100 parts of polymer P2.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
  • Example 5 A solution of polymer P3 (polymer concentration 40 %) was prepared. The Mw of polymer P3 was 1 million.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 1 except that a solution of polymer P3 was used instead of a solution of polymer P1.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
  • a solution of polymer P4 (polymer concentration 40%) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the polymer solution in Example 1, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 99 parts BA and 1 part 4HBA.
  • the Mw of polymer P4 was 1.5 million.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 2, except that a solution of polymer P4 was used instead of a solution of polymer P1.
  • the adhesive sheet according to this example (based on the adhesive layer) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the amount of application was adjusted so that an adhesive layer with a thickness of 20 ⁇ m was formed.
  • a material-less double-sided adhesive sheet) was produced.
  • Example 7 A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 6, except that the amount of 6MDNTM used was changed to 60 parts with respect to 100 parts of polymer P4.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m) was produced in the same manner as in Example 6 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
  • Example 8 to Example 10> In preparing the adhesive composition in Example 6, 6MDNTM was replaced with 6-acryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.737) in Example 8, and 6-acryloyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.737) in Example 9. 6EDNTA, refractive index: 1.722), and in Example 10 42 parts of 6-ethyldinaphthothiophene (6EDNT, refractive index: 1.764) were used per 100 parts of polymer P4.
  • the adhesive compositions according to each example were prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the adhesive composition in Example 6 except for the above.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m) according to each example was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
  • Example 11 A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 8 except that 6MDNTA was not used.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
  • Example 12 In preparing the adhesive composition in Example 8, 42 parts of 2,12-diallyloxydinaphthothiophene (2,12-DAODNT, refractive index: 1.729) was added to 100 parts of polymer P4 in place of 6MDNTA. used. A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 8 except for the above. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a 50 ⁇ m thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) according to this example was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
  • each substituted DNT used in Examples 1 to 10 and 12 are shown in Table 1.
  • 2,12-DAODNT is a compound with a line symmetric structure, and the others are compounds with an asymmetric structure.
  • the refractive index of these compounds was measured by the following method. That is, a 5% ethyl acetate solution or a 5% MEK solution of the compound to be measured was applied onto a glass plate so that the dry film thickness was 10 ⁇ m, and was dried by heating at 130° C. for 5 minutes.
  • the refractive index of the target compound thus formed on the glass plate was measured using a prism coupler (manufactured by Metricon, model "2010M”) under conditions of a measurement temperature of 25° C. and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) according to each example was measured using a prism coupler (manufactured by Metricon, model "2010M") under conditions of a measurement temperature of 25° C. and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.
  • the adhesive layers according to each example were laminated to have a thickness of about 1.5 mm, and a disk shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm was punched out as a measurement sample.
  • Dynamic viscoelasticity measurements were performed using the "Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)" manufactured by Rheometric Scientific under the following conditions. From the measurement results, the storage elastic modulus G' [Pa] of the adhesive at each temperature (-20°C, 25°C and 60°C) was determined.
  • the temperature corresponding to the peak top temperature of the loss tangent tan ⁇ (loss modulus G"/storage modulus G') in the dynamic viscoelasticity measurement was determined as the glass transition temperature (Tg) [° C.] of the adhesive.
  • Tg glass transition temperature [° C.] of the adhesive.
  • the adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) according to each example was cut into a size of 30 mm in length and X mm in width while being sandwiched between PET films (release liners) R1 and R2.
  • the width Xmm was set according to the thickness of the adhesive layer so that the cross-sectional area of the adhesive layer in the cross section along the width direction was approximately 2 mm 2 .
  • one release liner is removed to expose one surface of the adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is wound up on the other release liner with its length direction as an axis to form a cylindrical column with a length of 30 mm.
  • a sample was prepared.
  • Total light transmittance and haze Using a test piece in which the adhesive layer according to each example was attached to alkali-free glass (thickness 0.8 to 1.0 mm, total light transmittance 92%, haze 0.4%), under a measurement environment of 23 ° C.
  • the total light transmittance and haze of the test piece were measured using a haze meter ("HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Institute).
  • the values obtained by subtracting the total light transmittance and haze of the alkali-free glass from the measured values were defined as the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the adhesive (layer).
  • the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the release liner was peeled off from one side of the adhesive sheet, and a 50 ⁇ m thick PET film was pasted and lined, and then cut into a size of 25 mm in width and 100 mm in length. was used as the test piece.
  • the release liner on the other side of the test piece was peeled off, and a 2 kg roller was moved back and forth on the surface of an alkali glass plate (manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industries Co., Ltd., thickness 1.35 mm, blue plate edge polished) as an adherend. I crimped it.
  • peel strength adhesive strength [N/25mm] was measured.
  • "Tensile Compression Tester, TG-1kN” manufactured by Minebea was used as a universal tensile compression tester.
  • backing with PET film is not essential.
  • Table 2 shows an overview and evaluation results of the adhesives for each example.
  • the adhesives of Examples 1 to 10 containing 30 parts or more of a high refractive index additive with an asymmetric structure based on 100 parts of the base polymer suitably achieve both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus.
  • the adhesive layers (substrate-less adhesive sheets) according to these examples had high transparency and exhibited good adhesion to glass when pressure bonded at room temperature.
  • the adhesive of Example 11 which did not contain a high refractive index additive, had a low refractive index.
  • Example 12 in which the high refractive index additive was changed to a dinaphthothiophene compound with a symmetrical structure the storage modulus G' at 25° C.
  • the solubility of each substituted DNT used as an additive in Examples 1 to 10 in ethyl acetate was 6EDNTA>6MDNTM>6MDNTA>6EDNT.
  • the solubility of 2,12-DAODNT in ethyl acetate was comparable to that of 6MDNTA.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)

Abstract

To provide an adhesive capable of achieving both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus. Provided is an adhesive containing a base polymer and a high-refractive-index additive (A). The high-refractive-index additive (A) is a compound having an asymmetrical structure. The content value for the high-refractive-index additive (A) is 30 parts by weight or greater per 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. The refractive index of the adhesive is 1.50 or greater.

Description

粘着剤および粘着シートAdhesives and adhesive sheets
 本発明は、粘着剤および粘着シートに関する。本出願は、2022年7月8日に出願された日本国特許出願2022-110774号に基づく優先権を主張しており、その出願の全内容は本明細書中に参照として組み入れられている。 The present invention relates to adhesives and adhesive sheets. This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-110774 filed on July 8, 2022, and the entire contents of that application are incorporated herein by reference.
 一般に、粘着剤(感圧接着剤ともいう。以下同じ。)は、室温付近の温度域において柔らかい固体(粘弾性体)の状態を呈し、圧力により簡単に被着体に接着する性質を有する。このような性質を活かして、粘着剤は、家電製品から自動車、各種機械、電気機器、電子機器等の様々な産業分野において、接合や固定、保護等の目的で広く利用されている。粘着剤の用途の一例として、液晶表示装置や有機EL(OLED)表示装置等のような表示装置において、種々の光透過性部材を相互にまたは他の部材と接合する用途が挙げられる。光学部材用の粘着剤に関する技術文献として特許文献1、2が挙げられる。 In general, adhesives (also referred to as pressure-sensitive adhesives, hereinafter the same) exhibit a soft solid state (viscoelastic body) in a temperature range around room temperature, and have the property of easily adhering to an adherend under pressure. Taking advantage of these properties, adhesives are widely used for purposes such as bonding, fixing, and protection in various industrial fields such as home appliances, automobiles, various machines, electrical equipment, and electronic equipment. An example of the use of the adhesive is for joining various light-transmitting members to each other or to other members in display devices such as liquid crystal display devices and organic EL (OLED) display devices. Technical documents regarding adhesives for optical members include Patent Documents 1 and 2.
日本国特許出願公開2014-169382号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-169382 日本国特許出願公開2017-128732号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-128732
 特許文献1、2は、モノマー単位として芳香環を複数有するモノマーを含有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル重合体を主成分とする粘着剤組成物、および該粘着剤組成物を架橋してなる粘着剤を開示しており、芳香環を複数有するモノマーを用いることで粘着剤の屈折率を1.50以上、特に好ましくは1.51以上とすることを提案している。例えば、光学部材など、粘着剤が貼り付けられる材料のなかには、屈折率が高い材料があり、そのような高屈折率材料の接合に一般的なアクリル系粘着剤を用いると、両者の屈折率差に起因して界面で反射が生じることが知られている。上記高屈折材料の接合等に用いる粘着剤として、屈折率の高い粘着剤を用いることにより、上記界面反射を防止または抑制することができる。なお、アクリル系粘着剤の屈折率は通常1.47程度である。 Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition whose main component is a (meth)acrylic acid ester polymer containing a monomer having a plurality of aromatic rings as a monomer unit, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive obtained by crosslinking the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. discloses the use of a monomer having multiple aromatic rings to increase the refractive index of the adhesive to 1.50 or more, particularly preferably 1.51 or more. For example, some materials to which adhesives are attached, such as optical components, have a high refractive index, and if a common acrylic adhesive is used to bond such high refractive index materials, the difference in refractive index between the two will be reduced. It is known that reflection occurs at the interface due to By using an adhesive with a high refractive index as the adhesive used for bonding the high refractive materials, the interface reflection can be prevented or suppressed. Note that the refractive index of the acrylic adhesive is usually about 1.47.
 ところで、粘着剤は、その適用箇所や使用態様に応じて、良好な柔軟性を有するものが好ましく用いられ得る。例えば、近年、スマートフォン等の電子機器に用いられる有機EL表示装置等のディスプレイとして、フォルダブルディスプレイやローラブルディスプレイが実用化されており、上記用途に用いられる粘着剤も、繰り返し折り曲げられる被着体に追従する柔軟性を有する必要がある。柔軟性に優れる粘着剤は、3次元形状等の曲面形状の表面にも追従、密着しやすく、曲面形状を有する電子機器用途にも好適である。高屈折率を有する粘着剤についても、柔軟性を高めることができれば、上述の柔軟性が求められる用途に適用することができ、有用である。しかし、粘着性ポリマーのモノマー成分として用いられる高屈折率材料は、芳香環を有するなどガラス転移温度が高い傾向があり、高屈折率材料を用いて形成された粘着剤では、弾性率が高くなる傾向がある。粘着剤の設計において、高屈折率と低弾性率とはトレードオフの関係にあり、両者を両立し得る粘着剤が実現されれば、実用上有益である。 By the way, an adhesive having good flexibility can be preferably used depending on the application site and usage mode. For example, in recent years, foldable displays and rollable displays have been put into practical use as displays such as organic EL display devices used in electronic devices such as smartphones. It is necessary to have the flexibility to follow the An adhesive having excellent flexibility easily follows and adheres to curved surfaces such as three-dimensional shapes, and is also suitable for use in electronic devices having curved shapes. If the flexibility of an adhesive having a high refractive index can be increased, it is useful because it can be applied to the above-mentioned applications where flexibility is required. However, high refractive index materials used as monomer components of adhesive polymers tend to have a high glass transition temperature, such as those with aromatic rings, and adhesives formed using high refractive index materials have a high elastic modulus. Tend. In designing an adhesive, there is a trade-off between a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus, and it would be practically beneficial if an adhesive capable of achieving both of these was realized.
 本発明は、上記の事情に鑑みて創出されたものであり、高屈折率と低弾性率とを両立できる粘着剤を提供することを目的とする。本発明の他の目的は、上記粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を含む粘着シートを提供することである。 The present invention was created in view of the above circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide an adhesive that can have both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus. Another object of the present invention is to provide a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet including a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive described above.
 この明細書によると、ベースポリマーと、高屈折率添加剤(A)とを含む粘着剤が提供される。上記高屈折率添加剤(A)は、非対称構造の化合物である。上記高屈折率添加剤(A)の含有量は、上記ベースポリマー100重量部に対して30重量部以上である。上記粘着剤の屈折率は1.50以上である。上記高屈折率添加剤(A)として非対称構造の化合物を採用することは、該高屈折率添加剤(A)の添加量増加に伴う粘着剤の弾性率上昇を抑制する観点から有利である。かかる構造の高屈折率添加剤(A)を、ベースポリマーに対して比較的多量に含有させることにより、高屈折率かつ低弾性率の粘着剤を実現することができる。 According to this specification, an adhesive containing a base polymer and a high refractive index additive (A) is provided. The high refractive index additive (A) is a compound with an asymmetric structure. The content of the high refractive index additive (A) is 30 parts by weight or more based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. The refractive index of the adhesive is 1.50 or more. Employing a compound with an asymmetric structure as the high refractive index additive (A) is advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing an increase in the elastic modulus of the adhesive due to an increase in the amount of the high refractive index additive (A) added. By containing the high refractive index additive (A) having such a structure in a relatively large amount with respect to the base polymer, an adhesive having a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus can be realized.
 いくつかの態様において、上記高屈折率添加剤(A)としては、二重結合含有環を有する化合物が好ましく用いられる。かかる化合物を含有させることにより、粘着剤の屈折率を効率よく高め得る。 In some embodiments, a compound having a double bond-containing ring is preferably used as the high refractive index additive (A). By containing such a compound, the refractive index of the adhesive can be efficiently increased.
 いくつかの態様において、上記高屈折率添加剤(A)としては、ヘテロ環(複素環ともいう。)を有する化合物が好ましく用いられ得る。かかる化合物を含有させることにより、粘着剤の屈折率を効率よく高め得る。上記ヘテロ環を有する化合物としては、二重結合含有環を有する化合物に該当するものを好ましく採用し得る。 In some embodiments, a compound having a heterocycle (also referred to as a heterocycle) may be preferably used as the high refractive index additive (A). By containing such a compound, the refractive index of the adhesive can be efficiently increased. As the above-mentioned compound having a heterocycle, compounds corresponding to compounds having a double bond-containing ring can be preferably employed.
 いくつかの態様において、上記高屈折率添加剤(A)としては、置換基を有する縮合環を含む化合物(以下、「置換縮合環含有化合物」ともいう。)が好ましく用いられ得る。かかる化合物を含有させることにより、粘着剤の屈折率を効率よく高め得る。上記縮合環は、ヘテロ環および二重結合含有環の少なくとも一方に該当する環を含む構造を有することが好ましい。 In some embodiments, a compound containing a fused ring having a substituent (hereinafter also referred to as a "substituted fused ring-containing compound") may be preferably used as the high refractive index additive (A). By containing such a compound, the refractive index of the adhesive can be efficiently increased. The fused ring preferably has a structure containing at least one of a heterocycle and a double bond-containing ring.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記置換縮合環を有する化合物は、少なくとも1つの置換基を有するジナフトチオフェン化合物(以下、「置換DNT」ともいう。)であり得る。上記高屈折率添加剤(A)として非対称構造の置換DNTを含む粘着剤によると、高屈折率と低弾性率とを好ましく両立し得る。 In some preferred embodiments, the compound having a substituted condensed ring may be a dinaphthothiophene compound (hereinafter also referred to as "substituted DNT") having at least one substituent. According to the pressure-sensitive adhesive containing substituted DNT having an asymmetric structure as the high refractive index additive (A), a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus can be preferably achieved at the same time.
 いくつかの態様において、上記高屈折率添加剤(A)としては、屈折率が1.65以上の化合物が好ましく用いられる。かかる化合物を含有させることにより、粘着剤の屈折率を効率よく高め得る。 In some embodiments, a compound having a refractive index of 1.65 or more is preferably used as the high refractive index additive (A). By containing such a compound, the refractive index of the adhesive can be efficiently increased.
 いくつかの態様において、上記高屈折率添加剤(A)は、分子量が100以上1000以下の化合物であることが好ましい。上記範囲の分子量を有する高屈折率添加剤(A)は、粘着剤に相溶しやすく、高屈折率と低弾性率との両立に適する。 In some embodiments, the high refractive index additive (A) is preferably a compound with a molecular weight of 100 or more and 1000 or less. The high refractive index additive (A) having a molecular weight within the above range is easily compatible with the adhesive and is suitable for achieving both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記ベースポリマーを構成するモノマー成分において、芳香環含有モノマーの含有量は0重量%以上75重量%未満である。このような組成のモノマー成分により構成されたベースポリマーと上記高屈折率添加剤(A)とを組み合わせて用いる構成において、ここに開示される技術(粘着剤、該粘着剤を形成するための粘着剤組成物、上記粘着剤からなる粘着剤層、該粘着剤層を備える粘着シート等を包含し得る。以下同じ。)による効果は好ましく発揮さ得る。 In some preferred embodiments, the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer components constituting the base polymer is 0% by weight or more and less than 75% by weight. In a configuration in which a base polymer composed of monomer components having such a composition and the above-mentioned high refractive index additive (A) are used in combination, the technology disclosed herein (adhesive, adhesive for forming the adhesive) is used. (the same applies hereinafter) can be preferably exhibited.
 また、この明細書によると、ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着剤(ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤であり得る。)からなる粘着剤層を含む粘着シートが提供される。ここに開示される粘着剤は、高屈折率と低弾性率とを両立し得るので、上記粘着剤を含む粘着シートは、例えばフォルダブルディスプレイ用途など、高い屈折率を有することが望ましく、かつ繰返しの折曲げ操作に耐え得る柔軟性を有することが求められる用途における接合や固定、保護等に好ましく用いられ得る。 Further, according to this specification, an adhesive comprising an adhesive layer consisting of any adhesive disclosed herein (which may be an adhesive formed from any adhesive composition disclosed herein) A sheet is provided. Since the adhesive disclosed herein can have both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus, it is desirable that the adhesive sheet containing the above-mentioned adhesive has a high refractive index, for example, for use in foldable displays, and It can be preferably used for joining, fixing, protection, etc. in applications that require flexibility to withstand bending operations.
 なお、本明細書に記載された各要素を適宜組み合わせたものも、本件特許出願によって特許による保護を求める発明の範囲に含まれ得る。 Note that appropriate combinations of the elements described in this specification may also be included within the scope of the invention for which protection by patent is sought by this patent application.
一実施形態に係る粘着シートの構成を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to an embodiment. 他の一実施形態に係る粘着シートの構成を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment. 他の一実施形態に係る粘着シートの構成を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment.
 以下、本発明の好適な実施形態を説明する。本明細書において特に言及している事項以外の事柄であって本発明の実施に必要な事柄は、本明細書に記載された発明の実施についての教示と出願時の技術常識とに基づいて当業者に理解され得る。本発明は、本明細書に開示されている内容と当該分野における技術常識とに基づいて実施することができる。
 なお、以下の図面において、同じ作用を奏する部材・部位には同じ符号を付して説明することがあり、重複する説明は省略または簡略化することがある。また、図面に記載の実施形態は、本発明を明瞭に説明するために模式化されており、実際に提供される製品のサイズや縮尺を必ずしも正確に表したものではない。
Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described. Matters other than those specifically mentioned in this specification that are necessary for carrying out the present invention are based on the teachings for carrying out the invention described in this specification and the common general knowledge at the time of filing. Can be understood by vendors. The present invention can be implemented based on the content disclosed in this specification and the common general knowledge in the field.
In addition, in the following drawings, the same reference numerals may be attached and explained to members and parts that have the same function, and overlapping explanations may be omitted or simplified. Further, the embodiments shown in the drawings are schematic for clearly explaining the present invention, and do not necessarily accurately represent the size or scale of the actually provided products.
<粘着剤>
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、該粘着剤の構成に対応する成分(粘着剤形成成分)を含む粘着剤組成物を用いて形成することができる。かかる粘着剤は、溶剤型、活性エネルギー線硬化型、水分散型、ホットメルト型等の形態の粘着剤組成物を、乾燥、架橋、重合、冷却等により硬化させてなる粘着剤、すなわち上記粘着剤組成物の硬化物であり得る。粘着剤組成物の硬化手段(例えば乾燥、架橋、重合、冷却等)は、1種のみを適用してもよく、2種以上を同時に、または多段階にわたって適用してもよい。溶剤型粘着剤組成物では、典型的には該組成物を乾燥(好ましくは、さらに架橋)させて粘着剤を形成することができる。活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物では、典型的には活性エネルギー線を照射して重合反応および/または架橋反応を進行させることにより粘着剤が形成される。活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物で乾燥させる必要がある場合は、乾燥後に活性エネルギー線を照射するとよい。ここに開示される粘着剤は、高屈折率添加剤(A)の配合容易性等の観点から、溶剤型粘着剤組成物を用いて好ましく形成され得る。
<Adhesive>
The adhesive disclosed herein can be formed using an adhesive composition containing components (adhesive-forming components) corresponding to the configuration of the adhesive. Such adhesives are adhesives obtained by curing adhesive compositions in the form of solvent-based, active energy ray-curable, water-dispersed, hot-melt, etc. by drying, crosslinking, polymerization, cooling, etc., that is, the above-mentioned adhesives. It may be a cured product of the agent composition. Only one type of curing means (for example, drying, crosslinking, polymerization, cooling, etc.) for the adhesive composition may be applied, or two or more types may be applied simultaneously or in multiple stages. For solvent-based adhesive compositions, the composition can typically be dried (and preferably further crosslinked) to form the adhesive. In active energy ray-curable adhesive compositions, the adhesive is typically formed by irradiating active energy rays to advance a polymerization reaction and/or a crosslinking reaction. When it is necessary to dry the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable to irradiate it with active energy rays after drying. The adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably formed using a solvent-based adhesive composition from the viewpoint of ease of blending the high refractive index additive (A).
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、ベースポリマーおよび高屈折率添加剤(A)(以下、「添加剤(A)」と表記することがある。)を少なくとも含む。上記粘着剤の種類は特に限定されず、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、ゴム系粘着剤(天然ゴム系、合成ゴム系、これらの混合系等)、シリコーン系粘着剤、ポリエステル系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、ポリエーテル系粘着剤、ポリアミド系粘着剤、フッ素系粘着剤等であり得る。上記アクリル系粘着剤とは、アクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとする粘着剤をいう。ゴム系その他の粘着剤についても同様である。粘着特性の調節容易性や光学特性等の観点から、いくつかの態様ではアクリル系粘着剤が好ましい。 The adhesive disclosed herein includes at least a base polymer and a high refractive index additive (A) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "additive (A)"). The type of adhesive is not particularly limited, and examples include acrylic adhesives, rubber adhesives (natural rubber, synthetic rubber, mixtures thereof, etc.), silicone adhesives, polyester adhesives, and urethane adhesives. It may be an adhesive, a polyether adhesive, a polyamide adhesive, a fluorine adhesive, or the like. The above-mentioned acrylic adhesive refers to an adhesive whose base polymer is an acrylic polymer. The same applies to rubber-based and other adhesives. In some embodiments, acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesives are preferred from the viewpoint of ease of adjusting adhesive properties, optical properties, and the like.
 なお、この明細書において、粘着剤の「ベースポリマー」とは、該粘着剤に含まれるゴム状ポリマーの主成分をいう。上記ゴム状ポリマーとは、室温付近の温度域においてゴム弾性を示すポリマーをいう。また、この明細書において「主成分」とは、特記しない場合、50重量%を超えて含まれる成分を指す。 In this specification, the "base polymer" of the adhesive refers to the main component of the rubbery polymer contained in the adhesive. The above-mentioned rubbery polymer refers to a polymer that exhibits rubber elasticity in a temperature range around room temperature. Furthermore, in this specification, the term "main component" refers to a component contained in an amount exceeding 50% by weight, unless otherwise specified.
 この明細書において「アクリル系ポリマー」とは、該ポリマーを構成するモノマー単位として、1分子中に少なくとも一つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーに由来するモノマー単位を含む重合物をいう。以下、1分子中に少なくとも一つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーを「アクリル系モノマー」ともいう。したがって、この明細書におけるアクリル系ポリマーは、アクリル系モノマーに由来するモノマー単位を含むポリマーとして定義される。アクリル系ポリマーの典型例として、該ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分のうち50重量%超(好ましくは70重量%超、例えば90重量%超)がアクリル系モノマーであるアクリル系ポリマーが挙げられる。 In this specification, the term "acrylic polymer" refers to a polymer containing monomer units derived from a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule, as monomer units constituting the polymer. Hereinafter, a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule will also be referred to as an "acrylic monomer." Accordingly, an acrylic polymer in this specification is defined as a polymer containing monomer units derived from acrylic monomers. Typical examples of acrylic polymers include acrylic polymers in which more than 50% by weight (preferably more than 70% by weight, for example more than 90% by weight) of the monomer components constituting the polymer are acrylic monomers.
 また、この明細書において「アクリル系モノマー」とは、1分子中に少なくとも一つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーをいう。ここで、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」とは、アクリロイル基およびメタクリロイル基を包括的に指す意味である。したがって、ここでいうアクリル系モノマーの概念には、アクリロイル基を有するモノマー(アクリル系モノマー)とメタクリロイル基を有するモノマー(メタクリル系モノマー)との両方が包含され得る。同様に、この明細書において「(メタ)アクリル酸」とはアクリル酸およびメタクリル酸を、「(メタ)アクリレート」とはアクリレートおよびメタクリレートを、それぞれ包括的に指す意味である。他の類似用語も同様である。 Furthermore, in this specification, "acrylic monomer" refers to a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule. Here, the term "(meth)acryloyl group" comprehensively refers to acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups. Therefore, the concept of acrylic monomer here may include both monomers having an acryloyl group (acrylic monomer) and monomers having a methacryloyl group (methacrylic monomer). Similarly, in this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" comprehensively refers to acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acrylate" comprehensively refers to acrylate and methacrylate, respectively. The same applies to other similar terms.
 また、この明細書において「ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分」とは、あらかじめ形成された重合物(オリゴマーであり得る。)の形態で粘着剤組成物に含まれるか、未重合のモノマーの形態で粘着剤組成物に含まれるかを問わず、該粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤中において当該ポリマーの繰返し単位(モノマー単位)を構成するモノマーを意味する。すなわち、粘着剤に含まれる所定のポリマー(例えばベースポリマー、好ましくはアクリル系ポリマー)を構成するモノマー成分は、重合物、未重合物、部分重合物のいずれの形態で上記粘着剤組成物に含まれていてもよい。粘着剤組成物の調製容易性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分の実質的に全部(例えば95重量%以上、好ましくは99重量%以上)を重合物の形態で含む粘着剤組成物が好ましい。 In addition, in this specification, the term "monomer component constituting a polymer" refers to a component that is included in the adhesive composition in the form of a pre-formed polymer (which may be an oligomer), or is contained in the adhesive composition in the form of an unpolymerized monomer. It means a monomer that constitutes a repeating unit (monomer unit) of the polymer in the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition, regardless of whether it is included in the adhesive composition. That is, the monomer component constituting a predetermined polymer (for example, a base polymer, preferably an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive may be included in the adhesive composition in the form of a polymerized product, an unpolymerized product, or a partially polymerized product. It may be From the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition, in some embodiments, the adhesive composition contains substantially all of the monomer components (for example, 95% by weight or more, preferably 99% by weight or more) in the form of a polymer. Preferably.
 以下、アクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとして含む粘着剤(アクリル系粘着剤)について主に説明するが、ここに開示される技術における粘着剤をアクリル系粘着剤に限定する意図ではない。 Hereinafter, an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer as a base polymer (acrylic adhesive) will be mainly explained, but it is not intended that the adhesive in the technology disclosed herein be limited to an acrylic adhesive.
 (モノマー(m1))
 いくつかの態様において、上記アクリル系ポリマーは、該アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分として、エステル末端に鎖状アルキル基を有するアルキル(メタ)アクリレート(以下、「モノマー(m1)」ともいう。)を含むことが好ましい。モノマー(m1)における鎖状アルキル基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐を有していてもよい。モノマー(m1)は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Monomer (m1))
In some embodiments, the acrylic polymer includes an alkyl (meth)acrylate (hereinafter also referred to as "monomer (m1)") having a chain alkyl group at the ester end as a monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer. It is preferable to include. The chain alkyl group in the monomer (m1) may be linear or branched. The monomers (m1) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 モノマー(m1)としては、例えば下記式(1)で表される化合物を好適に用いることができる。
  CH=C(R)COOR     (1)
 ここで、上記式(1)中のRは水素原子またはメチル基であり、Rは鎖状アルキル基である。上記鎖状アルキル基の炭素原子数は、例えば1~20であり、1~18であることが好ましい。上記鎖状アルキル基の炭素原子数が1~20であるアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、すなわちC1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの具体例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸s-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノナデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸エイコシル等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
As the monomer (m1), for example, a compound represented by the following formula (1) can be suitably used.
CH 2 =C(R 1 )COOR 2 (1)
Here, R 1 in the above formula (1) is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 is a chain alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group is, for example, 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 18. Specific examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylates in which the chain alkyl group has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, that is, C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylates, include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate , propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, s-butyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, ( Pentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, Nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate, tridecyl (meth)acrylate, ( Tetradecyl (meth)acrylate, pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, hexadecyl (meth)acrylate, heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, nonadecyl (meth)acrylate, ( Examples include, but are not limited to, eicosyl meth)acrylate.
 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分がモノマー(m1)を含む態様において、該モノマー成分におけるアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、その使用効果が適切に発揮されるように設定することができる。モノマー成分におけるアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば1重量%以上であってよく、5重量%以上でもよく、10重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよく、25重量%以上でもよく、30重量%以上でもよく、35重量%以上でもよい。添加剤(A)を比較的多く含む組成において高屈折率と低弾性率とをバランスよく両立しやすくする観点から、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分におけるアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、40重量%以上であることが適当であり、45重量%以上であることが有利であり、50重量%以上(例えば、50重量%超)であることが好ましく、55重量%以上であってもよく、60重量%以上、65重量%以上、70重量%以上、75重量%以上、80重量%以上、85重量%以上または90重量%以上であってもよく、95重量%以上であってもよく、100重量%であってもよい。また、適度な凝集性を有する粘着剤を得やすくする観点から、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分におけるアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、99.9重量%以下であることが適当であり、99.8重量%以下であることが好ましく、99.6重量%以下であることがより好ましく、99.5重量%以下であってもよく、99.0重量%以下であってもよく、95重量%以下であってもよく、90重量%以下であってもよく、85重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、75重量%以下でもよく、70重量%以下、65重量%以下、60重量%以下または55重量%以下であってもよい。 In an embodiment in which the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer includes the monomer (m1), the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component can be set so that the effect of its use is appropriately exhibited. The content of alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. , 30% by weight or more, or 35% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is 40% from the viewpoint of making it easier to achieve both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus in a well-balanced manner in a composition containing a relatively large amount of additive (A). Suitably at least 45% by weight, preferably at least 50% by weight (e.g. more than 50% by weight), and may be at least 55% by weight. , 60% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more, and may be 95% by weight or more. , 100% by weight. Further, from the viewpoint of making it easier to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive having appropriate cohesiveness, in some embodiments, it is appropriate that the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is 99.9% by weight or less, It is preferably 99.8% by weight or less, more preferably 99.6% by weight or less, may be 99.5% by weight or less, may be 99.0% by weight or less, and may be 95% by weight or less. It may be less than 90% by weight, it may be less than 85% by weight, it may be less than 80% by weight, it may be less than 75% by weight, less than 70% by weight, less than 65% by weight, It may be 60% by weight or less or 55% by weight or less.
 いくつかの態様において、モノマー(m1)の少なくとも一部として、ホモポリマーのTgが-20℃以下(より好ましくは-40℃以下、例えば-50℃以下)であるアルキル(メタ)アクリレートを好ましく採用し得る。このような低Tgのアルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、粘着剤の低弾性率化に役立ち得る。また、接着力等の粘着特性の改善にも役立ち得る。上記アルキル(メタ)アクリレートのTgの下限は特に制限されず、例えば-85℃以上であってよく、-75℃以上でもよく、-65℃以上でもよく、-60℃以上でもよい。上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの具体例としては、アクリル酸n-ブチル(BA)、アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(2EHA)、ヘプチルアクリレート、オクチルアクリレート、アクリル酸イソノニル(iNA)等が挙げられる。 In some embodiments, as at least a portion of the monomer (m1), an alkyl (meth)acrylate whose homopolymer has a Tg of -20°C or lower (more preferably -40°C or lower, for example -50°C or lower) is preferably employed. It is possible. Such a low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate can be useful in lowering the elastic modulus of the adhesive. It can also help improve adhesive properties such as adhesive strength. The lower limit of Tg of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, -85°C or higher, -75°C or higher, -65°C or higher, or -60°C or higher. Specific examples of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylates include n-butyl acrylate (BA), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), heptyl acrylate, octyl acrylate, isononyl acrylate (iNA), and the like.
 他のいくつかの態様において、モノマー(m1)の少なくとも一部として、ホモポリマーのTgが-20℃超(例えば-10℃以上)であるアルキル(メタ)アクリレートを採用し得る。上記アルキル(メタ)アクリレートのTgの上限は、例えば10℃以下であり、5℃以下であってもよく、0℃以下でもよい。この範囲のTg(以下、「中Tg」ともいう。)を有するアルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、粘着剤の弾性率の調整に役立ち得る。特に限定するものではないが、上記Tg(中Tg)を有するアルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートと併用することが好ましい。中Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの具体例としては、ラウリルアクリレート(LA)が挙げられる。あるいは、ここに開示される技術は、中Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートを実質的に使用しない態様でも実施され得る。 In some other embodiments, an alkyl (meth)acrylate whose homopolymer Tg is higher than -20°C (for example, higher than -10°C) may be employed as at least a part of the monomer (m1). The upper limit of Tg of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 10°C or less, may be 5°C or less, or may be 0°C or less. Alkyl (meth)acrylates having a Tg in this range (hereinafter also referred to as "medium Tg") can be useful for adjusting the elastic modulus of the adhesive. Although not particularly limited, the alkyl (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned Tg (medium Tg) is preferably used in combination with the above-mentioned low-Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate. A specific example of the medium Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate is lauryl acrylate (LA). Alternatively, the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment in which medium Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate is not substantially used.
 モノマー(m1)を使用するいくつかの態様において、モノマー(m1)として、C4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを用いることが好ましい。なかでも、C4-8アルキルアクリレートの使用がより好ましい。C4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。C4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの使用により、粘着剤の弾性率低減を実現しやすく、また、良好な粘着特性(接着力等)が得られやすい傾向がある。モノマー(m1)としてC4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを使用する態様において、該モノマー(m1)のうちC4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの割合は、30重量%以上であることが適当であり、好ましくは50重量%以上、より好ましくは70重量%以上、さらに好ましくは90重量%以上であり、実質的に100重量%であってもよい。 In some embodiments using monomer (m1), it is preferred to use C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate as monomer (m1). Among them, it is more preferable to use C 4-8 alkyl acrylate. The C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be used alone or in combination of two or more. By using C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate, it is easy to reduce the elastic modulus of the adhesive, and there is a tendency that good adhesive properties (adhesive strength, etc.) can be easily obtained. In the embodiment in which C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate is used as the monomer (m1), the proportion of C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer (m1) is suitably 30% by weight or more. The content is preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, even more preferably 90% by weight or more, and may be substantially 100% by weight.
 モノマー(m1)を使用するいくつかの態様において、モノマー成分におけるC4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば1重量%以上、5重量%以上、10重量%以上、20重量%以上、25重量%以上、30重量%以上または35重量%以上であってよく、40重量%以上、45重量%以上、50重量%以上、50重量%超、55重量%以上、60重量%以上、65重量%以上、70重量%以上、75重量%以上、80重量%以上、85重量%以上、90重量%以上または95重量%以上であってもよく、100重量%であってもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分におけるC4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば99.9重量%以下、99.8重量%以下、99.6重量%以下、99.5重量%以下、99.0重量%以下、95重量%以下、90重量%以下、85重量%以下、80重量%以下または75重量%以下であってよく、70重量%以下、65重量%以下、60重量%以下または55重量%以下であってもよい。 In some embodiments using monomer (m1), the content of C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, 1% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more. , 25% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, or 35% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, 45% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, more than 50% by weight, 55% by weight or more, 60% by weight or more, It may be 65% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more, or 100% by weight. Further, in some embodiments, the content of C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.8% by weight or less, 99.6% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less. % by weight or less, 99.0% by weight or less, 95% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 65% by weight or less, It may be 60% by weight or less or 55% by weight or less.
 モノマー(m1)を使用するいくつかの態様において、モノマー(m1)として、C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく用いられ得る。C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの使用により、各温度域の貯蔵弾性率を調節することができる。例えば、高温域の貯蔵弾性率を相対的に高く設定し得る。C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、透明性の向上(例えば、ヘイズの低減)にも役立ち得る。また、C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、後述するモノマー(m3)との共重合性にも優れる傾向がある。C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートとしては、C1-6アルキルアクリレートが好ましく、C2-6アルキルアクリレートがより好ましく、C4-6アルキルアクリレートがさらに好ましい。他のいくつかの態様では、C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、好ましくはC1-4アルキル(メタ)アクリレートであり、より好ましくはC2-4アルキル(メタ)アクリレートであり、さらに好ましくはC2-4アルキルアクリレートである。C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの好適例としては、BAが挙げられる。 In some embodiments using monomer (m1), C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be preferably used as monomer (m1). By using C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate, the storage modulus in each temperature range can be adjusted. For example, the storage modulus in the high temperature range can be set relatively high. C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates can also help improve transparency (eg, reduce haze). Furthermore, C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate tends to have excellent copolymerizability with the monomer (m3) described below. One type of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination. The C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably C 1-6 alkyl acrylate, more preferably C 2-6 alkyl acrylate, and even more preferably C 4-6 alkyl acrylate. In some other embodiments, the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably a C 1-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, more preferably a C 2-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, even more preferably is C 2-4 alkyl acrylate. A preferred example of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is BA.
 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるC1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば1重量%以上であってよく、3重量%以上でもよく、5重量%以上でもよく、8重量%以上でもよい。低弾性率化や透明性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば10重量%以上、20重量%以上、25重量%以上、30重量%以上または35重量%以上であってよく、40重量%以上、45重量%以上、50重量%以上、50重量%超、55重量%以上、60重量%以上、65重量%以上、70重量%以上、75重量%以上、80重量%以上、85重量%以上、90重量%以上または95重量%以上であってもよく、100重量%であってもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分におけるC1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば99.9重量%以下、99.8重量%以下、99.6重量%以下、99.5重量%以下、99.0重量%以下、95重量%以下、90重量%以下、85重量%以下、80重量%以下または75重量%以下であってよく、70重量%以下、65重量%以下、60重量%以下または55重量%以下であってもよく、他のモノマーの効果をよりよく発揮する観点から、50重量%以下、40重量%以下、30重量%以下、20重量%以下、10重量%以下または5重量%以下であってもよく、3重量%未満または1重量%未満であってもよい。ここに開示される技術は、C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを実質的に使用しない態様でも実施され得る。 The content of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, and 8% by weight. The above is fine. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus and transparency, the content of the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more. It may be at least 40 wt%, at least 45 wt%, at least 50 wt%, at least 50 wt%, at least 55 wt%, at least 60 wt%, at least 65 wt%, and at least 70 wt%. % or more, 75 weight % or more, 80 weight % or more, 85 weight % or more, 90 weight % or more, or 95 weight % or more, and may be 100 weight %. Further, in some embodiments, the content of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.8% by weight or less, 99.6% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less. % by weight or less, 99.0% by weight or less, 95% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 65% by weight or less, It may be 60% by weight or less or 55% by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of better exhibiting the effects of other monomers, 50% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight % or less, or 5% by weight or less, less than 3% by weight, or less than 1% by weight. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment in which C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is not substantially used.
 モノマー(m1)を使用する他のいくつかの態様において、モノマー(m1)として、C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく用いられ得る。C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの使用により、貯蔵弾性率を好ましく低減することができる。C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、接着力(剥離強度)の向上にも役立ち得る。C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートとしては、C7-10アルキルアクリレートが好ましく、C7-9アルキルアクリレートがより好ましく、Cアルキルアクリレートがさらに好ましい。C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの例としては、2EHA、iNA、LAが挙げられ、好適例としては、2EHAが挙げられる。 In some other embodiments using monomer (m1), C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be preferably used as monomer (m1). By using C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates, the storage modulus can be advantageously reduced. C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates can also help improve adhesion (peel strength). One type of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination. As the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate, C 7-10 alkyl acrylate is preferred, C 7-9 alkyl acrylate is more preferred, and C 8 alkyl acrylate is even more preferred. Examples of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates include 2EHA, iNA, and LA, and a preferred example includes 2EHA.
 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるC7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば1重量%以上であってよく、3重量%以上でもよく、5重量%以上でもよく、8重量%以上でもよい。低弾性率化や透明性、接着性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば10重量%以上、20重量%以上、25重量%以上、30重量%以上または35重量%以上であってよく、40重量%以上、45重量%以上、50重量%以上、50重量%超、55重量%以上、60重量%以上、65重量%以上、70重量%以上、75重量%以上、80重量%以上、85重量%以上、90重量%以上または95重量%以上であってもよく、100重量%であってもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分におけるC7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば99.9重量%以下、99.8重量%以下、99.6重量%以下、99.5重量%以下、99.0重量%以下、95重量%以下、90重量%以下、85重量%以下、80重量%以下または75重量%以下であってよく、70重量%以下、65重量%以下、60重量%以下または55重量%以下であってもよく、他のモノマーの効果をよりよく発揮する観点から、50重量%以下、40重量%以下、30重量%以下、20重量%以下、10重量%以下または5重量%以下であってもよく、3重量%未満または1重量%未満であってもよい。ここに開示される技術は、C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを実質的に使用しない態様でも実施され得る。 The content of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, and 8% by weight. The above is fine. In some embodiments, the content of the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, transparency, adhesiveness, etc. 30% by weight or more, or 35% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, 45% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, more than 50% by weight, 55% by weight or more, 60% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more , 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more, or 100% by weight. Further, in some embodiments, the content of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.8% by weight or less, 99.6% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less. % by weight or less, 99.0% by weight or less, 95% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 65% by weight or less, It may be 60% by weight or less or 55% by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of better exhibiting the effects of other monomers, 50% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight % or less, or 5% by weight or less, less than 3% by weight, or less than 1% by weight. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment that does not substantially use C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate.
 モノマー成分がモノマー(m1)を含むいくつかの態様において、低弾性率化の観点から、上記モノマー(m1)の少なくとも一部は、アルキルアクリレートであることが好ましい。アルキルアクリレートの使用は、接着力等の粘着特性の点でも有利である。例えば、モノマー(m1)のうち50重量%以上がアルキルアクリレートであることが好ましく、モノマー(m1)におけるアルキルアクリレートの割合は、より好ましくは75重量%以上、さらに好ましくは90重量%以上であり、モノマー(m1)の実質的に100重量%がアルキルアクリレートであってもよい。モノマー(m1)として1種または2種以上のアルキルアクリレートのみを使用し、アルキルメタクリレートを使用しない態様であってもよい。 In some embodiments in which the monomer component includes a monomer (m1), from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, it is preferable that at least a part of the monomer (m1) is an alkyl acrylate. The use of alkyl acrylates is also advantageous in terms of adhesive properties such as adhesive strength. For example, it is preferable that 50% by weight or more of the monomer (m1) is alkyl acrylate, and the proportion of alkyl acrylate in the monomer (m1) is more preferably 75% by weight or more, still more preferably 90% by weight or more, Substantially 100% by weight of the monomer (m1) may be alkyl acrylate. An embodiment may be adopted in which only one or more alkyl acrylates are used as the monomer (m1) and no alkyl methacrylate is used.
 (モノマー(m2))
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、モノマー(m2)を含有し得る。上記モノマー(m2)は、水酸基を有するモノマー(水酸基含有モノマー)およびカルボキシ基を有するモノマー(カルボキシ基含有モノマー)の少なくとも一方に該当するモノマーである。上記水酸基含有モノマーは、1分子内に少なくとも1つの水酸基と少なくとも1つのエチレン性不飽和基とを有する化合物である。上記カルボキシ基含有モノマーは、1分子内に少なくとも1つのカルボキシ基と少なくとも1つのエチレン性不飽和基とを含む化合物である。モノマー(m2)は、アクリル系ポリマーに架橋点を導入したり、粘着剤に適度な凝集性を付与したりするために役立ち得る。モノマー(m2)は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。モノマー(m2)は、典型的には芳香環を含有しないモノマーである。
(Monomer (m2))
In some preferred embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain a monomer (m2). The monomer (m2) is a monomer that corresponds to at least one of a monomer having a hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group-containing monomer) and a monomer having a carboxyl group (carboxy group-containing monomer). The hydroxyl group-containing monomer is a compound having at least one hydroxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule. The above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing monomer is a compound containing at least one carboxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule. The monomer (m2) can be useful for introducing crosslinking points into the acrylic polymer and imparting appropriate cohesiveness to the adhesive. The monomers (m2) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Monomer (m2) is typically a monomer that does not contain an aromatic ring.
 モノマー(m2)の有するエチレン性不飽和基の例としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基等が挙げられる。重合反応性の観点から(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、低弾性率化や粘着性の観点からアクリロイル基がより好ましい。粘着剤の低弾性率化の観点から、モノマー(m2)としては、1分子中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和基の数が1である化合物(すなわち、単官能モノマー)が好ましく用いられる。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group possessed by the monomer (m2) include a (meth)acryloyl group, a vinyl group, and a (meth)allyl group. A (meth)acryloyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryloyl group is more preferred from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus and adhesiveness. From the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus of the adhesive, a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (ie, a monofunctional monomer) is preferably used as the monomer (m2).
 いくつかの態様において、モノマー(m2)として、エチレン性不飽和基(例えば(メタ)アクリロイル基)と水酸基および/またはカルボキシ基との距離が比較的長いモノマーが使用され得る。これにより、上記水酸基および/またはカルボキシ基が架橋反応に用いられる態様において、柔軟性の高い架橋構造が得られやすい。例えば、上記エチレン性不飽和基と水酸基および/またはカルボキシ基とを連結する鎖(連結鎖)を構成する原子(典型的には炭素原子や酸素原子)の数が3以上(例えば4以上、5以上、6以上、7以上、8以上、9以上、10以上、11以上、12以上、13以上、14以上、15以上、16以上、17以上、18以上または19以上)である化合物をモノマー(m2)として使用することができる。上記連結鎖構成原子数の上限は、例えば45以下であり、20以下(例えば19以下、18以下、17以下、16以下、15以下、14以下、13以下、12以下、11以下、10以下、9以下または8以下)であってもよい。なお、上記エチレン性不飽和基と水酸基および/またはカルボキシ基とを連結する連結鎖構成原子数とは、エチレン性不飽和基から水酸基またはカルボキシ基に到達するのに要する最小の原子の数をいう。例えば、上記連結鎖が直鎖アルキレン基(すなわち-(CH-基)からなる場合、nの数が上記連結鎖構成原子数となる。また例えば、上記連結鎖がオキシエチレン基(すなわち-(CO)-基)の場合、オキシエチレン基を構成する炭素原子数2と酸素原子数1との和である3とnとの積(3n)が上記連結鎖構成原子数となる。特に限定するものではないが、そのようなモノマー(m2)として、上記エチレン性不飽和基と、上記水酸基および/またはカルボキシ基との間に、例えば、-(CH-で表わされるアルキレン単位や、-(C2mO)-で表わされるオキシアルキレン単位(例えば、上記式中のmが2であるオキシエチレン単位、上記式中のmが3であるオキシプロピレン単位、上記式中のmが4であるオキシブチレン単位)を少なくとも1つ有するものが用いられ得る。上記アルキレン単位やオキシアルキレン単位の数は、特に限定されず、1以上(例えば1~15または1~10または2~6または2~4)であってもよい。また、上記アルキレン単位を表す式中のnは、例えば1~10の整数であり、2以上であってもよく、3以上でもよく、4以上でもよく、また、6以下でもよく、5以下でもよい。上記オキシアルキレン単位を表す式中のmは2以上の整数であり、例えば2~4の整数である。モノマー(m2)は、上記エチレン性不飽和基、水酸基および/またはカルボキシ基、アルキレン単位および/またはオキシアルキレン単位に加えて、エステル結合やエーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、芳香環、脂肪族環、ヘテロ環(例えば、窒素原子(N)や酸素原子(O)、硫黄原子(S)を含む環)を含むものであり得る。また、上記アルキレン単位やオキシアルキレン単位は置換基を有してもよい。 In some embodiments, a monomer in which the distance between an ethylenically unsaturated group (for example, a (meth)acryloyl group) and a hydroxyl group and/or a carboxy group is relatively long can be used as the monomer (m2). Thereby, in embodiments in which the hydroxyl group and/or carboxy group are used in the crosslinking reaction, a crosslinked structure with high flexibility can be easily obtained. For example, the number of atoms (typically carbon atoms or oxygen atoms) constituting the chain (linking chain) connecting the ethylenically unsaturated group and the hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group is 3 or more (for example, 4 or more, 5 or more). or more, 6 or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 11 or more, 12 or more, 13 or more, 14 or more, 15 or more, 16 or more, 17 or more, 18 or more or 19 or more). m2). The upper limit of the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain is, for example, 45 or less, 20 or less (for example, 19 or less, 18 or less, 17 or less, 16 or less, 15 or less, 14 or less, 13 or less, 12 or less, 11 or less, 10 or less, 9 or less or 8 or less). In addition, the number of atoms forming a linking chain connecting the ethylenically unsaturated group and the hydroxyl group and/or carboxy group refers to the minimum number of atoms required to reach the hydroxyl group or carboxy group from the ethylenically unsaturated group. . For example, when the above-mentioned connecting chain is composed of a linear alkylene group (ie, -(CH 2 ) n - group), the number of n is the number of atoms constituting the above-mentioned connecting chain. For example, when the connecting chain is an oxyethylene group (that is, a -(C 2 H 4 O) n - group), 3 and n, which is the sum of 2 carbon atoms and 1 oxygen atom, constituting the oxyethylene group. The product (3n) is the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain. Although not particularly limited, such monomers (m2) include, for example, alkylene represented by -(CH 2 ) n - between the ethylenically unsaturated group and the hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group. units, oxyalkylene units represented by -(C m H 2m O)- (for example, oxyethylene units where m in the above formula is 2, oxypropylene units where m in the above formulas is 3, oxypropylene units in the above formulas) A compound having at least one oxybutylene unit in which m is 4) can be used. The number of alkylene units and oxyalkylene units is not particularly limited, and may be 1 or more (for example, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, 2 to 6, or 2 to 4). Further, n in the formula representing the above alkylene unit is, for example, an integer from 1 to 10, and may be 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, or 6 or less, or 5 or less. good. In the formula representing the oxyalkylene unit, m is an integer of 2 or more, for example, an integer of 2 to 4. In addition to the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated groups, hydroxyl groups and/or carboxy groups, alkylene units and/or oxyalkylene units, the monomer (m2) also contains ester bonds, ether bonds, thioether bonds, aromatic rings, aliphatic rings, and heterocycles. (For example, a ring containing a nitrogen atom (N), an oxygen atom (O), or a sulfur atom (S)). Moreover, the above alkylene unit and oxyalkylene unit may have a substituent.
 水酸基含有モノマーの例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸8-ヒドロキシオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸10-ヒドロキシデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸12-ヒドロキシラウリル、(4-ヒドロキシメチルシクロへキシル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。好ましく使用し得る水酸基含有モノマーの例として、アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル(Tg:-40℃)およびアクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(Tg:-15℃)が挙げられる。室温域における柔軟性向上の観点から、よりTgの低いアクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基含有モノマーとして、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルを使用し、該水酸基を架橋反応に利用する態様においては、柔軟性の高い架橋構造を得る観点から、上記(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル中のヒドロキシアルキル基の炭素数が多いモノマー、例えば上記ヒドロキシアルキル基の炭素数が3以上(例えば3~12、好ましくは4~10)である(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル(例えばアクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル)の使用が好ましい。好ましい一態様では、モノマー(m2)の50重量%以上(例えば50重量%超、70重量%超または85重量%超)がアクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチルであり得る。水酸基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of hydroxyl group-containing monomers include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, and ) Hydroxy (meth)acrylates such as 8-hydroxyoctyl acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, and (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate. These include, but are not limited to, alkyl. Examples of hydroxyl group-containing monomers that can be preferably used include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (Tg: -40°C) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (Tg: -15°C). From the viewpoint of improving flexibility in the room temperature range, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, which has a lower Tg, is more preferred. In addition, in an embodiment in which hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate is used as the hydroxyl group-containing monomer and the hydroxyl group is utilized in the crosslinking reaction, from the viewpoint of obtaining a highly flexible crosslinked structure, the hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate is Monomers with a large number of carbon atoms in the hydroxyalkyl group, such as hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates (for example, 4-hydroxy acrylate) in which the hydroxyalkyl group has 3 or more carbon atoms (for example, 3 to 12, preferably 4 to 10). butyl) is preferred. In one preferred embodiment, 50% or more (eg, greater than 50%, greater than 70% or greater than 85%) by weight of the monomer (m2) may be 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate. The hydroxyl group-containing monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 モノマー(m2)として水酸基含有モノマーを使用するいくつかの態様において、上記水酸基含有モノマーは、メタクリロイル基を有しない化合物から選択される1種または2種以上であり得る。メタクリロイル基を有しない水酸基含有モノマーの好適例として、上述した各種のアクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルが挙げられる。例えば、モノマー(m2)として使用する水酸基含有モノマーのうち50重量%超、70重量%超または85重量%超がアクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルであることが好ましい。アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルの使用により、架橋点の提供や適度な凝集性の付与に役立つヒドロキシ基をアクリル系ポリマーに導入することができ、かつ対応するメタクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルのみを使用する場合に比べて室温域における柔軟性や粘着性の良い粘着剤が得られやすい。 In some embodiments in which a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is used as the monomer (m2), the hydroxyl group-containing monomer may be one or more selected from compounds that do not have a methacryloyl group. Preferred examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer that does not have a methacryloyl group include the above-mentioned various hydroxyalkyl acrylates. For example, it is preferable that more than 50% by weight, more than 70% by weight, or more than 85% by weight of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used as the monomer (m2) is hydroxyalkyl acrylate. The use of hydroxyalkyl acrylates allows for the introduction of hydroxy groups into acrylic polymers that help provide cross-linking points and appropriate cohesive properties, and allows for the introduction of hydroxyl groups into acrylic polymers that help provide cross-linking points and provide adequate cohesive properties, and at room temperature compared to the corresponding hydroxyalkyl methacrylates alone. It is easy to obtain an adhesive with good flexibility and adhesiveness in this area.
 カルボキシ基含有モノマーの例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシペンチル等のアクリル系モノマーのほか、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。好ましく使用し得るカルボキシ基含有モノマーの例として、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸が挙げられる。また、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤の弾性率低減の観点から、カルボキシ基含有モノマーとして、例えば下記式(2)で表わされる化合物を好ましく用いることができる。
 CH2=CR1-COO-R2-OCO-R3-COOH     (2)
 ここで、上記式(2)中のR1は水素またはメチル基である。R2およびR3は、2価の連結基(具体的には、炭素原子数1~20(例えば2~10、好ましくは2~5)の有機基)であり、互いに同じであってもよく異なっていてもよい。上記式(2)におけるR2およびR3は、例えば、2価の脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、脂環族炭化水素基であり得る。例えば、上記R2およびR3は、炭素原子数2~5のアルキレンであり得る。上記式(2)で表わされるカルボキシ基含有モノマーの具体例としては、例えば、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル-フタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル-2-ヒドロキシエチル-フタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル-コハク酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルヘキサヒドロハイドロゲンフタレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルハイドロゲンフタレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルテトラヒドロハイドロゲンフタレート等が挙げられる。カルボキシ基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。水酸基含有モノマーとカルボキシ基含有モノマーとを併用してもよい。
Examples of carboxy group-containing monomers include acrylic monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and carboxypentyl (meth)acrylate, as well as itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, Examples include, but are not limited to, isocrotonic acid and the like. Examples of carboxy group-containing monomers that can be preferably used include acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. Further, in some embodiments, from the viewpoint of reducing the elastic modulus of the adhesive, a compound represented by the following formula (2), for example, can be preferably used as the carboxy group-containing monomer.
CH 2 =CR 1 -COO-R 2 -OCO-R 3 -COOH (2)
Here, R 1 in the above formula (2) is hydrogen or a methyl group. R 2 and R 3 are divalent linking groups (specifically, organic groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 5)), and may be the same as each other. May be different. R 2 and R 3 in the above formula (2) may be, for example, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group. For example, R 2 and R 3 above can be alkylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer represented by the above formula (2) include 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl-phthalic acid, 2-( meth)acryloyloxyethyl-2-hydroxyethyl-phthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl-succinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl hexahydrohydrogen phthalate, 2-(meth)acryloyloxypropylhydrogen phthalate, 2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyltetrahydrohydrogen phthalate, and the like. Carboxy group-containing monomers can be used singly or in combination of two or more. A hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a carboxyl group-containing monomer may be used in combination.
 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマー(m2)の含有量は、特に制限されず、目的に応じて設定し得る。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー(m2)の含有量は、例えば0.01重量%以上、0.1重量%以上または0.5重量%以上であり得る。より高い使用効果を得る観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー(m2)の含有量は、0.8重量%以上とすることが好ましく、1.0重量%以上としてもよく、3.0重量%以上または4.0重量%以上としてもよい。モノマー成分におけるモノマー(m2)の含有量の上限は、他のモノマーの含有量との合計が100重量%を超えないように設定される。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー(m2)の含有量は、例えば30重量%以下または25重量%以下とすることが適当であり、他のモノマーの効果をよりよく発揮する観点から、20重量%以下とすることが好ましく、15重量%以下とすることがより好ましく、12重量%未満でもよく、10重量%未満でもよく、7重量%未満でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤を低弾性率化する観点から、上記モノマー(m2)の含有量は、5.0重量%以下(例えば5.0重量%未満)であり、より好ましくは3.0重量%未満であり、2.0重量%以下であってもよく、1.5重量%以下であってもよい。 The content of the monomer (m2) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited and can be set depending on the purpose. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (m2) may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more. From the viewpoint of obtaining higher usage effects, in some embodiments, the content of the monomer (m2) is preferably 0.8% by weight or more, may be 1.0% by weight or more, and 3.0% by weight or more. It may be at least 4.0% by weight or at least 4.0% by weight. The upper limit of the content of the monomer (m2) in the monomer component is set so that the total content of the monomer (m2) together with the content of other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight. In some embodiments, it is appropriate for the content of the monomer (m2) to be, for example, 30% by weight or less or 25% by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of better exhibiting the effects of other monomers, 20% by weight or less. It is preferably at most 15% by weight or less, more preferably at most 15% by weight, may be less than 12% by weight, may be less than 10% by weight, and may be less than 7% by weight. In some preferred embodiments, from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus of the adhesive, the content of the monomer (m2) is 5.0% by weight or less (for example, less than 5.0% by weight), more preferably 3% by weight or less. It may be less than .0% by weight, may be less than 2.0% by weight, and may be less than 1.5% by weight.
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマー(m1)とモノマー(m2)との合計含有量は、例えば21重量%以上または31重量%以上であってよく、これらのモノマーの効果を好適に発揮しやすくする観点から、好ましくは41重量%以上であり、51重量%以上でもよく、61重量%以上でもよく、71重量%以上でもよく、76重量%以上でもよく、81重量%以上でもよく、86重量%以上でもよく、91重量%以上でもよく、96重量%以上でもよく、99重量%以上でもよく、実質的に100重量%でもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分におけるモノマー(m1)とモノマー(m2)との合計含有量は、これら以外のモノマーの効果を好適に発揮しやすくする観点から、例えば99重量%以下であってよく、95重量%以下であってもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、85重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下、75重量%以下、70重量%以下、65重量%以下、60重量%以下または55重量%以下でもよい。 In some embodiments, the total content of monomer (m1) and monomer (m2) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 21% by weight or more or 31% by weight or more, and the From the viewpoint of easily exhibiting the effect, the content is preferably 41% by weight or more, may be 51% by weight or more, may be 61% by weight or more, may be 71% by weight or more, may be 76% by weight or more, and may be 81% by weight or more. % or more, 86% by weight or more, 91% by weight or more, 96% by weight or more, 99% by weight or more, or substantially 100% by weight. In some embodiments, the total content of monomer (m1) and monomer (m2) in the monomer component is, for example, 99% by weight or less, from the viewpoint of facilitating the advantageous effects of monomers other than these. may be 95% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, 75% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 65% by weight or less, 60% by weight It may be less than or equal to 55% by weight.
 (モノマー(m3))
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、モノマー(m3)を含有し得る。モノマー(m3)としては、1分子中に少なくとも1つの芳香環と少なくとも1つのエチレン性不飽和基とを含む化合物が用いられる。モノマー(m3)は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Monomer (m3))
In some embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain monomer (m3). As the monomer (m3), a compound containing at least one aromatic ring and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule is used. The monomers (m3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 モノマー(m3)の有するエチレン性不飽和基の例としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基等が挙げられる。重合反応性の観点から(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、低弾性率化や粘着性の観点からアクリロイル基がより好ましい。粘着剤の低弾性率化の観点から、モノマー(m3)としては、1分子中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和基の数が1である化合物(すなわち、単官能モノマー)が好ましく用いられる。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group that the monomer (m3) has include a (meth)acryloyl group, a vinyl group, and a (meth)allyl group. A (meth)acryloyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryloyl group is more preferred from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus and adhesiveness. From the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus of the adhesive, a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (ie, a monofunctional monomer) is preferably used as the monomer (m3).
 モノマー(m3)として用いられる化合物1分子に含まれる芳香環の数は、1でもよく、2以上でもよい。上記芳香環の数の上限は特に制限されず、例えば16以下であり得る。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤組成物の調製容易性や粘着剤の透明性等の観点から、上記芳香環の数は、例えば12以下であってよく、8以下であることが好ましく、6以下であることがより好ましく、5以下でもよく、4以下でもよく、3以下でもよく、2以下でもよい。 The number of aromatic rings contained in one molecule of the compound used as the monomer (m3) may be 1 or 2 or more. The upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 16 or less. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition and transparency of the adhesive, the number of aromatic rings may be, for example, 12 or less, preferably 8 or less, and 6 or less. It is more preferable that the number is 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less.
 モノマー(m3)として用いられる化合物の有する芳香環は、ベンゼン環(ビフェニル構造やフルオレン構造の一部を構成するベンゼン環であり得る。);ナフタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環の縮合環;等の炭素環であってもよく、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、チアゾール環、チオフェン環;等の複素環(ヘテロ環)であってもよい。上記複素環において環構成原子として含まれるヘテロ原子は、例えば窒素、硫黄および酸素からなる群から選択される1または2以上であり得る。いくつかの態様において、上記複素環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素および硫黄の一方または両方であり得る。モノマー(m3)は、例えばジナフトチオフェン構造のように、1または2以上の炭素環と1または2以上の複素環とが縮合した構造を有していてもよい。 The aromatic ring possessed by the compound used as the monomer (m3) is a benzene ring (it can be a benzene ring that forms part of a biphenyl structure or a fluorene structure); a naphthalene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, an anthracene ring, and a phenanthrene ring. A condensed ring of , a thiophene ring; and the like may be used. The heteroatoms included as ring constituent atoms in the above-mentioned heterocycle may be, for example, one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, and oxygen. In some embodiments, the heteroatoms making up the heterocycle can be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur. The monomer (m3) may have a structure in which one or more carbon rings and one or more heterocycles are condensed, such as a dinaphthothiophene structure.
 上記芳香環(好ましくは炭素環)は、環構成原子上に1または2以上の置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等)、ヒドロキシアルキル基、ヒドロキシアルキルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基等が例示されるが、これらに限定されない。炭素原子を含む置換基において、該置換基に含まれる炭素原子の数は、好ましくは1~4であり、より好ましくは1~3であり、例えば1または2であり得る。いくつかの態様において、上記芳香環は、環構成原子上に置換基を有しないか、アルキル基、アルコキシ基およびハロゲン原子(例えば臭素原子)からなる群から選択される1または2以上の置換基を有する芳香環であり得る。なお、モノマー(m3)の有する芳香環がその環構成原子上に置換基を有するとは、該芳香環が、エチレン性不飽和基を有する置換基以外の置換基を有することをいう。 The aromatic ring (preferably a carbon ring) may have one or more substituents on the ring-constituting atoms, or may have no substituents. When having a substituent, the substituent includes an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, a glycidyloxy group. Examples include, but are not limited to. In a substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and may be 1 or 2, for example. In some embodiments, the aromatic ring has no substituent on the ring constituent atoms, or one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom (e.g., a bromine atom). It can be an aromatic ring having Note that the aromatic ring of the monomer (m3) having a substituent on its ring-constituting atoms means that the aromatic ring has a substituent other than the substituent having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
 芳香環とエチレン性不飽和基とは、直接結合していてもよく、リンキング基(連結基)を介して結合していてもよい。上記リンキング基は、例えば、アルキレン基、オキシアルキレン基、ポリ(オキシアルキレン)基、フェニル基、アルキルフェニル基、アルコキシフェニル基、これらの基において1または2以上の水素原子が水酸基で置換された構造の基(例えば、ヒドロキシアルキレン基)、オキシ基(-O-基)、チオオキシ基(-S-基)、等から選択される1または2以上の構造を含む基であり得る。いくつかの態様において、芳香環とエチレン性不飽和基とが、直接結合しているか、またはアルキレン基、オキシアルキレン基およびポリ(オキシアルキレン)基からなる群から選択されるリンキング基を介して結合している構造の芳香環含有モノマーを好ましく採用し得る。上記アルキレン基および上記オキシアルキレン基における炭素原子数は、好ましくは1~4であり、より好ましくは1~3であり、例えば1または2であり得る。上記ポリ(オキシアルキレン)基におけるオキシアルキレン単位の繰り返し数は、例えば2~3であり得る。 The aromatic ring and the ethylenically unsaturated group may be bonded directly or may be bonded via a linking group (connecting group). The above linking group is, for example, an alkylene group, an oxyalkylene group, a poly(oxyalkylene) group, a phenyl group, an alkylphenyl group, an alkoxyphenyl group, or a structure in which one or more hydrogen atoms in these groups are substituted with a hydroxyl group. (for example, a hydroxyalkylene group), an oxy group (-O- group), a thiooxy group (-S- group), and the like. In some embodiments, the aromatic ring and the ethylenically unsaturated group are bonded directly or through a linking group selected from the group consisting of alkylene groups, oxyalkylene groups, and poly(oxyalkylene) groups. An aromatic ring-containing monomer having the following structure can be preferably employed. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group and the oxyalkylene group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and may be 1 or 2, for example. The number of repeating oxyalkylene units in the poly(oxyalkylene) group may be, for example, 2 to 3.
 モノマー(m3)として好ましく採用し得る化合物の例として、芳香環含有(メタ)アクリレートおよび芳香環含有ビニル化合物が挙げられる。芳香環含有(メタ)アクリレートおよび芳香環含有ビニル化合物は、それぞれ、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。1種または2種以上の芳香環含有(メタ)アクリレートと、1種または2種以上の芳香環含有ビニル化合物とを組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of compounds that can be preferably employed as the monomer (m3) include aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds. The aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylate and the aromatic ring-containing vinyl compound can each be used singly or in combination of two or more. One or more aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and one or more aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds may be used in combination.
 いくつかの態様において、モノマー(m3)として、高い高屈折率化効果が得られやすいことから、1分子中に2以上の芳香環(好ましくは炭素環)を有するモノマーが用いられ得る。1分子内に2以上の芳香環を有するモノマー(芳香環複数含有モノマー)の例としては、2以上の非縮合芳香環がリンキング基を介して結合した構造を有するモノマー、2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接(すなわち、他の原子を介さずに)化学結合した構造を有するモノマー、縮合芳香環構造を有するモノマー、フルオレン構造を有するモノマー、ジナフトチオフェン構造を有するモノマー、ジベンゾチオフェン構造を有するモノマー、等が挙げられる。芳香環複数含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 In some embodiments, a monomer having two or more aromatic rings (preferably carbon rings) in one molecule may be used as the monomer (m3) because it is easy to obtain a high refractive index effect. Examples of monomers having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (monomers containing multiple aromatic rings) include monomers having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group, and two or more non-fused aromatic rings. Monomers with a structure in which rings are chemically bonded directly (that is, without intervening other atoms), monomers with a fused aromatic ring structure, monomers with a fluorene structure, monomers with a dinaphthothiophene structure, monomers with a dibenzothiophene structure , etc. The monomer containing multiple aromatic rings can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記リンキング基は、例えばオキシ基(-O-)、チオオキシ基(-S-)、オキシアルキレン基(例えば-O-(CH-基、ここでnは1~3、好ましくは1)、チオオキシアルキレン基(例えば-S-(CH-基、ここでnは1~3、好ましくは1)、直鎖アルキレン基(すなわち-(CH-基、ここでnは1~6、好ましくは1~3)、上記オキシアルキレン基、上記チオオキシアルキレン基および上記直鎖アルキレン基におけるアルキレン基が部分ハロゲン化または完全ハロゲン化された基、等であり得る。粘着剤の柔軟性等の観点から、上記リンキング基の好適例として、オキシ基、チオオキシ基、オキシアルキレン基および直鎖アルキレン基が挙げられる。2以上の非縮合芳香環がリンキング基を介して結合した構造を有するモノマーの具体例としては、フェノキシベンジル(メタ)アクリレート(例えば、m-フェノキシベンジル(メタ)アクリレート)、チオフェノキシベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジルベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 The above-mentioned linking group is, for example, an oxy group (-O-), a thiooxy group (-S-), an oxyalkylene group (for example, a -O-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1). , thiooxyalkylene groups (e.g. -S-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), linear alkylene groups (i.e. -(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3), the alkylene group in the above oxyalkylene group, the above thiooxyalkylene group, and the above linear alkylene group may be partially halogenated or completely halogenated. From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive, preferred examples of the linking group include an oxy group, a thiooxy group, an oxyalkylene group, and a straight-chain alkylene group. Specific examples of monomers having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group include phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate (for example, m-phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate), thiophenoxybenzyl (meth) Examples include acrylate, benzylbenzyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.
 上記2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造を有するモノマーは、例えばビフェニル構造含有(メタ)アクリレート、トリフェニル構造含有(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル基含有ビフェニル等であり得る。具体例としては、o-フェニルフェノール(メタ)アクリレート、ビフェニルメチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 The monomer having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded may be, for example, biphenyl structure-containing (meth)acrylate, triphenyl structure-containing (meth)acrylate, vinyl group-containing biphenyl, etc. Specific examples include o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, biphenylmethyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.
 上記縮合芳香環構造を有するモノマーの例としては、ナフタレン環含有(メタ)アクリレート、アントラセン環含有(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル基含有ナフタレン、ビニル基含有アントラセン等が挙げられる。具体例としては、1-ナフチルメチル(メタ)アクリレート(別名:1-ナフタレンメチル(メタ)アクリレート)、ヒドロキシエチル化β-ナフトールアクリレート、2-ナフトエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ナフトキシエチルアクリレート、2-(4-メトキシ-1-ナフトキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having the above-mentioned fused aromatic ring structure include naphthalene ring-containing (meth)acrylate, anthracene ring-containing (meth)acrylate, vinyl group-containing naphthalene, vinyl group-containing anthracene, and the like. Specific examples include 1-naphthylmethyl (meth)acrylate (also known as 1-naphthalenemethyl (meth)acrylate), hydroxyethylated β-naphthol acrylate, 2-naphthoethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-naphthoxyethyl acrylate, -(4-methoxy-1-naphthoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.
 上記フルオレン構造を有するモノマーの具体例としては、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)フルオレン(メタ)アクリレート、9,9-ビス[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレン(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。なお、フルオレン構造を有するモノマーは、2つのベンゼン環が直接化学結合した構造部分を含むため、上記2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造を有するモノマーの概念に包含される。 Specific examples of the monomer having the above fluorene structure include 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)fluorene (meth)acrylate, 9,9-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene (meth)acrylate etc. In addition, since the monomer having a fluorene structure includes a structural part in which two benzene rings are directly chemically bonded, it is included in the concept of a monomer having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.
 上記ジナフトチオフェン構造を有するモノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリロイル基含有ジナフトチオフェン、ビニル基含有ジナフトチオフェン、(メタ)アリル基含有ジナフトチオフェン、等が挙げられる。具体例としては、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシメチルジナフトチオフェン(例えば、ジナフトチオフェン環の5位または6位にCHCH(R)C(O)OCH-が結合した構造の化合物。ここで、Rは水素原子またはメチル基である。)、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルジナフトチオフェン(例えば、ジナフトチオフェン環の5位または6位に、CHCH(R)C(O)OCH(CH)-またはCHCH(R)C(O)OCHCH-が結合した構造の化合物。ここで、Rは水素原子またはメチル基である。)、ビニルジナフトチオフェン(例えば、ナフトチオフェン環の5位または6位にビニル基が結合した構造の化合物)、(メタ)アリルオキシジナフトチオフェン、等が挙げられる。なお、ジナフトチオフェン構造を有するモノマーは、ナフタレン構造を含むことにより、またチオフェン環と2つのナフタレン構造とが縮合した構造を有することによっても、上記縮合芳香環構造を有するモノマーの概念に包含される。 Examples of the monomer having the dinaphthothiophene structure include (meth)acryloyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, vinyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, (meth)allyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, and the like. Specific examples include (meth)acryloyloxymethyl dinaphthothiophene (for example, a compound having a structure in which CH 2 CH (R 1 ) C (O) OCH 2 - is bonded to the 5th or 6th position of the dinaphthothiophene ring. , R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group), (meth)acryloyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (for example, CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O) at the 5th or 6th position of the dinaphthothiophene ring) A compound with a structure in which OCH(CH 3 )- or CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH 2 CH 2 - is bonded. Here, R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group), vinyldinaphthothiophene (For example, a compound having a structure in which a vinyl group is bonded to the 5th or 6th position of a naphthothiophene ring), (meth)allyloxydinaphthothiophene, and the like. In addition, monomers having a dinaphthothiophene structure are included in the above concept of monomers having a fused aromatic ring structure because they include a naphthalene structure or because they have a structure in which a thiophene ring and two naphthalene structures are condensed. Ru.
 上記ジベンゾチオフェン構造を有するモノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリロイル基含有ジベンゾチオフェン、ビニル基含有ジベンゾチオフェン、等が挙げられる。なお、ジベンゾチオフェン構造を有するモノマーは、チオフェン環と2つのベンゼン環とが縮合した構造を有することから、上記縮合芳香環構造を有するモノマーの概念に包含される。
 なお、ジナフトチオフェン構造およびジベンゾチオフェン構造は、いずれも、2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造には該当しない。
Examples of the monomer having the dibenzothiophene structure include (meth)acryloyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, vinyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, and the like. A monomer having a dibenzothiophene structure has a structure in which a thiophene ring and two benzene rings are condensed, and therefore is included in the concept of a monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure.
Note that neither the dinaphthothiophene structure nor the dibenzothiophene structure corresponds to a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、モノマー(m3)として、1分子中に1つの芳香環(好ましくは炭素環)を有するモノマーが用いられる。1分子中に1つの芳香環を有するモノマー(芳香環単数含有モノマー)は、例えば、粘着剤の柔軟性の向上や粘着特性の調整、透明性の向上等に役立ち得る。芳香環単数含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。いくつかの態様において、1分子中に1つの芳香環を有するモノマーは、粘着剤の屈折率向上の観点から、芳香環複数含有モノマーと組み合わせて用いてもよい。 In some preferred embodiments, a monomer having one aromatic ring (preferably a carbon ring) in one molecule is used as the monomer (m3). A monomer having one aromatic ring in one molecule (monomer containing a single aromatic ring) can be useful, for example, in improving the flexibility of the adhesive, adjusting the adhesive properties, and improving the transparency. The monomer containing a single aromatic ring can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In some embodiments, a monomer having one aromatic ring in one molecule may be used in combination with a monomer containing multiple aromatic rings from the viewpoint of improving the refractive index of the adhesive.
 1分子中に1つの芳香環を有するモノマーの例としては、べンジル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化フェノール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、クレジル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、クロロベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等の、炭素芳香環含有(メタ)アクリレート;2-(4,6-ジブロモ-2-s-ブチルフェノキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(4,6-ジブロモ-2-イソプロピルフェノキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、6-(4,6-ジブロモ-2-s-ブチルフェノキシ)ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、6-(4,6-ジブロモ-2-イソプロピルフェノキシ)ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2,6-ジブロモ-4-ノニルフェニルアクリレート、2,6-ジブロモ-4-ドデシルフェニルアクリレート等の、臭素置換芳香環含有(メタ)アクリレート;スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、tert-ブチルスチレン等の、炭素芳香環含有ビニル化合物;N-ビニルピリジン、N-ビニルピリミジン、N-ビニルピラジン、N-ビニルピロール、N-ビニルイミダゾール、N-ビニルオキサゾール等の、複素芳香環上にビニル置換基を有する化合物;等が挙げられる。 Examples of monomers having one aromatic ring in one molecule include benzyl (meth)acrylate, methoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated phenol (meth)acrylate, and phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate. , phenoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, cresyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, chlorobenzyl (meth)acrylate, and other carbon aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates; 2-(4, 6-dibromo-2-s-butylphenoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(4,6-dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-s- Butylphenoxy)hexyl (meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2,6-dibromo-4-nonylphenyl acrylate, 2,6-dibromo-4-dodecyl Bromine-substituted aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates such as phenyl acrylate; carbon aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butylstyrene; N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpyrimidine, N - Compounds having a vinyl substituent on a heteroaromatic ring, such as vinylpyrazine, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, and N-vinyloxazole; and the like.
 モノマー(m3)としては、上述のような各種芳香環含有モノマーにおけるエチレン性不飽和基と芳香環との間にオキシエチレン鎖を介在させた構造のモノマーを使用してもよい。このようにエチレン性不飽和基と芳香環との間にオキシエチレン鎖を介在させたモノマーは、元のモノマーのエトキシ化物として把握され得る。上記オキシエチレン鎖におけるオキシエチレン単位(-CHCHO-)の繰返し数は、典型的には1~4、好ましくは1~3、より好ましくは1~2であり、例えば1である。エトキシ化された芳香環含有モノマーの具体例としては、エトキシ化o-フェニルフェノール(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ノニルフェノール(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化クレゾール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 As the monomer (m3), monomers having a structure in which an oxyethylene chain is interposed between the ethylenically unsaturated group and the aromatic ring in various aromatic ring-containing monomers as described above may be used. A monomer in which an oxyethylene chain is interposed between an ethylenically unsaturated group and an aromatic ring in this way can be understood as an ethoxylated product of the original monomer. The number of repeating oxyethylene units (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) in the oxyethylene chain is typically 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, for example 1. Specific examples of ethoxylated aromatic ring-containing monomers include ethoxylated o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated nonylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated cresol (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and phenoxydiethylene glycol. Examples include di(meth)acrylate.
 モノマー(m3)における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、特に制限されず、例えば5重量%以上、25重量%以上、40重量%以上または50重量%以上であってよく、より高い屈折率を得やすくする観点から、70重量%以上、85重量%以上、90重量%以上または95重量%以上であってもよい。モノマー(m3)の実質的に100重量%が芳香環複数含有モノマーであってもよい。すなわち、モノマー(m3)として1種または2種以上の芳香環複数含有モノマーのみを使用してもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、例えば高屈折率と低弾性率、必要な場合はさらに接着力とのバランスを考慮して、モノマー(m3)における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、100重量%未満であってもよく、98重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、70重量%以下でもよく、65重量%以下でもよく、50重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、10重量%以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、モノマー(m3)における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量が5重量%未満である態様でも実施し得る。芳香環複数含有モノマーを使用しなくてもよい。 The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m3) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, or 50% by weight or more, and may have a higher refractive index. From the viewpoint of making it easier to obtain, the content may be 70% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. Substantially 100% by weight of the monomer (m3) may be a monomer containing multiple aromatic rings. That is, as the monomer (m3), only one type or two or more types of monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings may be used. Further, in some embodiments, the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m3) is 100% by weight, for example, considering the balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength. It may be less than 98% by weight, it may be less than 90% by weight, it may be less than 80% by weight, it may be less than 70% by weight, it may be less than 65% by weight, it may be less than 50% by weight, and it may be less than 25% by weight. It may be less than 10% by weight, or less than 10% by weight. The technology disclosed herein can also be implemented in an embodiment in which the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m3) is less than 5% by weight. A monomer containing multiple aromatic rings may not be used.
 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、特に制限されず、所望の屈折率と弾性率とを両立する粘着剤を実現し得るように設定することができる。上記モノマー成分における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば3重量%以上であってよく、10重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよい。上記モノマー成分における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、高屈折率と低弾性率、必要な場合はさらに接着力とのバランスを考慮して、凡そ60重量%以下であることが適当であり、50重量%以下(例えば、50重量%未満)でもよく、40重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、15重量%以下でもよく、5重量%以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、上記モノマー成分における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量が3重量%未満である態様でも実施し得る。芳香環複数含有モノマーを使用しなくてもよい。 The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to realize an adhesive that has both desired refractive index and elastic modulus. The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more. The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component is suitably about 60% by weight or less, taking into consideration the balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength. It may be 50% by weight or less (for example, less than 50% by weight), 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment in which the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component is less than 3% by weight. A monomer containing multiple aromatic rings may not be used.
 モノマー(m3)における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、特に制限されず、例えば5重量%以上、25重量%以上、40重量%以上または50重量%以上であってよく、より高い屈折率を得やすくする観点から、70重量%以上、85重量%以上、90重量%以上または95重量%以上であってもよい。モノマー(m3)の実質的に100重量%が芳香環単数含有モノマーであってもよい。すなわち、モノマー(m3)として1種または2種以上の芳香環単数含有モノマーのみを使用してもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、例えば高屈折率と低弾性率、必要な場合はさらに接着力とのバランスを考慮して、モノマー(m3)における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、100重量%未満であってもよく、98重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、70重量%以下でもよく、65重量%以下でもよく、50重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、10重量%以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、モノマー(m3)における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量が5重量%未満である態様でも実施し得る。芳香環単数含有モノマーを使用しなくてもよい。 The content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer (m3) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, or 50% by weight or more. From the viewpoint of making it easier to obtain, the content may be 70% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. Substantially 100% by weight of the monomer (m3) may be a monomer containing a single aromatic ring. That is, only one or more monomers containing a single aromatic ring may be used as the monomer (m3). Further, in some embodiments, the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer (m3) is 100% by weight, for example, taking into account the balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength. It may be less than 98% by weight, it may be less than 90% by weight, it may be less than 80% by weight, it may be less than 70% by weight, it may be less than 65% by weight, it may be less than 50% by weight, and it may be less than 25% by weight. It may be less than 10% by weight, or less than 10% by weight. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment in which the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer (m3) is less than 5% by weight. A monomer containing a single aromatic ring may not be used.
 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、特に制限されず、所望の屈折率と弾性率とを両立する粘着剤を実現し得るように設定することができる。上記モノマー成分における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば3重量%以上であってよく、10重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよい。上記モノマー成分における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、高屈折率と低弾性率、必要な場合はさらに接着力とのバランスを考慮して、凡そ60重量%以下であることが適当であり、50重量%以下(例えば、50重量%未満)でもよく、40重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、15重量%以下でもよく、5重量%以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、上記モノマー成分における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量が3重量%未満である態様でも実施し得る。芳香環単数含有モノマーを使用しなくてもよい。 The content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to realize an adhesive that has both desired refractive index and elastic modulus. The content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more. The content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer component is suitably about 60% by weight or less, taking into account the balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength. It may be 50% by weight or less (for example, less than 50% by weight), 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment in which the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer component is less than 3% by weight. A monomer containing a single aromatic ring may not be used.
 ここに開示される技術のいくつかの態様において、モノマー(m3)の少なくとも一部として、高屈折率モノマーを好ましく採用し得る。ここで「高屈折率モノマー」とは、その屈折率が、例えば凡そ1.510以上、好ましくは凡そ1.530以上、より好ましくは凡そ1.550以上であるモノマーのことを指す。いくつかの態様において、高屈折率モノマーの屈折率は、1.570以上であってもよく、1.600以上であってもよく、1.620以上であってもよく、1.650以上、1.675以上または1.700以上であってもよい。高屈折率モノマーの屈折率の上限は特に制限されないが、粘着剤組成物の調製容易性や、粘着剤として適した柔軟性との両立容易性の観点から、例えば3.000以下であり、2.500以下でもよく、2.000以下でもよく、1.900以下でもよく、1.850以下でもよく、1.800以下でもよく、1.750以下でもよく、1.700以下でもよい。高屈折率モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 In some embodiments of the technology disclosed herein, a high refractive index monomer can be preferably employed as at least a part of the monomer (m3). Here, the term "high refractive index monomer" refers to a monomer whose refractive index is, for example, about 1.510 or more, preferably about 1.530 or more, more preferably about 1.550 or more. In some embodiments, the refractive index of the high refractive index monomer may be 1.570 or more, 1.600 or more, 1.620 or more, 1.650 or more, It may be 1.675 or more or 1.700 or more. The upper limit of the refractive index of the high refractive index monomer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition and compatibility with flexibility suitable as an adhesive, it is, for example, 3.000 or less, and 2. It may be .500 or less, 2.000 or less, 1.900 or less, 1.850 or less, 1.800 or less, 1.750 or less, or 1.700 or less. The high refractive index monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 なお、モノマーの屈折率は、アッベ屈折計を用いて、測定波長589nm、測定温度25℃の条件で測定される。アッベ屈折計としては、ATAGO社製の型式「DR-M4」またはその相当品を用いることができる。メーカー等から25℃における屈折率の公称値が提供されている場合は、その公称値を採用することができる。 Note that the refractive index of the monomer is measured using an Abbe refractometer at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C. As the Abbe refractometer, model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO or its equivalent can be used. If a manufacturer or the like provides a nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C., that nominal value can be used.
 上記高屈折率モノマーとしては、ここに開示される芳香環含有モノマー(m3)の概念に包含される化合物(例えば、上記で例示した化合物および化合物群)のなかから、該当する屈折率を有するものを適宜採用することができる。具体例としては、m-フェノキシベンジルアクリレート(屈折率:1.566、ホモポリマーのTg:-35℃)、1-ナフチルメチルアクリレート(屈折率:1.595、ホモポリマーのTg:31℃)、エトキシ化o-フェニルフェノールアクリレート(オキシエチレン単位の繰返し数:1、屈折率:1.578)、ベンジルアクリレート(屈折率(nD20):1.519、ホモポリマーのTg:6℃)、フェノキシエチルアクリレート(屈折率(nD20):1.517、ホモポリマーのTg:2℃)、フェノキシジエチレングリコールアクリレート(屈折率:1.510、ホモポリマーのTg:-35℃)、6-アクリロイルオキシメチルジナフトチオフェン(6MDNTA、屈折率:1.737)、6-メタアクリロイルオキシメチルジナフトチオフェン(6MDNTMA、屈折率:1.726)、5-アクリロイルオキシエチルジナフトチオフェン(5EDNTA、屈折率:1.786)、6-アクリロイルオキシエチルジナフトチオフェン(6EDNTA、屈折率:1.722)、6-ビニルジナフトチオフェン(6VDNT、屈折率:1.802)、5-ビニルジナフトチオフェン(略号:5VDNT、屈折率:1.793)等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 The above-mentioned high refractive index monomer is one having a corresponding refractive index from among the compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m3) disclosed herein (for example, the compounds and compound groups exemplified above). may be adopted as appropriate. Specific examples include m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (refractive index: 1.566, homopolymer Tg: -35°C), 1-naphthylmethyl acrylate (refractive index: 1.595, homopolymer Tg: 31°C), Ethoxylated o-phenylphenol acrylate (number of repeating oxyethylene units: 1, refractive index: 1.578), benzyl acrylate (refractive index (nD20): 1.519, homopolymer Tg: 6°C), phenoxyethyl acrylate (Refractive index (nD20): 1.517, homopolymer Tg: 2°C), phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (refractive index: 1.510, homopolymer Tg: -35°C), 6-acryloyloxymethyl dinaphthothiophene ( 6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.737), 6-methacryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTMA, refractive index: 1.726), 5-acryloyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (5EDNTA, refractive index: 1.786), 6 -Acryloyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (6EDNTA, refractive index: 1.722), 6-vinyldinaphthothiophene (6VDNT, refractive index: 1.802), 5-vinyldinaphthothiophene (abbreviation: 5VDNT, refractive index: 1) .793), but is not limited to these.
 モノマー(m3)における高屈折率モノマー(すなわち、屈折率が凡そ1.510以上、好ましくは凡そ1.530以上、より好ましくは凡そ1.550以上である芳香環含有モノマー)の含有量は、特に制限されず、例えば5重量%以上であってよく、25重量%以上でもよく、35重量%以上でもよく、40重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、より高い屈折率を得やすくする観点から、モノマー(m3)における高屈折率モノマーの含有量は、例えば50重量%以上であってよく、70重量%以上であることが好ましく、85重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。モノマー(m3)の実質的に100重量%が高屈折率モノマーであってもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、例えば高屈折率と低弾性率、必要な場合はさらに接着力とをバランスよく両立する観点から、モノマー(m3)における高屈折率モノマーの含有量は、100重量%未満であってもよく、98重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、65重量%以下でもよい。 The content of the high refractive index monomer (that is, the aromatic ring-containing monomer having a refractive index of about 1.510 or more, preferably about 1.530 or more, more preferably about 1.550 or more) in the monomer (m3) is particularly The content is not limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 35% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of making it easier to obtain a higher refractive index, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (m3) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, and preferably 70% by weight or more. , 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. Substantially 100% by weight of the monomers (m3) may be high refractive index monomers. In some embodiments, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (m3) is 100% by weight, for example, from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength. It may be less than 98% by weight, less than 90% by weight, less than 80% by weight, or less than 65% by weight.
 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分における高屈折率モノマーの含有量は、特に制限されず、所望の屈折率と弾性率とを両立する粘着剤を実現し得るように設定することができる。また、必要な場合、さらに粘着特性(例えば接着力等)および/または光学特性(例えば全光線透過性、ヘイズ値等)との両立も考慮して設定され得る。上記モノマー成分における高屈折率モノマーの含有量は、例えば3重量%以上であってよく、10重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよい。上記モノマー成分における高屈折率モノマーの含有量は、高屈折率と低弾性率、必要な場合はさらに接着力とをバランスよく両立する観点から、凡そ60重量%以下であることが適当であり、50重量%以下(例えば、50重量%未満)でもよく、40重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、15重量%以下でもよく、5重量%以下でもよく、3重量%未満でもよい。高屈折率モノマーを使用しなくてもよい。 The content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to realize an adhesive that has both desired refractive index and elastic modulus. In addition, if necessary, it may be set in consideration of compatibility with adhesive properties (for example, adhesive strength, etc.) and/or optical properties (for example, total light transmittance, haze value, etc.). The content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more. The content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component is suitably about 60% by weight or less from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and if necessary, adhesive strength. It may be 50% by weight or less (for example, less than 50% by weight), 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, or less than 3% by weight. High refractive index monomers may not be used.
 いくつかの好ましい態様では、モノマー(m3)の少なくとも一部として、ホモポリマーのTgが10℃以下である芳香環含有モノマー(以下、「モノマーL」と表記することがある。)を採用する。モノマー成分における芳香環含有モノマー(m3)(特に、上述した芳香環複数含有モノマー、芳香環単数含有モノマーおよび高屈折率モノマーの少なくとも一つに該当する芳香環含有モノマー(m3))の含有量を多くすると粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’は概して上昇する傾向にあるところ、該モノマー(m3)の一部または全部としてモノマーLを採用することにより、貯蔵弾性率G’の上昇を抑制することができる。これにより、低弾性率をよりよく維持しつつ、屈折率を向上させることができる。モノマーLのTgは、例えば5℃以下であってもよく、0℃以下でもよく、-10℃以下でもよく、-20℃以下でもよく、-25℃以下でもよい。モノマーLのTgの下限は特に制限されない。屈折率向上効果とのバランスを考慮して、いくつかの態様において、モノマーLのTgは、例えば-70℃以上であってよく、-55℃以上でもよく、-45℃以上でもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、モノマーLのTgは、例えば-30℃以上であってよく、-10℃以上でもよく、0℃以上でもよく、3℃以上でもよい。モノマーLは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 In some preferred embodiments, an aromatic ring-containing monomer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "monomer L") whose homopolymer Tg is 10° C. or less is employed as at least a portion of the monomer (m3). The content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m3) in the monomer component (in particular, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m3) that corresponds to at least one of the above-mentioned monomer containing multiple aromatic rings, monomer containing a single aromatic ring, and high refractive index monomer) When the amount is increased, the storage modulus G' of the adhesive generally tends to increase, but by employing monomer L as part or all of the monomer (m3), it is possible to suppress the increase in the storage modulus G'. can. This makes it possible to improve the refractive index while better maintaining a low elastic modulus. The Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, 5°C or less, 0°C or less, -10°C or less, -20°C or less, or -25°C or less. The lower limit of Tg of the monomer L is not particularly limited. Considering the balance with the refractive index improvement effect, in some embodiments, the Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, -70°C or higher, -55°C or higher, or -45°C or higher. In some other embodiments, the Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, -30°C or higher, -10°C or higher, 0°C or higher, or 3°C or higher. Monomer L can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 モノマーLとしては、ここに開示される芳香環含有モノマー(m3)の概念に包含される化合物(例えば、上記で例示した化合物および化合物群)のなかから、該当するTgを有するものを適宜採用することができる。モノマーLとして使用し得る芳香環含有モノマーの好適例として、m-フェノキシベンジルアクリレート(ホモポリマーのTg:-35℃)、ベンジルアクリレート(ホモポリマーのTg:6℃)、フェノキシエチルアクリレート(ホモポリマーのTg:2℃)、フェノキシジエチレングリコールアクリレート(ホモポリマーのTg:-35℃)が挙げられる。 As the monomer L, one having a corresponding Tg is appropriately adopted from among the compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m3) disclosed herein (for example, the compounds and compound groups exemplified above). be able to. Suitable examples of aromatic ring-containing monomers that can be used as monomer L include m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (homopolymer Tg: -35°C), benzyl acrylate (homopolymer Tg: 6°C), phenoxyethyl acrylate (homopolymer Tg: 6°C), Tg: 2°C), and phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (homopolymer Tg: -35°C).
 モノマー(m3)におけるモノマーLの含有量は、特に制限されず、例えば5重量%以上であってよく、25重量%以上でもよく、40重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、高屈折率と低弾性率とをより高レベルで両立する粘着剤を得やすくする観点から、モノマー(m3)におけるモノマーLの含有量は、例えば50重量%以上であってよく、低弾性率化の観点から60重量%以上であることが好ましく、70重量%以上でもよく、75重量%以上でもよく、85重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。モノマー(m3)の実質的に100重量%がモノマーLであってもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、例えば高屈折率と低弾性率、必要な場合はさらに接着力とをバランスよく両立する観点から、モノマー(m3)におけるモノマーLの含有量は、100重量%未満であってもよく、98重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、65重量%以下でもよい。 The content of monomer L in the monomer (m3) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of monomer L in the monomer (m3) is, for example, 50% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of making it easier to obtain an adhesive that has both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus at a higher level. Often, from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, it is preferably 60% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, 95% by weight. The above is fine. Substantially 100% by weight of the monomers (m3) may be monomer L. In some embodiments, the content of monomer L in the monomer (m3) is less than 100% by weight, for example, from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and, if necessary, adhesive strength. The content may be 98% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 65% by weight or less.
 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマーLの含有量は、例えば3重量%以上であってよく、10重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよい。上記モノマー成分におけるモノマーLの含有量は、高屈折率と低弾性率、必要な場合はさらに接着力とをバランスよく両立する観点から、凡そ60重量%以下であることが適当であり、50重量%以下(例えば、50重量%未満)でもよく、40重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、15重量%以下でもよく、5重量%以下でもよく、3重量%未満でもよい。モノマーLを使用しなくてもよい。 The content of monomer L in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more. The content of monomer L in the above monomer component is suitably about 60% by weight or less, from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and, if necessary, adhesive strength. % (for example, less than 50% by weight), 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, or less than 3% by weight. Monomer L may not be used.
 いくつかの態様において、芳香環含有モノマー(m3)は、2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造(例えばビフェニル構造)を含まない化合物から好ましく選択され得る。例えば、2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造を含む化合物の含有量が5重量%未満(より好ましくは3重量%未満であり、0重量%でもよい。)である組成のモノマー成分により構成されたアクリル系ポリマーが好ましい。このように2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造を含む化合物の使用量を制限することは、高屈折率と低弾性率、必要な場合はさらに接着力とをよりバランスよく両立させた粘着剤を実現する観点から有利となり得る。 In some embodiments, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m3) may be preferably selected from compounds that do not include a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded (for example, a biphenyl structure). For example, the monomer component has a composition in which the content of a compound containing a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded is less than 5% by weight (more preferably less than 3% by weight, and may be 0% by weight) An acrylic polymer constituted by is preferred. Limiting the amount of compounds that contain a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded in this way allows for a better balance between high refractive index, low elastic modulus, and, if necessary, adhesive strength. This can be advantageous from the viewpoint of realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマー(m3)の含有量は、特に制限されず、所望の屈折率と弾性率、さらには粘着特性(例えば接着力等)および/または光学特性(例えば全光線透過性、ヘイズ値等)とを両立する粘着剤を実現し得るように設定することができる。上記モノマー成分におけるモノマー(m3)の含有量は、例えば1重量%以上であってよく、3重量%以上であってもよく、5重量%以上でもよく、10重量%以上でもよく、15重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよい。より高い効果を得る観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分におけるモノマー(m3)の含有量は、25重量%以上であってもよく、30重量%以上、40重量%以上、45重量%以上または50重量%以上であってもよい。上記モノマー成分におけるモノマー(m3)の含有量は、典型的には100重量%未満であり、凡そ75重量%未満(例えば、0重量%以上75重量%未満)であることが適当であり、凡そ60重量%以下であることが好ましく、50重量%以下(例えば、50重量%未満)でもよく、40重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、15重量%以下でもよく、5重量%以下でもよく、3重量%未満でもよい。ここに開示される粘着剤は、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分がモノマー(m3)を含まない態様でも好ましく実施することができる。 The content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and the content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and the content of the monomer (m3) is not limited to a desired refractive index and elastic modulus, as well as adhesive properties (e.g., adhesive strength, etc.) and/or optical properties (e.g., total light rays). The pressure-sensitive adhesive can be set so as to achieve both transparency, haze value, etc.). The content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer component may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight. It may be more than 20% by weight. From the viewpoint of obtaining higher effects, in some embodiments, the content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer component may be 25% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, 45% by weight. or more or 50% by weight or more. The content of the monomer (m3) in the above monomer component is typically less than 100% by weight, suitably less than about 75% by weight (for example, 0% by weight or more and less than 75% by weight), and approximately It is preferably 60% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less (for example, less than 50% by weight), 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less It may be less than 3% by weight. The adhesive disclosed herein can also be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer does not contain the monomer (m3).
 (その他のモノマー)
 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、必要に応じて、上記モノマー(m1)、(m2)、(m3)以外のモノマー(以下、「その他モノマー」という。)を含んでいてもよい。上記その他モノマーは、例えば、アクリル系ポリマーのTg調整、粘着性能の調整、粘着剤層内における相溶性の改善等の目的で使用することができる。上記その他モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Other monomers)
The monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may contain monomers other than the above monomers (m1), (m2), and (m3) (hereinafter referred to as "other monomers"), if necessary. The other monomers mentioned above can be used, for example, for purposes such as adjusting the Tg of the acrylic polymer, adjusting the adhesive performance, and improving compatibility within the adhesive layer. The above-mentioned other monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記その他モノマーの例として、水酸基およびカルボキシ基以外の官能基を有するモノマー(官能基含有モノマー)が挙げられる。例えば、粘着剤の凝集力や耐熱性を向上させ得るその他モノマーとして、スルホン酸基含有モノマー、リン酸基含有モノマー、シアノ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。また、アクリル系ポリマーに架橋基点となり得る官能基を導入することができ、あるいは被着体との密着力の向上や粘着剤内における相溶性の改善に寄与し得るモノマーとして、アミド基含有モノマー(例えば、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド等)、アミノ基含有モノマー(例えば、アミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート等)、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー(例えば、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、N-(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリン等)、イミド基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー、ケト基含有モノマー、イソシアネート基含有モノマー、アルコキシシリル基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。なお、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーのなかには、例えばN-ビニル-2-ピロリドンのように、アミド基含有モノマーにも該当するものがある。上記窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーとアミノ基含有モノマーとの関係についても同様である。 Examples of the above-mentioned other monomers include monomers having functional groups other than hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups (functional group-containing monomers). For example, other monomers that can improve the cohesive force and heat resistance of the adhesive include sulfonic acid group-containing monomers, phosphoric acid group-containing monomers, cyano group-containing monomers, and the like. In addition, amide group-containing monomers ( For example, (meth)acrylamide, N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, etc.), amino group-containing monomers (such as aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.), and nitrogen atom-containing rings. (for example, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)acryloylmorpholine, etc.), imide group-containing monomers, epoxy group-containing monomers, keto group-containing monomers, isocyanate group-containing monomers, alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers, etc. Can be mentioned. Note that among the monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring, some such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone also fall under the category of amide group-containing monomers. The same applies to the relationship between the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring and the amino group-containing monomer.
 上記官能基含有モノマー以外で使用し得るその他モノマーとしては、酢酸ビニル等のビニルエステル系モノマー;シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート等の非芳香族性環含有(メタ)アクリレート;エチレン、ブタジエン、イソブチレン等のオレフィン系モノマー;塩化ビニル等の塩素含有モノマー;メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシエトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルコキシ基含有モノマー;メチルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル系モノマー;等が挙げられる。 Other monomers that can be used other than the above functional group-containing monomers include vinyl ester monomers such as vinyl acetate; non-aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and isobornyl (meth)acrylate; ethylene, Olefinic monomers such as butadiene and isobutylene; Chlorine-containing monomers such as vinyl chloride; Alkoxy group-containing monomers such as methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate; vinyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether system monomer; etc.
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤の低弾性率化(特に、低温域における低弾性率化)や伸び変形性の向上(例えば、破断時伸びの向上)等の目的で、上記その他モノマーとしてアルコキシ基含有モノマーを好ましく使用し得る。アルコキシ基含有モノマーは、ヘイズの低減や、接着性の向上にも役立ち得る。アルコキシ基含有モノマーの好適例として、メトキシエチルアクリレート(MEA)(ホモポリマーのTg:-50℃)、エトキシエトキシエチルアクリレート(別名:エチルカルビトールアクリレート、ホモポリマーのTg:-67℃)等の、アルコキシ基含有アクリレートが挙げられる。アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるアルコキシ基含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば1重量%以上であってよく、3重量%以上であってもよく、より高い効果を得る観点から、5重量%以上であってもよく、10重量%以上であってもよく、15重量%以上であってもよい。また、モノマー成分におけるアルコキシ基含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば40重量%以下(例えば0~40重量%)であってよく、高屈折率化と粘着剤としての特性のバランスとを両立しやすくする観点から、35重量%以下であることが有利であり、30重量%以下であることが好ましく、25重量%以下でもよく、22重量%以下でもよい。 In some embodiments, for the purpose of lowering the elastic modulus of the adhesive (especially lowering the elastic modulus in a low temperature range) or improving elongation deformability (for example, improving elongation at break), an alkoxy group is added as the other monomer. Containing monomers may be preferably used. Alkoxy group-containing monomers can also help reduce haze and improve adhesion. Suitable examples of alkoxy group-containing monomers include methoxyethyl acrylate (MEA) (homopolymer Tg: -50°C), ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate (also known as ethyl carbitol acrylate, homopolymer Tg: -67°C), Examples include alkoxy group-containing acrylates. The content of the alkoxy group-containing monomer in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of obtaining higher effects, 5% by weight or more. The content may be 10% by weight or more, or may be 15% by weight or more. Further, the content of the alkoxy group-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, 40% by weight or less (for example, 0 to 40% by weight), which facilitates achieving both a high refractive index and a balance of properties as an adhesive. From this point of view, it is advantageous that it is 35% by weight or less, preferably 30% by weight or less, it may be 25% by weight or less, and it may be 22% by weight or less.
 上記その他モノマーを使用する場合、その使用量は特に制限されず、モノマー成分の合計量が100重量%を超えない範囲で適宜設定し得る。いくつかの態様において、高屈折率化と粘着剤としての特性のバランスとを両立しやすくする観点から、モノマー成分における上記その他モノマーの含有量は、例えば凡そ45重量%以下(例えば0~45重量%)とすることができ、凡そ40重量%以下とすることが適当であり、凡そ35重量%以下でもよく、凡そ30重量%以下でもよく、凡そ25重量%以下でもよく、凡そ20重量%以下でもよく、凡そ10重量%以下でもよく、凡そ5重量%以下でもよく、凡そ1重量%以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、モノマー成分が上記その他のモノマーを実質的に含まない態様でも好ましく実施され得る。 When using the above-mentioned other monomers, the amount used is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set within a range where the total amount of the monomer components does not exceed 100% by weight. In some embodiments, the content of the above-mentioned other monomers in the monomer component is, for example, approximately 45% by weight or less (for example, 0 to 45% by weight) from the viewpoint of achieving both a high refractive index and a balance of properties as an adhesive. %), and it is appropriate to make it about 40% by weight or less, about 35% by weight or less, about 30% by weight or less, about 25% by weight or less, about 20% by weight or less It may be about 10% by weight or less, about 5% by weight or less, or about 1% by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can also be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which the monomer component does not substantially contain the other monomers mentioned above.
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、メタクリロイル基含有モノマーの使用量が所定以下に抑えられた組成であり得る。モノマー成分におけるメタクリロイル基含有モノマーの使用量は、例えば5重量%未満であってよく、3重量%未満でもよく、1重量%未満でもよく、0.5重量%未満でもよい。このようにメタクリロイル基含有モノマーの使用量を制限することは、柔軟性や粘着性と高屈折率とをバランスよく両立させた粘着剤を実現する観点から有利となり得る。アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、メタクリロイル基含有モノマーを含まない組成(例えば、アクリロイル基含有モノマーのみからなる組成)であってもよい。 In some embodiments, the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may have a composition in which the amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer used is suppressed to a predetermined amount or less. The amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer used in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 5% by weight, less than 3% by weight, less than 1% by weight, or less than 0.5% by weight. Limiting the amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer used in this way can be advantageous from the viewpoint of realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive that has a good balance of flexibility, adhesiveness, and high refractive index. The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may have a composition that does not contain a methacryloyl group-containing monomer (for example, a composition that consists only of an acryloyl group-containing monomer).
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、粘着剤の着色または変色(例えば黄変)を抑制する観点から、カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量が制限されている。モノマー成分におけるカルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量は、例えば1重量%未満であってよく、0.5重量%未満でもよく、0.3重量%未満でもよく、0.1重量%未満でもよく、0.05重量%未満でもよい。このようにカルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量が制限されていることは、ここに開示される粘着剤に接触または近接して配置され得る金属材料(例えば、被着体上に存在し得る金属配線や金属膜等)の腐食を抑制する観点からも有利である。ここに開示される技術は、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分がカルボキシ基含有モノマーを含有しない態様で実施され得る。
 同様の理由から、いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、酸性官能基(カルボキシ基の他、スルホン酸基、リン酸基等を包含する。)を有するモノマーの使用量が制限されていることが好ましい。かかる態様のモノマー成分における酸性官能基含有モノマーの使用量としては、上述したカルボキシ基含有モノマーの好ましい使用量を適用することができる。ここに開示される技術は、上記モノマー成分が酸性基含有モノマーを含有しない態様(すなわち、アクリル系ポリマーが酸フリーである態様)で好ましく実施され得る。
In some embodiments, the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is limited from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring or discoloration (for example, yellowing) of the adhesive. The amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 1% by weight, less than 0.5% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, less than 0.1% by weight, 0. It may be less than .05% by weight. This limitation on the amount of carboxy group-containing monomers is due to the fact that metal materials that may be placed in contact with or in close proximity to the adhesive disclosed herein (e.g., metal wiring that may be present on an adherend) This is also advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing corrosion of metal films, etc.). The technique disclosed herein can be carried out in an embodiment in which the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer do not contain a carboxy group-containing monomer.
For the same reason, in some embodiments, the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer include monomers having acidic functional groups (including carboxy groups, sulfonic acid groups, phosphoric acid groups, etc.). Preferably limited. As the amount of the acidic functional group-containing monomer used in the monomer component of this embodiment, the above-mentioned preferred amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer can be applied. The technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which the monomer component does not contain an acidic group-containing monomer (that is, an embodiment in which the acrylic polymer is acid-free).
 (アクリル系ポリマーの調製方法)
 ここに開示される技術において、このようなモノマー成分により構成されたアクリル系ポリマーを得る方法は特に限定されず、溶液重合法、エマルション重合法、バルク重合法、懸濁重合法、光重合法等の、アクリル系ポリマーの合成手法として知られている各種の重合方法を適宜採用することができる。例えば、溶液重合法を好ましく採用し得る。溶液重合を行う際の重合温度は、使用するモノマーおよび溶媒の種類、重合開始剤の種類等に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば20℃~170℃程度(典型的には40℃~140℃程度)とすることができる。
(Method for preparing acrylic polymer)
In the technology disclosed herein, the method for obtaining the acrylic polymer composed of such monomer components is not particularly limited, and may include solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, photopolymerization, etc. Various polymerization methods known as methods for synthesizing acrylic polymers can be appropriately employed. For example, a solution polymerization method can be preferably employed. The polymerization temperature when performing solution polymerization can be appropriately selected depending on the type of monomer and solvent used, the type of polymerization initiator, etc., and is, for example, about 20°C to 170°C (typically 40°C to 140°C). ℃).
 溶液重合に用いる溶媒(重合溶媒)は、従来公知の有機溶媒から適宜選択することができる。例えば、トルエン等の芳香族化合物類(典型的には芳香族炭化水素類);酢酸エチル等の酢酸エステル類;ヘキサンやシクロヘキサン等の脂肪族または脂環式炭化水素類;1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン化アルカン類;イソプロピルアルコール等の低級アルコール類(例えば、炭素原子数1~4の一価アルコール類);tert-ブチルメチルエーテル等のエーテル類;メチルエチルケトン等のケトン類;等から選択されるいずれか1種の溶媒、または2種以上の混合溶媒を用いることができる。 The solvent (polymerization solvent) used for solution polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents. For example, aromatic compounds (typically aromatic hydrocarbons) such as toluene; acetate esters such as ethyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; 1,2-dichloroethane, etc. halogenated alkanes; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; etc. Any one type of solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more types can be used.
 重合に用いる開始剤は、重合方法の種類に応じて、従来公知の重合開始剤から適宜選択することができる。例えば、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)等のアゾ系重合開始剤の1種または2種以上を好ましく使用し得る。重合開始剤の他の例としては、過硫酸カリウム等の過硫酸塩;ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、過酸化水素等の過酸化物系開始剤;フェニル置換エタン等の置換エタン系開始剤;芳香族カルボニル化合物;等が挙げられる。重合開始剤のさらに他の例として、過酸化物と還元剤との組み合わせによるレドックス系開始剤が挙げられる。重合開始剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。重合開始剤の使用量は、通常の使用量であればよく、例えば、モノマー成分100重量部に対して凡そ0.005~1重量部程度(典型的には凡そ0.01~1重量部程度)の範囲から選択することができる。 The initiator used for polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known polymerization initiators depending on the type of polymerization method. For example, one or more azo polymerization initiators such as 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) can be preferably used. Other examples of polymerization initiators include persulfates such as potassium persulfate; peroxide initiators such as benzoyl peroxide and hydrogen peroxide; substituted ethane initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; aromatic carbonyl compounds ; etc. Still another example of the polymerization initiator is a redox initiator using a combination of a peroxide and a reducing agent. One type of polymerization initiator can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination. The amount of the polymerization initiator used may be any normal amount, for example, about 0.005 to 1 part by weight (typically about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. ) can be selected from the range.
 上記重合には、必要に応じて、従来公知の各種の連鎖移動剤を使用することができる。例えば、n-ドデシルメルカプタン、t-ドデシルメルカプタン、チオグリコール酸、α-チオグリセロール等のメルカプタン類を用いることができる。あるいは、硫黄原子を含まない連鎖移動剤(非硫黄系連鎖移動剤)を用いてもよい。非硫黄系連鎖移動剤の例としては、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N,N-ジエチルアニリン等のアニリン類;α-ピネン、ターピノーレン等のテルペノイド類;α-メチルスチレン、α-メチルスチレンダイマー等のスチレン類;等が挙げられる。連鎖移動剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。連鎖移動剤を使用する場合における使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば凡そ0.01~1重量部程度とすることができる。 In the above polymerization, various conventionally known chain transfer agents can be used as necessary. For example, mercaptans such as n-dodecylmercaptan, t-dodecylmercaptan, thioglycolic acid, and α-thioglycerol can be used. Alternatively, a chain transfer agent that does not contain sulfur atoms (non-sulfur chain transfer agent) may be used. Examples of non-sulfur chain transfer agents include anilines such as N,N-dimethylaniline and N,N-diethylaniline; terpenoids such as α-pinene and terpinolene; α-methylstyrene, α-methylstyrene dimer, etc. styrenes; and the like. One type of chain transfer agent can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination. When using a chain transfer agent, the amount used can be, for example, approximately 0.01 to 1 part by weight per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component.
 (ベースポリマーのガラス転移温度Tg
 ここに開示される技術において、粘着剤のベースポリマー(例えば、アクリル系ポリマー)を構成するモノマー成分は、該モノマー成分の組成に基づくガラス転移温度Tgが凡そ10℃以下となる組成を有することが好ましい。いくつかの態様において、上記ガラス転移温度Tgは、0℃以下(例えば0℃未満)であることが好ましく、-10℃以下であることがより好ましく、-20℃以下であることがさらに好ましく、-25℃以下でもよく、-30℃以下でもよく、-35℃以下でもよく、-40℃以下でもよく、-45℃以下でもよく、-50℃以下でもよく、-55℃以下でもよく、-57℃以下でもよい。ガラス転移温度Tgが低いことは、粘着剤の低弾性率化の観点から有利となり得る。ガラス転移温度Tgの下限は特に制限されない。いくつかの態様において、ガラス転移温度Tgは、例えば-70℃以上であってよく、適度な凝集性を有する粘着剤を実現しやすくする観点から-65℃以上であることが有利であり、-60℃以上であってもよく、-55℃以上であってもよい。上記範囲のガラス転移温度Tgを有する組成のベースポリマーと高屈折化添加剤(A)との組合せにより、高屈折率と低弾性率とを両立した粘着剤は好ましく実現され得る。
(Glass transition temperature Tg P of base polymer)
In the technology disclosed herein, the monomer component constituting the base polymer (e.g., acrylic polymer) of the adhesive has a composition such that the glass transition temperature TgP based on the composition of the monomer component is approximately 10 ° C. or less. is preferred. In some embodiments, the glass transition temperature Tg P is preferably 0° C. or lower (for example, lower than 0° C.), more preferably -10° C. or lower, and even more preferably -20° C. or lower. , -25°C or lower, -30°C or lower, -35°C or lower, -40°C or lower, -45°C or lower, -50°C or lower, -55°C or lower, The temperature may be -57°C or lower. A low glass transition temperature TgP can be advantageous from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus of the adhesive. The lower limit of the glass transition temperature TgP is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the glass transition temperature Tg P may be, for example, -70°C or higher, and is advantageously -65°C or higher from the viewpoint of facilitating the realization of a pressure-sensitive adhesive having appropriate cohesiveness. The temperature may be -60°C or higher, or -55°C or higher. By combining a base polymer having a composition having a glass transition temperature TgP in the above range and a high refractive additive (A), an adhesive having both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus can be preferably realized.
 ここで、ガラス転移温度Tgとは、特記しない場合、上記モノマー成分の組成に基づいて、Foxの式により求められるガラス転移温度をいう。Foxの式とは、以下に示すように、共重合体のTgと、該共重合体を構成するモノマーのそれぞれを単独重合したホモポリマーのガラス転移温度Tgiとの関係式である。
   1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi)
 上記Foxの式において、Tgは共重合体のガラス転移温度(単位:K)、Wiは該共重合体におけるモノマーiの重量分率(重量基準の共重合割合)、Tgiはモノマーiのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度(単位:K)を表す。
 Tgの算出に使用するホモポリマーのガラス転移温度としては、「Polymer Handbook」(第3版、John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989年)等の公知資料に記載の値を用いるものとする。上記Polymer Handbookに複数種類の値が記載されているモノマーについては、最も高い値を採用する。公知資料にホモポリマーのTgが記載されていない場合は、日本国特許出願公開2007-51271号公報に記載の測定方法により得られる値を用いるものとする。
Here, unless otherwise specified, the glass transition temperature TgP refers to the glass transition temperature determined by the Fox equation based on the composition of the monomer components. The Fox equation, as shown below, is a relation between Tg of a copolymer and the glass transition temperature Tgi of a homopolymer obtained by homopolymerizing each of the monomers constituting the copolymer.
1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi)
In the above Fox equation, Tg is the glass transition temperature of the copolymer (unit: K), Wi is the weight fraction of monomer i in the copolymer (copolymerization ratio on a weight basis), and Tgi is the homopolymer of monomer i. represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of
As the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used to calculate Tg, the value described in publicly known materials such as "Polymer Handbook" (3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) is used. For monomers for which multiple values are listed in the Polymer Handbook, the highest value is used. If the Tg of the homopolymer is not described in known materials, the value obtained by the measurement method described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-51271 shall be used.
 (ベースポリマーの重量平均分子量)
 ベースポリマー(例えば、アクリル系ポリマー)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、特に限定されず、例えば凡そ30×10以上であってよく、凡そ40×10以上であってもく、凡そ50×10以上であってもよい。ベースポリマー100重量部に対して添加剤(A)を30重量部以上含む構成において、Mwが所定値以上であるベースポリマーを用いることにより、所望の粘着特性や伸び変形性を発揮し得る適度な凝集力が得られやすい。いくつかの態様において、ベースポリマーのMwは、55×10以上であることが適当であり、60×10以上であることが有利であり、70×10以上であることが好ましく、80×10以上であることがより好ましく、90×10以上でもよく、100×10以上でもよく、120×10以上でもよい。ベースポリマーのMwが低すぎないことは、ベースポリマー100重量部に対して添加剤(A)を30重量部以上含む構成において、粘着剤内に添加剤(A)を安定的に保持しやすくしたり、粘着剤の透明性を向上させたりする観点からも有利となり得る。ベースポリマーのMwの上限は、例えば凡そ500×10以下であり、粘着性能の観点から、凡そ400×10以下(より好ましくは凡そ300×10以下、例えば凡そ200×10以下)の範囲にあることが好ましく、凡そ170×10以下、凡そ150×10以下または凡そ130×10以下であってもよい。
(Weight average molecular weight of base polymer)
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the base polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, approximately 30×10 4 or more, approximately 40×10 4 or more, or approximately 50× It may be 10 4 or more. In a structure containing 30 parts by weight or more of the additive (A) based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer, by using a base polymer with Mw of a predetermined value or more, a suitable adhesive property and elongation deformability can be achieved. It is easy to obtain cohesive force. In some embodiments, the Mw of the base polymer is suitably 55×10 4 or more, advantageously 60×10 4 or more, preferably 70×10 4 or more, 80 It is more preferable to be at least ×10 4 , and may be at least 90×10 4 , at least 100×10 4 , or at least 120×10 4 . The fact that the Mw of the base polymer is not too low makes it easier to stably retain the additive (A) in the adhesive in a configuration containing 30 parts by weight or more of the additive (A) based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. It can also be advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the transparency of the adhesive. The upper limit of Mw of the base polymer is, for example, about 500×10 4 or less, and from the viewpoint of adhesive performance, about 400×10 4 or less (more preferably about 300×10 4 or less, for example, about 200×10 4 or less). It is preferably within a range of about 170×10 4 or less, about 150×10 4 or less, or about 130×10 4 or less.
 ベースポリマー(例えば、アクリル系ポリマー)のMwは、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)によりポリスチレン換算して求めることができる。具体的には、GPC測定装置として商品名「HLC-8220GPC」(東ソー社製)を用いて、下記の条件で測定して求めることができる。
  [GPCの測定条件]
 サンプル濃度:0.2重量%(テトラヒドロフラン溶液)
 サンプル注入量:10μL
 溶離液:テトラヒドロフラン(THF)
 流量(流速):0.6mL/分
 カラム温度(測定温度):40℃
 カラム:
  サンプルカラム:商品名「TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H」1本+商品名「TSKgel SuperHZM-H」2本」(東ソー社製)
  リファレンスカラム:商品名「TSKgel SuperH-RC」1本(東ソー社製)
 検出器:示差屈折計(RI)
 標準試料:ポリスチレン
The Mw of the base polymer (eg, acrylic polymer) can be determined in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Specifically, it can be determined by measuring under the following conditions using a GPC measurement device with the trade name "HLC-8220GPC" (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation).
[GPC measurement conditions]
Sample concentration: 0.2% by weight (tetrahydrofuran solution)
Sample injection volume: 10μL
Eluent: Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Flow rate (flow rate): 0.6 mL/min Column temperature (measurement temperature): 40°C
column:
Sample column: 1 product name “TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H” + 2 product name “TSKgel SuperHZM-H” (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
Reference column: 1 piece of product name “TSKgel SuperH-RC” (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
Detector: Differential refractometer (RI)
Standard sample: polystyrene
 (高屈折率添加剤(A))
 ここに開示される技術における高屈折率添加剤(A)は、非対称構造の化合物であり、典型的には非対称構造の有機化合物である。ここで、非対称構造の化合物とは、線対称および回転対象のいずれにも該当しない分子構造を有する化合物とをいう。添加剤(A)とベースポリマー(例えば、アクリル系ポリマー)とを組み合わせて用いることにより、高屈折率と低弾性率とを好適に両立する粘着剤を実現することができる。添加剤(A)として用いられる化合物が非対称構造を有することは、ベースポリマー(例えば、アクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対する使用量を比較的多くしても、粘着剤の弾性率上昇の程度を緩やかにする観点から有利である。添加剤(A)は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(High refractive index additive (A))
The high refractive index additive (A) in the technology disclosed herein is a compound with an asymmetric structure, and is typically an organic compound with an asymmetric structure. Here, the compound with an asymmetric structure refers to a compound having a molecular structure that is neither linearly symmetrical nor rotationally symmetrical. By using the additive (A) in combination with a base polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer), it is possible to realize an adhesive that suitably has both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus. The fact that the compound used as the additive (A) has an asymmetric structure means that even if the amount used is relatively large based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer (for example, acrylic polymer), the degree of increase in the elastic modulus of the adhesive will be moderate. It is advantageous from the viewpoint of The additive (A) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 添加剤(A)としては、二重結合含有環を有する化合物およびヘテロ環(二重結合含有環であり得る。)を有する化合物の少なくとも一方に該当する化合物、すなわちヘテロ環および二重結合含有環の少なくとも一方に該当する環を含む化合物を好ましく採用し得る。このような化合物を含有させることにより、粘着剤の屈折率を効率よく高め得る。上記化合物は、粘着剤組成物の調製容易性(例えば、溶剤型粘着剤組成物に用いられる溶媒への溶解性)や、粘着剤内における相溶性の観点からも有利であり得る。 As the additive (A), a compound that corresponds to at least one of a compound having a double bond-containing ring and a compound having a heterocycle (which may be a double bond-containing ring), that is, a heterocycle and a double bond-containing ring. Compounds containing a ring corresponding to at least one of these can be preferably employed. By containing such a compound, the refractive index of the adhesive can be efficiently increased. The above compound may be advantageous from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition (for example, solubility in a solvent used in a solvent-based adhesive composition) and compatibility within the adhesive.
 添加剤(A)が有する二重結合含有環は、共役二重結合含有環(典型的には芳香環)であってもよく、非共役二重結合含有環であってもよい。高屈折率化の観点から、添加剤(A)は、二重結合含有環として、芳香環および複素環(ヘテロ環)から選択される少なくとも1種の環を有するものであることが有利である。上記複素環は、芳香環に包含される構造を有するものであってもよく、芳香環とは異なる二重結合含有複素環構造を有するものであってもよい。添加剤(A)が有し得る二重結合含有環(典型的には芳香環)としては、ベンゼン環(ビフェニル構造やフルオレン構造の一部を構成するベンゼン環であり得る。);ナフタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環の縮合環;等の炭素環であってもよく、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、チアゾール環、チオフェン環;等の複素環であってもよい。上記複素環において環構成原子として含まれるヘテロ原子は、例えば窒素、硫黄および酸素からなる群から選択される1または2以上であり得る。いくつかの態様において、上記複素環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素および硫黄の一方または両方であり得る。添加剤(A)は、例えばジナフトチオフェン構造のように、1または2以上の炭素環と1または2以上の複素環とが縮合した構造を有していてもよい。 The double bond-containing ring that the additive (A) has may be a conjugated double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring) or a non-conjugated double bond-containing ring. From the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index, it is advantageous for the additive (A) to have at least one ring selected from an aromatic ring and a heterocycle (heterocycle) as the double bond-containing ring. . The above-mentioned heterocycle may have a structure included in an aromatic ring, or may have a double bond-containing heterocyclic structure different from an aromatic ring. Examples of the double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring) that the additive (A) may have include a benzene ring (which may be a benzene ring forming part of a biphenyl structure or a fluorene structure); a naphthalene ring; It may be a carbocyclic ring such as an indene ring, an azulene ring, an anthracene ring, or a fused ring of a phenanthrene ring; a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrazine ring, a triazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, or a triazole ring. It may be a heterocyclic ring such as a ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, or a thiophene ring. The heteroatoms included as ring constituent atoms in the above-mentioned heterocycle may be, for example, one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, and oxygen. In some embodiments, the heteroatoms making up the heterocycle can be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur. The additive (A) may have a structure in which one or more carbon rings and one or more heterocycles are condensed, such as a dinaphthothiophene structure.
 いくつかの態様において、添加剤(A)としては、高い高屈折率化効果が得られやすいことから、1分子中に2以上の芳香環を有する有機化合物(以下、「芳香環複数含有化合物」ともいう。)を好ましく採用し得る。芳香環複数含有化合物は、エチレン性不飽和基等の重合性官能基を有していてもよく、有していなくてもよい。また、芳香環複数含有化合物は、重合体であってもよく、非重合体であってもよい。また、上記重合体は、芳香環複数含有モノマーをモノマー単位として含むオリゴマー(好ましくは分子量が凡そ5000以下、より好ましくは凡そ1000以下のオリゴマー。例えば2~5量体程度の低重合物)であり得る。上記オリゴマーは、例えば:芳香環複数含有モノマーの単独重合体;2種以上の芳香環複数含有モノマーの共重合体;1種または2種以上の芳香環複数含有モノマーと他のモノマーとの共重合体;等であり得る。上記他のモノマーは、芳香環複数含有モノマーに該当しない芳香環含有モノマーでもよく、芳香環を有しないモノマーでもよく、これらの組合せであってもよい。 In some embodiments, the additive (A) is an organic compound having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (hereinafter referred to as a "compound containing multiple aromatic rings") because it is easy to obtain a high refractive index effect. ) can be preferably adopted. The compound containing multiple aromatic rings may or may not have a polymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group. Further, the compound containing multiple aromatic rings may be a polymer or a non-polymer. Further, the above polymer is an oligomer (preferably an oligomer having a molecular weight of about 5,000 or less, more preferably about 1,000 or less; for example, a low polymer of about 2 to 5 molecules) containing a monomer containing multiple aromatic rings as a monomer unit. obtain. The above oligomers are, for example: homopolymers of monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings; copolymers of two or more monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings; copolymers of one or more monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings with other monomers. It can be a combination; etc. The above-mentioned other monomers may be aromatic ring-containing monomers that do not correspond to monomers containing multiple aromatic rings, may be monomers having no aromatic rings, or may be a combination thereof.
 芳香環複数含有化合物の非限定的な例としては、2以上の非縮合芳香環がリンキング基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物、2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接(すなわち、他の原子を介さずに)化学結合した構造を有する化合物、縮合芳香環構造を有する化合物、フルオレン構造を有する化合物、ジナフトチオフェン構造を有する化合物、ジベンゾチオフェン構造を有する化合物、等が挙げられる。芳香環複数含有化合物は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合せて用いることができる。 Non-limiting examples of compounds containing multiple aromatic rings include compounds having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group; Examples include a compound having a chemically bonded structure (without intervening), a compound having a fused aromatic ring structure, a compound having a fluorene structure, a compound having a dinaphthothiophene structure, a compound having a dibenzothiophene structure, and the like. The compound containing multiple aromatic rings can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 添加剤(A)として用いられ得る化合物の例としては、モノマー(m3)として用いられ得る化合物;モノマー(m3)として用いられ得る化合物をモノマー単位として含むオリゴマー;モノマー(m3)として用いられ得る化合物から、エチレン性不飽和基を有する基(環構成原子に結合した置換基であり得る。)または該基のうちエチレン性不飽和基を構成する部分を除き、エチレン性不飽和基を有しない基(例えば、水酸基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシアルキル基、アリールオキシ基、エステル基(アセトキシアルキル基等)、ヒドロキシアルキル基、ヒドロキシアルキルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基等)または水素原子に置き換えた構造の化合物;等であって、非対称構造を有するものが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 Examples of compounds that can be used as the additive (A) include compounds that can be used as monomers (m3); oligomers containing as monomer units compounds that can be used as monomers (m3); compounds that can be used as monomers (m3) From, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group (which may be a substituent bonded to a ring-constituting atom) or a group having no ethylenically unsaturated group, excluding the part of the group that constitutes an ethylenically unsaturated group. (For example, hydroxyl group, amino group, halogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxyalkyl group, aryloxy group, ester group (acetoxyalkyl group, etc.), hydroxyalkyl group, hydroxyalkyloxy group, glycidyloxy group, etc.) or hydrogen Examples include, but are not limited to, compounds having an asymmetric structure, such as a compound having a structure in which an atom is replaced.
 上記二重結合含有環(典型的には芳香環、好ましくは炭素環)は、環構成原子上に1または2以上の置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。いくつかの態様において、例えば、二重結合含有環を有する化合物であって、上記置換基によって非対称構造となっている化合物を、添加剤(A)として好ましく用いることができる。 The double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring, preferably a carbocyclic ring) may have one or more substituents on the ring-constituting atoms, or may have no substituents. good. In some embodiments, for example, a compound having a double bond-containing ring and having an asymmetric structure due to the above-mentioned substituents can be preferably used as the additive (A).
 いくつかの態様において、添加剤(A)としては、置換基を有する縮合環を含む化合物(置換縮合環含有化合物)が好ましく用いられ得る。かかる化合物を含有させることにより、粘着剤の屈折率を効率よく高め得る。上記化合物は、粘着剤組成物の調製容易性(例えば、溶剤型粘着剤組成物に用いられる溶媒への溶解性)や、粘着剤内における相溶性の観点からも有利であり得る。ここで、置換基を有する縮合環とは、該縮合環に含まれる少なくとも1つの環の環構成原子上に1または2以上の置換基を有する縮合環をいう。上記縮合環は、ヘテロ環および二重結合含有環の少なくとも一方に該当する環を含むことが好ましい。例えば、上記置換基によって非対称構造となっている置換縮合環含有化合物を、添加剤(A)として好ましく用いることができる。 In some embodiments, a compound containing a fused ring having a substituent (substituted fused ring-containing compound) may be preferably used as the additive (A). By containing such a compound, the refractive index of the adhesive can be efficiently increased. The above compound may be advantageous from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition (for example, solubility in a solvent used in a solvent-based adhesive composition) and compatibility within the adhesive. Here, the fused ring having a substituent refers to a fused ring having one or more substituents on the ring constituent atoms of at least one ring included in the fused ring. The fused ring preferably includes a ring that corresponds to at least one of a heterocycle and a double bond-containing ring. For example, a substituted condensed ring-containing compound having an asymmetric structure due to the above substituents can be preferably used as the additive (A).
 環構成原子上に置換基を有する添加剤(A)において、該置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシアルキル基、アリールオキシ基、エステル基(アセトキシアルキル基等)、アリールオキシ基、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等)、エチレン性不飽和基、ヒドロキシアルキル基、ヒドロキシアルキルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基等が例示されるが、これらに限定されない。炭素原子を含む置換基において、該置換基に含まれる炭素原子の数は、好ましくは1~4であり、より好ましくは1~3であり、例えば1または2であり得る。いくつかの態様において、上記二重結合含有環は、環構成原子上に置換基を有しないか、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシアルキル基、エステル基、エチレン性不飽和基(例えば(メタ)アクリロキシ基)、ヒドロキシ基およびヒドロキシアルキル基からなる群から選択される1または2以上の置換基を有する芳香環であり得る。なかでも好ましい置換基として、アルキル基、アルコキシ基およびアルコキシアルキル基が挙げられ、これらの置換基に含まれる炭素原子の数は、好ましくは1~4であり、より好ましくは1~3であり、例えば1または2であり得る。 In the additive (A) having a substituent on a ring-constituting atom, the substituent includes an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an aryloxy group, an ester group (acetoxyalkyl group, etc.), an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group. , halogen atoms (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), ethylenically unsaturated groups, hydroxyalkyl groups, hydroxyalkyloxy groups, glycidyloxy groups, etc., but are not limited to these. In a substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and may be 1 or 2, for example. In some embodiments, the double bond-containing ring has no substituents on the ring atoms, or has an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an ester group, an ethylenically unsaturated group (e.g. (meth)acryloxy It may be an aromatic ring having one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group), a hydroxyl group, and a hydroxyalkyl group. Among these, preferred substituents include alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and alkoxyalkyl groups, and the number of carbon atoms contained in these substituents is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, For example, it can be 1 or 2.
 添加剤(A)として用いられ得る置換縮合環含有化合物の好適例として、少なくとも1つの置換基を有するジナフトチオフェン化合物(置換DNT)が挙げられる。非対称構造の置換DNTを添加剤(A)として含む粘着剤によると、高屈折率と低弾性率とを好ましく両立し得る。置換DNTの有する置換基は、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシアルキル基、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、ビニル基からなる群から選択される1または2以上であり得る。低弾性率化の観点から、置換基を1つ有する置換DNTが好ましい。そのような置換DNTの具体例としては、6-メトキシメチルジナフトチオフェン(6MDNTM、屈折率:1.759)、6-エチルジナフトチオフェン(6EDNT、屈折率:1.764)等の、飽和置換基を有する置換DNT;6-アクリロイルオキシメチルジナフトチオフェン(6MDNTA、屈折率:1.737)、6-メタアクリロイルオキシメチルジナフトチオフェン(6MDNTMA、屈折率:1.726)、5-アクリロイルオキシエチルジナフトチオフェン(5EDNTA、屈折率:1.786)、6-アクリロイルオキシエチルジナフトチオフェン(6EDNTA、屈折率:1.722)、6-ビニルジナフトチオフェン(6VDNT、屈折率:1.802)、5-ビニルジナフトチオフェン(略号:5VDNT、屈折率:1.793)等の、エチレン性不飽和置換基を有する置換DNT;等が挙げられる。 A preferred example of a substituted fused ring-containing compound that can be used as the additive (A) is a dinaphthothiophene compound (substituted DNT) having at least one substituent. A pressure-sensitive adhesive containing substituted DNT with an asymmetric structure as the additive (A) can preferably achieve both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus. The substituent that the substituted DNT has may be, for example, one or more selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, a (meth)acryloxy group, and a vinyl group. From the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, substituted DNT having one substituent is preferred. Specific examples of such substituted DNTs include saturated substituted DNTs such as 6-methoxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTM, refractive index: 1.759) and 6-ethyldinaphthothiophene (6EDNT, refractive index: 1.764). Substituted DNT having groups; 6-acryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.737), 6-methacryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTMA, refractive index: 1.726), 5-acryloyloxyethyl Dinaphthothiophene (5EDNTA, refractive index: 1.786), 6-acryloyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (6EDNTA, refractive index: 1.722), 6-vinyldinaphthothiophene (6VDNT, refractive index: 1.802), Examples include substituted DNT having an ethylenically unsaturated substituent, such as 5-vinyldinaphthothiophene (abbreviation: 5VDNT, refractive index: 1.793).
 いくつかの態様において、添加剤(A)としては、エチレン性不飽和基を有しない化合物を好ましく採用し得る。これにより、熱や光による粘着剤組成物の変質(例えば、ゲル化の進行や粘度上昇による塗工性の低下)や粘着剤の性能変化(例えば、エチレン性不飽和基の反応に起因する弾性率の上昇や伸び変形性の低下)を抑制し、保存安定性を高めることができる。エチレン性不飽和基を有しない添加剤(A)を採用することは、該添加剤(A)を含む粘着剤層を有する粘着シートにおいて、エチレン性不飽和基の反応に起因する寸法変化や変形(反り、波打ち等)、光学歪の発生等を抑制する観点からも好ましい。 In some embodiments, a compound having no ethylenically unsaturated group can be preferably employed as the additive (A). This may cause changes in the properties of the adhesive composition due to heat or light (e.g., decrease in coatability due to progress of gelation or increase in viscosity) or changes in adhesive performance (e.g., elasticity due to reaction of ethylenically unsaturated groups). (increase in elasticity and decrease in elongation deformability) and improve storage stability. Adopting an additive (A) that does not have an ethylenically unsaturated group means that in an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer containing the additive (A), dimensional changes and deformation due to reactions of ethylenically unsaturated groups are avoided. It is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of optical distortion (warping, waving, etc.) and optical distortion.
 添加剤(A)の屈折率nは、該添加剤(A)を含む粘着剤において所望の屈折率が得られるように選択することができ、特定の範囲に限定されない。添加剤(A)の屈折率nは、例えば1.510以上であってもよく、1.530以上であってもよく、1.550以上であってもよく、1.570以上であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、添加剤(A)の屈折率nは、1.600以上であることが適当であり、1.620以上であることが有利であり、1.650以上であることが好ましく、1.675以上であることがより好ましく、1.700以上であることがさらに好ましい。より屈折率の高い添加剤(A)によると、目的の屈折率を有する粘着剤を構成することのできるベースポリマーの選択自由度が広がり、例えば、より低屈折率のベースポリマーを選択することも可能になる。このことは、高屈折率と低弾性率とをバランスよく両立する粘着剤を実現する観点から有利となり得る。添加剤(A)の屈折率nの上限は特に制限されないが、粘着剤の低温特性や透明性の観点から、例えば3.000以下であることが適当であり、2.500以下であってもよく、2.000以下であってもよく、1.900以下であってもよく、1.850以下であってもよく、1.825以下または1.800以下であってもよい。 The refractive index na of the additive (A) can be selected so that a desired refractive index can be obtained in the adhesive containing the additive (A), and is not limited to a specific range. The refractive index na of the additive (A) may be, for example, 1.510 or more, 1.530 or more, 1.550 or more, or 1.570 or more. Good too. In some embodiments, the refractive index na of the additive (A) is suitably 1.600 or more, advantageously 1.620 or more, and 1.650 or more. It is preferably 1.675 or more, more preferably 1.700 or more. By using the additive (A) with a higher refractive index, the degree of freedom in selecting the base polymer that can constitute the adhesive having the desired refractive index increases, and for example, it is also possible to select a base polymer with a lower refractive index. It becomes possible. This can be advantageous from the viewpoint of realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive that has both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus in a well-balanced manner. The upper limit of the refractive index na of the additive (A) is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the low-temperature properties and transparency of the adhesive, it is suitable to be, for example, 3.000 or less, and 2.500 or less. It may be 2.000 or less, 1.900 or less, 1.850 or less, 1.825 or less, or 1.800 or less.
 なお、高屈折率添加剤(A)の屈折率nは、プリズムカプラを用いて、測定温度25℃、測定波長594nmの条件で測定される。プリズムカプラとしては、市販の測定装置を用いることができ、例えばメトリコン社製のモデル「2010M」またはその相当品を用いることができる。メーカー等から25℃における屈折率の公称値が提供されている場合は、その公称値を採用することができる。 Note that the refractive index n a of the high refractive index additive (A) is measured using a prism coupler under conditions of a measurement temperature of 25° C. and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm. As the prism coupler, a commercially available measuring device can be used, and for example, model "2010M" manufactured by Metricon or its equivalent can be used. If a manufacturer or the like provides a nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C., that nominal value can be used.
 添加剤(A)の屈折率nは、該添加剤(A)を含む粘着剤の屈折率nよりも高いことが好ましい。すなわち、次式:Δn=n-n;により定義される屈折率差Δnが0より大きい化合物を添加剤(A)として含む粘着剤が好ましい。いくつかの態様において、Δnは、例えば0.010以上であってよく、添加剤(A)による屈折率向上効果を効率よく発揮する観点から、0.050以上であることが有利であり、0.100以上であることが好ましく、0.125以上であることがより好ましく、0.150以上であることがさらに好ましく、0.160以上であってもよく、0.170以上であってもよく、0.180以上または0.190以上であってもよい。また、粘着剤内における高屈折率添加剤(A)の相溶性や、粘着剤の透明性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、Δnは、例えば0.500以下であってよく、0.400以下であってもよく、0.300以下であってもよい。 The refractive index n a of the additive (A) is preferably higher than the refractive index n T of the adhesive containing the additive (A). That is, a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing as an additive (A) a compound having a refractive index difference Δn A larger than 0 defined by the following formula: Δn A =n a −n T ; is preferable. In some embodiments, Δn A may be, for example, 0.010 or more, and from the viewpoint of efficiently exhibiting the refractive index improvement effect by the additive (A), it is advantageous that it is 0.050 or more, It is preferably 0.100 or more, more preferably 0.125 or more, even more preferably 0.150 or more, may be 0.160 or more, or even 0.170 or more. It may be 0.180 or more or 0.190 or more. Further, from the viewpoint of the compatibility of the high refractive index additive (A) in the adhesive, the transparency of the adhesive, etc., in some embodiments, Δn A may be, for example, 0.500 or less, It may be .400 or less, or it may be .300 or less.
 添加剤(A)の分子量は、特に限定されず、例えば100以上であってよく、130以上または150以上であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、添加剤(A)の分子量は、該添加剤(A)の高屈折率化の観点から、170以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましく、230以上でもよく、250以上でもよく、270以上でもよく、300以上でもよい。また、添加剤(A)の分子量は、凡そ10000未満または5000未満でであってよく、高屈折率化の効果と他の特性(例えば、粘着剤に適した柔軟性、ヘイズ等の光学特性)とをバランスよく両立する観点から、3000未満であることが好ましく、1000以下または1000未満であることがより好ましく、800未満でもよく、600以下(例えば600未満)でもよく、500未満でもよく、400未満でもよい。添加剤(A)の分子量が大きすぎないことは、粘着剤組成物の調製容易性や粘着剤内における相溶性向上の観点から有利となり得る。いくつかの態様において、分子量が200~600程度(例えば300以上500未満)の化合物を、添加剤(A)として好ましく用いることができる。 The molecular weight of the additive (A) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 100 or more, 130 or more, or 150 or more. In some embodiments, the molecular weight of the additive (A) is preferably 170 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even 230 or more, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the additive (A). Generally, it may be 250 or more, 270 or more, or 300 or more. Further, the molecular weight of the additive (A) may be approximately less than 10,000 or less than 5,000, and has the effect of increasing the refractive index and other properties (for example, flexibility suitable for adhesives, optical properties such as haze) From the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between It may be less than It can be advantageous that the molecular weight of the additive (A) is not too large from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition and improvement of compatibility within the adhesive. In some embodiments, a compound having a molecular weight of about 200 to 600 (for example, 300 or more and less than 500) can be preferably used as the additive (A).
 添加剤(A)の分子量としては、非重合体または低重合度(例えば2~5量体程度)の重合体については、化学構造に基づいて算出される分子量、もしくはマトリックス支援レーザー脱離イオン化飛行時間型質量分析法(MALDI-TOF-MS)を用いた測定値を用いることができる。添加剤(A)がより重合度の高い重合体である場合は、適切な条件で行われるGPCに基づく重量平均分子量(Mw)を用いることができる。メーカー等から分子量の公称値が提供されている場合は、その公称値を採用することができる。 As for the molecular weight of the additive (A), for non-polymers or polymers with a low degree of polymerization (e.g. dimer to pentamer), the molecular weight calculated based on the chemical structure, or the molecular weight calculated based on the matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization flight. Measured values using time-based mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF-MS) can be used. When the additive (A) is a polymer with a higher degree of polymerization, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) based on GPC performed under appropriate conditions can be used. If a nominal value of molecular weight is provided by a manufacturer, etc., that nominal value can be used.
 ここに開示される技術のいくつかの態様において、添加剤(A)は、典型的には25℃において気体状ではない化合物であり、25℃において液状(液体)または気体状ではない化合物であることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において「液状」とは、流動性を示すことを意味し、物質の状態としては液体を指す。かかる化合物には、融点が25℃超である化合物が包含される。これにより、所望の粘着特性や伸び変形性を発揮し得る適度な凝集力を有する粘着剤が得られやすい。添加剤(A)の融点は、例えば30℃以上であることが好ましく、40℃以上であることがより好ましく、50℃以上であることがさらに好ましく、60℃以上でもよく、70℃以上でもよく、80℃以上でもよい。添加剤(A)の融点の上限は、特に制限されない。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤組成物の調製容易性や粘着剤の透明性等の観点から、添加剤(A)の融点は、例えば350℃以下であってよく、300℃以下であってもよく、250℃以下でもよく、200℃以下でもよい。 In some embodiments of the technology disclosed herein, the additive (A) is a compound that is typically not gaseous at 25°C and is not liquid (liquid) or gaseous at 25°C. It is preferable. Note that in this specification, "liquid" means exhibiting fluidity, and refers to a liquid state as a substance state. Such compounds include those having a melting point above 25°C. Thereby, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive having an appropriate cohesive force capable of exhibiting desired adhesive properties and elongation deformability. The melting point of the additive (A) is, for example, preferably 30°C or higher, more preferably 40°C or higher, even more preferably 50°C or higher, 60°C or higher, or 70°C or higher. , 80°C or higher. The upper limit of the melting point of the additive (A) is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition, transparency of the adhesive, etc., the melting point of the additive (A) may be, for example, 350°C or lower, or even 300°C or lower. Generally, the temperature may be 250°C or lower, or 200°C or lower.
 いくつかの態様において、添加剤(A)として用いられる化合物は、粘着剤への配合容易性等の観点から、溶媒(典型的には有機溶媒)に溶解可能であることが好ましい。ここで溶解可能とは、少なくとも1種の汎用溶媒に対して、該汎用溶媒中に当該化合物を25℃において少なくとも1.0重量%(より好ましくは2.0重量%以上、さらに好ましくは5.0重量%以上、10重量%以上、15重量%以上または20重量%以上)の濃度で含む溶液を調製可能な溶解性を示すことをいう。ここで、上記汎用溶媒の例には、酢酸エチルや酢酸ブチルなどの酢酸エステル;アセトンやメチルエチルケトン(MEK)等の低級ケトン;ベンゼンやトルエン等の芳香族炭化水素溶媒;これらの混合溶媒;等が含まれる。なかでも、酢酸エチルおよびMEKの一方または両方に対して上記の溶解性を示す化合物が好ましい。 In some embodiments, the compound used as the additive (A) is preferably soluble in a solvent (typically an organic solvent) from the viewpoint of ease of blending into the adhesive. Here, soluble means that the compound is at least 1.0% by weight (more preferably 2.0% by weight or more, still more preferably 5.0% by weight or more) at 25°C in at least one general-purpose solvent. The solubility is such that a solution can be prepared at a concentration of 0% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more. Here, examples of the above-mentioned general-purpose solvents include acetate esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; lower ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK); aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; mixed solvents thereof; etc. included. Among these, compounds that exhibit the above-mentioned solubility in one or both of ethyl acetate and MEK are preferred.
 ここに開示される粘着剤における添加剤(A)の含有量(複数種の化合物を用いる場合は、それらの合計含有量)は、ベースポリマー100重量部に対する含有量が30重量部以上となる範囲で、所望の特性を有する粘着剤が得られるように適切に設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、ベースポリマー100重量部に対する添加剤(A)の含有量は、例えば30重量部超であってよく、低弾性率化および/または高屈折率化の効果をよりよく発揮する観点から、35重量部以上であることが好ましく、40重量部以上であることがより好ましく、45重量部以上でもよく、50重量部以上でもよく、60重量部以上でもよく、65重量部以上でもよい。また、ベースポリマー100重量部に対する添加剤(A)の含有量は、例えば150重量部以下であってよく、所望の粘着特性や伸び変形性を発揮し得る適度な凝集力を有する粘着剤を得やすくする観点から、いくつかの態様では、120重量部以下であることが適当であり、100重量部以下であることが好ましく、90重量部以下でもよく、80重量部以下でもよく、75重量部以下でもよい。粘着剤の透明性や低温特性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、ベースポリマー100重量部に対する添加剤(A)の含有量は、70重量部以下であってもよく、65重量部以下であってもよく、60重量部以下であってもよく、55重量部以下、50重量部以下または45重量部以下であってもよい。 The content of the additive (A) in the adhesive disclosed herein (if multiple types of compounds are used, their total content) is within a range such that the content is 30 parts by weight or more based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately set the pressure-sensitive adhesive to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive having desired properties. In some embodiments, the content of the additive (A) relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer may be, for example, more than 30 parts by weight to better exhibit the effect of lowering the elastic modulus and/or increasing the refractive index. From this point of view, the amount is preferably 35 parts by weight or more, more preferably 40 parts by weight or more, 45 parts by weight or more, 50 parts by weight or more, 60 parts by weight or more, and 65 parts by weight or more. good. Further, the content of the additive (A) relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer may be, for example, 150 parts by weight or less to obtain an adhesive having an appropriate cohesive force capable of exhibiting desired adhesive properties and elongation deformability. In some embodiments, the amount is suitably 120 parts by weight or less, preferably 100 parts by weight or less, may be 90 parts by weight or less, may be 80 parts by weight or less, and may be 75 parts by weight. The following may be used. From the viewpoint of transparency and low-temperature properties of the adhesive, in some embodiments, the content of the additive (A) relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer may be 70 parts by weight or less, and may be 65 parts by weight or less. The amount may be 60 parts by weight or less, 55 parts by weight or less, 50 parts by weight or less, or 45 parts by weight or less.
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、上述のような高屈折率添加剤(A)に加えて、高屈折率の有機化合物であって上記添加剤(A)に該当しないものを、任意成分として含んでいてもよい。添加剤(A)に該当しない高屈折率有機化合物としては、例えば、モノマー(m3)として用いられ得る化合物であって対称構造のもの;2以上の非縮合芳香環がリンキング基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物、2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接(すなわち、他の原子を介さずに)化学結合した構造を有する化合物、縮合芳香環構造を有する化合物、フルオレン構造を有する化合物、ジナフトチオフェン構造を有する化合物またはジベンゾチオフェン構造を有する化合物であって、対称構造を有するもの等が挙げられる。添加剤(A)の効果を適切に発揮する観点から、添加剤(A)に該当しない高屈折率有機化合物の使用量は、重量基準で、添加剤(A)の使用量の1/3未満とすることが適当であり、1/4未満とすることが好ましく、1/6未満でもよく、1/10未満でもよく、1/15未満または1/30未満でもよい。また、添加剤(A)に該当しない高屈折率有機化合物の使用量は、ベースポリマー100重量部に対して10重量部未満とすることが適当であり、5重量部未満、3重量部未満、2重量部未満または1重量部未満とすることが好ましい。ここに開示される技術は、添加剤(A)に該当しない高屈折率有機化合物を実質的に使用しない態様で好ましく実施することができる。 In addition to the high refractive index additive (A) as described above, the adhesive disclosed herein contains an organic compound with a high refractive index that does not fall under the above additive (A) as an optional component. It's okay to stay. Examples of high refractive index organic compounds that do not fall under additive (A) include compounds that can be used as monomers (m3) and have a symmetrical structure; two or more non-fused aromatic rings bonded via a linking group; Compounds having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are chemically bonded directly (i.e., without intervening other atoms), compounds having a fused aromatic ring structure, compounds having a fluorene structure, dinaphthothiophene Examples include compounds having a structure or a compound having a dibenzothiophene structure, which have a symmetrical structure. From the perspective of properly demonstrating the effects of additive (A), the amount of high refractive index organic compounds that do not fall under additive (A) should be less than 1/3 of the amount of additive (A) used on a weight basis. It is appropriate to set it as 1/4, and it is preferable to set it as less than 1/4, it may be less than 1/6, it may be less than 1/10, it may be less than 1/15, or it may be less than 1/30. In addition, the amount of the high refractive index organic compound that does not fall under the additive (A) is suitably less than 10 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer, less than 5 parts by weight, less than 3 parts by weight, It is preferably less than 2 parts by weight or less than 1 part by weight. The technique disclosed herein can be preferably carried out in an embodiment in which a high refractive index organic compound that does not correspond to the additive (A) is not substantially used.
 (架橋剤)
 ここに開示される粘着剤の形成に用いられる粘着剤組成物には、粘着剤の凝集力の調整等の目的で、必要に応じて架橋剤を含有させることができる。架橋剤としては、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、オキサゾリン系架橋剤、メラミン系樹脂、金属キレート系架橋剤等の、粘着剤の分野において公知の架橋剤を使用することができる。なかでもイソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤を好ましく採用し得る。架橋剤の他の例として、1分子内に2以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有するモノマー、すなわち多官能性モノマーが挙げられる。架橋剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Crosslinking agent)
The adhesive composition used to form the adhesive disclosed herein may contain a crosslinking agent, if necessary, for purposes such as adjusting the cohesive force of the adhesive. As the crosslinking agent, use a crosslinking agent known in the adhesive field, such as an isocyanate crosslinking agent, an epoxy crosslinking agent, an aziridine crosslinking agent, an oxazoline crosslinking agent, a melamine resin, a metal chelate crosslinking agent, etc. Can be done. Among these, isocyanate-based crosslinking agents and epoxy-based crosslinking agents can be preferably employed. Other examples of crosslinking agents include monomers having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, ie, polyfunctional monomers. One type of crosslinking agent can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination.
 イソシアネート系架橋剤としては、2官能以上のイソシアネート化合物を用いることができ、例えば、トリメチレンジイソシアネート、ブチレンジイソシアネート、ペンタメチレンジイソシアネート(PDI)、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HDI)、ダイマー酸ジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ポリイソシアネート類;シクロペンチレンジイソシアネート、シクロヘキシレンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)、1,3-ビス(イソシアナトメチル)シクロヘキサン等の脂環族イソシアネート類;2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート、4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート(XDI)等の芳香族イソシアネート類;上記イソシアネート化合物をアロファネート結合、ビウレット結合、イソシアヌレート結合、ウレトジオン結合、ウレア結合、カルボジイミド結合、ウレトンイミン結合、オキサジアジントリオン結合等により変性したポリイソシネート変性体(例えばHDIのイソシアヌレート体、HDIのアロファネート体等);上記イソシアネート化合物の多価アルコール付加物(例えばXDIのトリメチロールプロパン付加物等);等が挙げられる。市販品の例としては、商品名タケネート300S、タケネート500、タケネート600、タケネートD110N、タケネートD120N,タケネートD140N、タケネートD160N、タケネートD165N、タケネートD178N、タケネートD178NL(以上、三井化学社製)、スミジュールT80、スミジュールL、デスモジュールN3400(以上、住化バイエルウレタン社製)、ミリオネートMR、ミリオネートMT、コロネートL、コロネートHL、コロネートHX、コロネート2770(以上、東ソー社製)、商品名デュラネートA201H、デュラネートTPA-100(以上、旭化成社製)等が挙げられる。イソシアネート化合物は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。2官能のイソシアネート化合物と3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物を併用してもよい。 As the isocyanate crosslinking agent, a bifunctional or more functional isocyanate compound can be used, such as aliphatic polystyrene such as trimethylene diisocyanate, butylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate (PDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), dimer acid diisocyanate, etc. Isocyanates; Alicyclic isocyanates such as cyclopentylene diisocyanate, cyclohexylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane; 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 4,4'- Aromatic isocyanates such as diphenylmethane diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate (XDI); the above isocyanate compounds are modified with allophanate bonds, biuret bonds, isocyanurate bonds, uretdione bonds, urea bonds, carbodiimide bonds, uretonimine bonds, oxadiazinetrione bonds, etc. modified polyisocyanates (for example, isocyanurate of HDI, allophanate of HDI, etc.); polyhydric alcohol adducts of the above-mentioned isocyanate compounds (for example, trimethylolpropane adduct of XDI, etc.); and the like. Examples of commercially available products include the trade names Takenate 300S, Takenate 500, Takenate 600, Takenate D110N, Takenate D120N, Takenate D140N, Takenate D160N, Takenate D165N, Takenate D178N, Takenate D178NL (all manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), Sumidur T80. , Sumidur L, Desmodur N3400 (manufactured by Sumika Bayer Urethane), Millionate MR, Millionate MT, Coronate L, Coronate HL, Coronate HX, Coronate 2770 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), Product name Duranate A201H, Duranate Examples include TPA-100 (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation). The isocyanate compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more. A bifunctional isocyanate compound and a trifunctional or more functional isocyanate compound may be used together.
 エポキシ系架橋剤としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA、エピクロルヒドリン型のエポキシ系樹脂、エチレングリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリントリグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパントリグリシジルエーテル、ジグリシジルアニリン、ジアミングリシジルアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシリレンジアミンおよび1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン等を挙げることができる。これらは1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of the epoxy crosslinking agent include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin type epoxy resin, ethylene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, glycerin triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, and trimethylol. Propane triglycidyl ether, diglycidylaniline, diamine glycidylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine and 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, etc. can be mentioned. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 多官能性モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,12-ドデカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、アリル(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジビニルベンゼン、ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、エポキシアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレート、ウレタンアクリレート、ブチルジオール(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシルジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。多官能性モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, Pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecane Diol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, allyl(meth)acrylate, vinyl(meth)acrylate, divinylbenzene, bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, epoxy acrylate , polyester acrylate, urethane acrylate, butyldiol (meth)acrylate, hexyldiol di(meth)acrylate, and the like. One type of polyfunctional monomer can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination.
 いくつかの態様において、架橋剤の少なくとも一部が、1分子当たり2個の架橋反応性基(例えばイソシアネート基)を有する2官能架橋剤が用いられる。2官能架橋剤を使用することにより、柔軟な架橋構造を形成しやすい。2官能架橋剤は1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。また、2官能架橋剤は、3官能以上の架橋剤と併用してもよい。 In some embodiments, at least a portion of the crosslinking agent is a bifunctional crosslinking agent having two crosslinking reactive groups (eg, isocyanate groups) per molecule. By using a bifunctional crosslinking agent, a flexible crosslinked structure can be easily formed. One kind of bifunctional crosslinking agent can be used alone or two or more kinds can be used in combination. Moreover, a bifunctional crosslinking agent may be used in combination with a trifunctional or more functional crosslinking agent.
 いくつかの態様において、架橋剤として、芳香環、脂肪族環等の環構造を有しない非環式架橋剤(鎖状架橋剤ともいう。)が好ましく用いられる。例えば、上述したイソシアネート系架橋剤のなかでは、芳香環およびイソシアヌレート環等の環構造を有しないイソシアネート系化合物の使用が好ましい。架橋剤として、非環式イソシアネート系化合物を用いることにより、柔軟性の高い架橋剤を形成しやすい。上記非環式イソシアネートの具体例としては、脂肪族イソシアネート系化合物(例えばPDIやHDI)や、脂肪族イソシアネート系化合物の変性体(例えばPDIやHDIのアロファネート結合、ビウレット結合、ウレア結合、カルボジイミド結合により変性したポリイソシネート変性体)が挙げられる。非環式架橋剤は1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。いくつかの好ましい態様において、架橋剤として、非環式の2官能架橋剤を用いられ得る。 In some embodiments, an acyclic crosslinking agent (also referred to as a chain crosslinking agent) that does not have a ring structure such as an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring is preferably used as the crosslinking agent. For example, among the above-mentioned isocyanate-based crosslinking agents, it is preferable to use isocyanate-based compounds that do not have a ring structure such as an aromatic ring or an isocyanurate ring. By using an acyclic isocyanate compound as a crosslinking agent, a highly flexible crosslinking agent can be easily formed. Specific examples of the acyclic isocyanates include aliphatic isocyanate compounds (e.g., PDI and HDI) and modified aliphatic isocyanate compounds (e.g., allophanate bonds, biuret bonds, urea bonds, and carbodiimide bonds of PDI and HDI). modified polyisocyanates). One type of acyclic crosslinking agent can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination. In some preferred embodiments, an acyclic bifunctional crosslinking agent may be used as the crosslinking agent.
 いくつかの態様において、架橋剤として、1分子中の一の架橋反応性基(例えばイソシアネート基)と他の一の架橋反応性基との距離が比較的長い架橋剤が使用され得る。これにより、所定以上の長さを有する柔軟な架橋構造が形成される。例えば、架橋剤1分子において、一の架橋反応性基と他の架橋反応性基とを連結する連結鎖を構成する原子の数が10以上(例えば12以上または14以上)である化合物を架橋剤として使用することができる。上記連結鎖構成原子数の上限は、目的に応じて重合等により調製可能なため特に限定されず、例えば2000以下であり、1000以下であってもよく、500以下でもよく、100以下でもよく、50以下でもよく、30以下でもよく、20以下であってもよい。なお、上記架橋反応性基を連結する連結鎖構成原子数とは、架橋剤1分子において、一の架橋反応性基から他の架橋反応性基(架橋反応性基を3以上有する場合、上記一の架橋反応性基に最も近い架橋反応性基)に到達するのに要する最小の原子の数をいう。上記連結鎖を有する架橋剤は1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記架橋剤として、非環式の2官能架橋剤が用いられ得る。上記架橋剤の市販品の例としては、商品名コロネート2770(東ソー社製)、商品名タケネートD178NL(三井化学社製)、商品名デュラネートA201H(旭化成社製)等が挙げられる。 In some embodiments, a crosslinking agent in which the distance between one crosslinking reactive group (for example, an isocyanate group) and another crosslinking reactive group in one molecule may be used is relatively long. As a result, a flexible crosslinked structure having a length longer than a predetermined length is formed. For example, a compound in which the number of atoms constituting a linking chain connecting one crosslinking reactive group and another crosslinking reactive group in one molecule of the crosslinking agent is 10 or more (for example, 12 or more or 14 or more) is used as a crosslinking agent. It can be used as The upper limit of the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain is not particularly limited as it can be prepared by polymerization etc. depending on the purpose, and is, for example, 2000 or less, may be 1000 or less, may be 500 or less, may be 100 or less, It may be 50 or less, 30 or less, or 20 or less. Note that the number of atoms constituting a linking chain connecting the above-mentioned cross-linking-reactive groups refers to the number of atoms constituting a linking chain that connects the above-mentioned cross-linking-reactive groups. The minimum number of atoms required to reach the crosslinking-reactive group (the closest cross-linking-reactive group). The above-mentioned crosslinking agents having a connecting chain can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In some preferred embodiments, an acyclic bifunctional crosslinking agent may be used as the crosslinking agent. Examples of commercially available crosslinking agents include Coronate 2770 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), Takenate D178NL (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), Duranate A201H (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation), and the like.
 架橋剤(多官能性モノマーであり得る。)を用いる場合における使用量は、特に限定されず、例えば上記モノマー成分100重量部に対して0.001重量部~5.0重量部程度の範囲とすることができる。被着体に対する密着性向上の観点から、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋剤の使用量は、好ましくは3.0重量部以下、より好ましくは2.0重量部以下であり、1.0重量部以下でもよく、0.5重量部以下でもよく、0.2重量部以下でもよい。また、架橋剤の使用効果を適切に発揮する観点から、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋剤の使用量は、例えば0.005重量部以上であってよく、0.01重量部以上であってもよく、0.05重量部以上でもよく、0.08重量部以上でもよく、0.1重量部以上でもよく、0.2重量部以上でもよく、0.4重量部以上でもよい。 When using a crosslinking agent (which may be a polyfunctional monomer), the amount used is not particularly limited, and is, for example, in the range of about 0.001 parts by weight to 5.0 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the above monomer components. can do. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the adherend, in some embodiments, the amount of the crosslinking agent used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is preferably 3.0 parts by weight or less, more preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less. , 1.0 part by weight or less, 0.5 part by weight or less, or 0.2 part by weight or less. Further, from the viewpoint of appropriately exhibiting the effect of using the crosslinking agent, in some embodiments, the amount of the crosslinking agent used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.005 parts by weight or more, and 0.01 parts by weight. parts by weight or more, 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.08 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.2 parts by weight or more, 0.4 parts by weight or more. But that's fine.
 架橋反応をより効果的に進行させるために、架橋触媒を用いてもよい。架橋触媒の例としては、テトラ-n-ブチルチタネート、テトライソプロピルチタネート、ジルコニウムテトラアセチルアセトナート、ナーセム第二鉄、ブチルスズオキシド、ジオクチルスズジラウレート等の金属系架橋触媒等が挙げられる。なかでも、ジオクチルスズジラウレート等のスズ系架橋触媒が好ましい。架橋触媒の使用量は特に制限されない。モノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋触媒の使用量は、架橋反応速度の速さと粘着剤組成物のポットライフの長さとのバランスを考慮して、例えば凡そ0.0001重量部以上1重量部以下の範囲とすることができ、0.001重量部以上0.5重量部以下の範囲とすることが好ましい。 A crosslinking catalyst may be used to advance the crosslinking reaction more effectively. Examples of the crosslinking catalyst include metal crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, zirconium tetraacetylacetonate, ferric nathem, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. Among these, tin-based crosslinking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferred. The amount of crosslinking catalyst used is not particularly limited. The amount of the crosslinking catalyst to be used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is, for example, in the range of approximately 0.0001 part by weight or more and 1 part by weight or less, taking into consideration the balance between the speed of the crosslinking reaction and the length of the pot life of the adhesive composition. It is preferably in the range of 0.001 part by weight or more and 0.5 part by weight or less.
 粘着剤組成物には、架橋遅延剤として、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を含有させることができる。これにより、粘着剤組成物のポットライフを延長する効果が実現され得る。例えば、イソシアネート系架橋剤を含む粘着剤組成物において、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を好ましく利用し得る。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物としては、各種のβ-ジカルボニル化合物を用いることができる。例えば、β-ジケトン類(アセチルアセトン、2,4-ヘキサンジオン等)やアセト酢酸エステル類(アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル等)を好ましく採用し得る。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物の使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.1重量部以上20重量部以下とすることができ、0.5重量部以上10重量部以下としてもよく、1重量部以上5重量部以下としてもよい。 The adhesive composition may contain a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism as a crosslinking retarder. Thereby, the effect of extending the pot life of the adhesive composition can be realized. For example, in a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism can be preferably used. Various β-dicarbonyl compounds can be used as the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism. For example, β-diketones (acetylacetone, 2,4-hexanedione, etc.) and acetoacetate esters (methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, etc.) can be preferably employed. Compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism can be used singly or in combination of two or more. The amount of the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism can be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less, and 0.5 parts by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less, based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. Alternatively, the amount may be 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less.
 (粘着付与剤)
 ここに開示される粘着剤には、粘着付与剤を含有させてもよい。粘着付与剤としては、ロジン系粘着付与樹脂、テルペン系粘着付与樹脂、フェノール系粘着付与樹脂、炭化水素系粘着付与樹脂、ケトン系粘着付与樹脂、ポリアミド系粘着付与樹脂、エポキシ系粘着付与樹脂、エラストマー系粘着付与樹脂等の公知の粘着付与樹脂を用いることができる。これらは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。粘着付与樹脂の使用量は特に限定されず、目的や用途に応じて適切な粘着性能が発揮されるように設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、屈折率や透明性の観点から、モノマー成分100重量部に対する粘着付与剤の使用量は、30重量部以下とすることが適当であり、10重量部以下とすることが好ましく、5重量部以下とすることがより好ましい。ここに開示される技術は、粘着付与剤を使用しない態様で好ましく実施され得る。
(tackifier)
The adhesive disclosed herein may contain a tackifier. Examples of tackifiers include rosin-based tackifying resins, terpene-based tackifying resins, phenol-based tackifying resins, hydrocarbon-based tackifying resins, ketone-based tackifying resins, polyamide-based tackifying resins, epoxy-based tackifying resins, and elastomers. Known tackifier resins such as tackifier resins can be used. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the tackifying resin used is not particularly limited, and can be set so that appropriate adhesive performance is exhibited depending on the purpose and use. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of refractive index and transparency, the amount of tackifier used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is appropriately 30 parts by weight or less, preferably 10 parts by weight or less. , more preferably 5 parts by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can be preferably practiced without using a tackifier.
 (高屈折率粒子)
 ここに開示される粘着剤には、任意成分として、高屈折率粒子を含有させることができる。ここで高屈折率粒子とは、粘着剤に含有させることで該粘着剤の屈折率を高めることのできる粒子を意味する。以下、高屈折率粒子を「粒子PHRI」と表記することがある。HRIは、high refractive indexを意味する。
(High refractive index particles)
The adhesive disclosed herein can contain high refractive index particles as an optional component. Here, high refractive index particles mean particles that can increase the refractive index of the adhesive by being included in the adhesive. Hereinafter, the high refractive index particles may be referred to as "particles P HRI ". HRI means high refractive index.
 粒子PHRIとしては、例えば1.60以上、好ましくは1.70以上(1.80以上でもよく、1.90以上でもよく、さらには2.00以上でもよい。)の屈折率を有する材料から構成された粒子の1種または2種以上が用いられ得る。粒子PHRIを構成する材料の屈折率の上限は、特に限定されず、例えば3.00以下であってよく、2.80以下でもよく、2.50以下でもよく、2.20以下でもよく、2.00以下でもよい。粒子PHRIを構成する材料の屈折率は、当該材料の単層膜(屈折率測定が可能な膜厚とする。)につき、市販の分光エリプソメーターを用いて、測定波長589nm、測定温度25℃の条件で測定される屈折率である。分光エリプソメーターとしては、例えば製品名「EC-400」(JA.Woolam社製)またはその相当品が用いられる。 The particle P HRI is made of a material having a refractive index of, for example, 1.60 or more, preferably 1.70 or more (may be 1.80 or more, 1.90 or more, or even 2.00 or more). One or more of the configured particles may be used. The upper limit of the refractive index of the material constituting the particles P HRI is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 3.00 or less, 2.80 or less, 2.50 or less, 2.20 or less, It may be 2.00 or less. The refractive index of the material constituting the particle P HRI was measured using a commercially available spectroscopic ellipsometer at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C for a single layer film (thickness that allows refractive index measurement) of the material. This is the refractive index measured under the following conditions. As the spectroscopic ellipsometer, for example, the product name "EC-400" (manufactured by JA. Woolam) or its equivalent product is used.
 粒子PHRIの種類は、特に限定されず、金属粒子、金属化合物粒子、有機粒子、有機-無機複合体粒子のなかから、粘着剤の屈折率を向上させ得る材料の1種または2種以上を選定し、用いることができる。粒子PHRIとしては、無機酸化物(例えば金属酸化物)のなかから、粘着シートの屈折率を向上させ得るものが好ましく用いられ得る。粒子PHRIを構成する材料の好適例としては、チタニア(酸化チタン、TiO)、ジルコニア(酸化ジルコニウム、ZrO)、酸化アルミニウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化スズ、酸化銅、チタン酸バリウム、酸化ニオブ(Nb等)等の無機酸化物(具体的には金属酸化物)が挙げられる。これら無機酸化物(例えば金属酸化物)からなる粒子は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。なかでも、チタニアやジルコニアからなる粒子が好ましく、ジルコニアからなる粒子が特に好ましい。また、金属粒子としては、例えば鉄系や亜鉛系、タングステン系、白金系の材料は高い屈折率を有し得る。有機粒子としては、スチレン系樹脂、フェノール樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂等の樹脂からなる粒子の屈折率は相対的に高い。有機-無機複合体粒子としては、上述の無機材料と有機材料との複合体や、樹脂等の有機材料で無機粒子を被覆したもの等が挙げられる。粒子PHRIとしては、粘着剤成分との相溶性の観点から、上述の有機、無機粒子を表面処理剤によって表面処理したものを用いてもよい。 The type of particle P HRI is not particularly limited, and one or more materials that can improve the refractive index of the adhesive are selected from metal particles, metal compound particles, organic particles, and organic-inorganic composite particles. can be selected and used. As the particles P HRI , those that can improve the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably used from among inorganic oxides (for example, metal oxides). Suitable examples of materials constituting the particles P HRI include titania (titanium oxide, TiO 2 ), zirconia (zirconium oxide, ZrO 2 ), aluminum oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, copper oxide, barium titanate, niobium oxide ( Examples include inorganic oxides (specifically metal oxides) such as Nb 2 O 5 etc.). Particles made of these inorganic oxides (for example, metal oxides) can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, particles made of titania or zirconia are preferable, and particles made of zirconia are particularly preferable. Further, as metal particles, for example, iron-based, zinc-based, tungsten-based, or platinum-based materials can have a high refractive index. As organic particles, particles made of resin such as styrene resin, phenol resin, polyester resin, and polycarbonate resin have a relatively high refractive index. Examples of the organic-inorganic composite particles include composites of the above-mentioned inorganic materials and organic materials, and inorganic particles coated with organic materials such as resins. As the particles P HRI , from the viewpoint of compatibility with the adhesive component, the above-mentioned organic or inorganic particles surface-treated with a surface treatment agent may be used.
 粒子PHRIの平均粒径は、特に限定されず、粘着剤に含有させることで所望の屈折率向上を実現し得る適当なサイズの粒子が用いられ得る。粒子PHRIの平均粒径は、例えば凡そ1nm以上とすることができ、凡そ5nm以上が適当である。屈折率向上や取扱い性等の観点から、粒子PHRIの平均粒径は、好ましくは凡そ10nm以上であり、凡そ20nm以上でもよく、凡そ30nm以上でもよい。また、粘着特性維持等の観点から、上記平均粒径の上限は、例えば凡そ300nm以下が適当であり、屈折率向上の観点から、好ましくは凡そ100nm以下、より好ましくは凡そ70nm以下、さらに好ましくは凡そ50nm以下であり、凡そ35nm以下(例えば凡そ25nm以下)であってもよい。 The average particle diameter of the particles P HRI is not particularly limited, and particles of an appropriate size that can realize a desired refractive index improvement by being included in the adhesive may be used. The average particle diameter of the particles P HRI can be, for example, about 1 nm or more, and suitably about 5 nm or more. From the viewpoint of improving the refractive index and handling properties, the average particle diameter of the particles P HRI is preferably about 10 nm or more, may be about 20 nm or more, or may be about 30 nm or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of maintaining adhesive properties, the upper limit of the average particle diameter is, for example, approximately 300 nm or less, and from the viewpoint of improving the refractive index, it is preferably approximately 100 nm or less, more preferably approximately 70 nm or less, and even more preferably It is approximately 50 nm or less, and may be approximately 35 nm or less (for example, approximately 25 nm or less).
 なお、上記粒子PHRIの平均粒径は、体積平均粒子径を指し、具体的には、レーザ散乱・回折法に基づく粒度分布測定装置を用いて、粒子PHRI分散液について測定した粒度分布における積算値50%での粒径(50%体積平均粒子径;以下、D50と略記する場合もある。)を指す。測定装置としては、例えば、マイクロトラック・ベル社製の製品名「マイクロトラックMT3000II」またはその相当品を用いることができる。 In addition, the average particle diameter of the particle P HRI mentioned above refers to the volume average particle diameter, and specifically, the particle size distribution measured for the particle P HRI dispersion using a particle size distribution measuring device based on a laser scattering/diffraction method. It refers to the particle diameter at an integrated value of 50% (50% volume average particle diameter; hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as D50 ). As the measuring device, for example, the product name "Microtrac MT3000II" manufactured by Microtrac Bell Co., Ltd. or its equivalent can be used.
 粘着剤における粒子PHRIの含有量は、特に限定されない。上記粒子PHRIの含有量は、目的とする屈折率に応じて異なり得る。例えば、上記粒子PHRIの含有量は、要求される粘着特性等を考慮して、所定以上の屈折率となるよう適切に設定され得る。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤における粒子PHRIの含有量は、例えば凡そ75重量%以下とすることができ、粘着特性や透明性の観点から凡そ50重量%以下としてもよく、凡そ30重量%以下としてもよい。粒子PHRIの含有量の下限は特に制限されず、例えば0重量%超であってよく、1重量%以上でもよく、5重量%以上でもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、粘着剤における粒子PHRIの含有量は、例えば10重量%未満であり、1重量%未満であってもよく、0.1重量%未満でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、粘着剤組成物が粒子PHRIを実質的に含まない態様で実施され得る。 The content of particle P HRI in the adhesive is not particularly limited. The content of the particles P HRI may vary depending on the desired refractive index. For example, the content of the particles P HRI can be appropriately set in consideration of required adhesive properties and the like so as to provide a refractive index of a predetermined value or higher. In some embodiments, the content of particle P HRI in the adhesive can be, for example, about 75% by weight or less, and may be about 50% by weight or less from the viewpoint of adhesive properties and transparency, and may be about 30% by weight. The following may be used. The lower limit of the content of particle P HRI is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, more than 0% by weight, 1% by weight or more, or 5% by weight or more. In some other embodiments, the content of particulate P HRI in the adhesive is, for example, less than 10% by weight, may be less than 1% by weight, and may be less than 0.1% by weight. The techniques disclosed herein can be practiced in such a manner that the adhesive composition is substantially free of particle P HRI .
 粘着剤における粒子PHRIの含有量は、該粘着剤に含まれるベースポリマーの量との相対的関係によっても特定され得る。粒子PHRIの含有量は、ベースポリマー100重量部に対して、例えば凡そ100重量部以下とすることができ、粘着特性や透明性の観点から凡そ60重量部以下としてもよく、凡そ40重量部以下としてもよい。粒子PHRIの含有量の下限は特に制限されず、例えば、ベースポリマー100重量部に対して0重量部超であってよく、1重量部以上でもよく、5重量部以上でもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、粒子PHRIの含有量は、ベースポリマー100重量部に対して、例えば30重量部未満であり、10重量部未満であってもよく、1重量部未満でもよく、0.1重量部未満でもよい。 The content of particulate P HRI in an adhesive can also be specified in relation to the amount of base polymer included in the adhesive. The content of the particle P HRI can be, for example, about 100 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer, and may be about 60 parts by weight or less from the viewpoint of adhesive properties and transparency, and may be about 40 parts by weight. The following may be used. The lower limit of the content of particle P HRI is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, more than 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight or more, or 5 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. In some other embodiments, the content of particle P HRI is, for example, less than 30 parts by weight, may be less than 10 parts by weight, may be less than 1 part by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer, It may be less than 0.1 part by weight.
 (その他の添加剤)
 その他、ここに開示される粘着剤または該粘着剤の形成に用いられる粘着剤組成物は、本発明の効果が著しく妨げられない範囲で、可塑剤、軟化剤、着色剤(染料、顔料等)、充填剤、帯電防止剤、老化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、光安定剤、防腐剤等の、粘着剤に用いられ得る公知の添加剤を、必要に応じて含んでいてもよい。このような各種添加剤については、従来公知のものを常法により使用することができ、特に本発明を特徴づけるものではないので、詳細な説明は省略する。
(Other additives)
In addition, the adhesive disclosed herein or the adhesive composition used to form the adhesive may contain plasticizers, softeners, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.) to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not significantly impaired. , fillers, antistatic agents, antiaging agents, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, preservatives, and other known additives that can be used in adhesives may be included as necessary. . Regarding such various additives, conventionally known ones can be used in a conventional manner, and since they do not particularly characterize the present invention, detailed explanations will be omitted.
 いくつかの態様に係る粘着剤は、25℃において液状の化合物の含有量が制限されている。これにより、ベースポリマー100重量部に対して所定量以上の添加剤(A)を含有させることによる効果(例えば、所望の凝集性や伸び変形性を維持しつつ、粘着剤を高屈折率化する効果)が好適に発揮されやすい。25℃において液状の化合物の含有量は、ベースポリマー100重量部に対して、例えば10重量部未満とすることが適当であり、5重量部未満とすることが好ましく、3重量部未満または1重量部未満とすることがより好ましい。25℃において液状の化合物を実質的に含まない粘着剤であってもよい。 The adhesive according to some embodiments has a limited content of liquid compounds at 25°C. As a result, the effect of containing a predetermined amount or more of the additive (A) with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer (for example, increasing the refractive index of the adhesive while maintaining the desired cohesiveness and elongation deformability) effect) is likely to be suitably demonstrated. The content of the compound that is liquid at 25°C is, for example, suitably less than 10 parts by weight, preferably less than 5 parts by weight, and less than 3 parts by weight or 1 part by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. More preferably, the amount is less than 1 part. The adhesive may be substantially free of compounds that are liquid at 25°C.
<粘着剤の特性>
 (屈折率)
 ここに開示される粘着剤の屈折率は、1.50以上であれば特に限定されず、目的に応じて(例えば、被着体の屈折率を考慮して)設定することができる。ここに開示される技術によると、かかる屈折率を有する粘着剤、該粘着剤を形成することのできる粘着剤組成物、および上記粘着剤を含む粘着シートが提供され得る。いくつかの態様において、上記粘着剤の屈折率は、例えば1.510以上であってもよく、1.520以上であってもよく、1.530以上でもよく、1.540以上でもよく、1.550以上または1.560以上(例えば1.570超)でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記粘着剤の屈折率は、1.575以上であってもよく、1.580以上でもよく、1.585以上でもよく、1.590以上でもよく、1.595以上でもよい。かかる屈折率を有する粘着剤によると、屈折率が高い材料に貼り付けられる使用態様において、被着体との界面における光線反射を好適に抑制し得る。粘着剤の屈折率の好ましい上限は、被着体の屈折率等に応じて異なり得るので特定の範囲に限定されず、例えば1.700以下であってよく、1.670以下でもよく、1.650以下でもよく、1.620以下でもよく、1.600以下でもよい。より柔軟性や低温性が重視されるいくつかの態様において、粘着剤の屈折率は、例えば1.595未満であってよく、1.590未満でもよく、1.580未満でもよく、1.570未満、1.560未満、1.550未満または1.540未満であってもよい。粘着剤の屈折率は、例えば、該粘着剤の組成(例えば、ベースポリマーの種類、モノマー成分の組成比、添加剤(A)の種類および使用量)によって調節することができる。
<Characteristics of adhesive>
(Refractive index)
The refractive index of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited as long as it is 1.50 or more, and can be set depending on the purpose (for example, in consideration of the refractive index of the adherend). According to the technology disclosed herein, a pressure-sensitive adhesive having such a refractive index, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition capable of forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be provided. In some embodiments, the refractive index of the adhesive may be, for example, 1.510 or more, 1.520 or more, 1.530 or more, 1.540 or more, 1. It may be .550 or more or 1.560 or more (for example, more than 1.570). In some preferred embodiments, the refractive index of the adhesive may be 1.575 or more, 1.580 or more, 1.585 or more, 1.590 or more, 1.595 or more. But that's fine. According to the pressure-sensitive adhesive having such a refractive index, light reflection at the interface with the adherend can be suitably suppressed in a usage mode in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive is attached to a material having a high refractive index. The preferable upper limit of the refractive index of the adhesive is not limited to a specific range because it may vary depending on the refractive index of the adherend, etc., and may be, for example, 1.700 or less, 1.670 or less, and 1. It may be 650 or less, 1.620 or less, or 1.600 or less. In some embodiments where flexibility and low-temperature properties are more important, the refractive index of the adhesive may be less than 1.595, less than 1.590, less than 1.580, or 1.570. less than 1.560, less than 1.550 or less than 1.540. The refractive index of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by the composition of the adhesive (eg, type of base polymer, composition ratio of monomer components, type and amount of additive (A) used).
 なお、本明細書において粘着剤の屈折率とは、該粘着剤の表面(粘着面)の屈折率をいう。粘着剤の屈折率は、プリズムカプラを用いて、測定温度25℃、測定波長594nmの条件で測定することができる。プリズムカプラとしては、市販の測定装置を用いることができ、例えばメトリコン社製のモデル「2010M」またはその相当品が用いられる。測定サンプルとしては、評価対象の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を用いることができる。粘着剤の屈折率は、具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。 Note that in this specification, the refractive index of an adhesive refers to the refractive index of the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive. The refractive index of the adhesive can be measured using a prism coupler under conditions of a measurement temperature of 25° C. and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm. As the prism coupler, a commercially available measuring device can be used, such as model "2010M" manufactured by Metricon or its equivalent. As the measurement sample, an adhesive layer made of the adhesive to be evaluated can be used. Specifically, the refractive index of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in Examples below.
 (貯蔵弾性率G’)
 ここに開示される技術によると、添加剤(A)による高屈折率化効果を享受しつつ、粘着剤の低弾性率化を実現し得る。特定の範囲に限定されるものではないが、粘着剤の25℃における貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)は、例えば1.0×10Pa以下であってよく、5.0×10Pa以下であってもよい。上記貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)を有する粘着剤は、室温付近からそれ以上の温度域において、適度な柔軟性を有し、例えば被着体に良好に密着し得る。上記貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)の下限は特に限定されず、例えば1.0×10Pa以上であってよく、5.0×10Pa以上であってもよい。上記貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)が所定値以上であることにより、粘着剤は、例えば室温付近から高温域において適度な凝集力を有するものとなりやすい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)は、2.0×10Pa未満であることが有利であり、1.5×10Pa未満であることが好ましく、1.2×10Pa未満であることがより好ましく、1.0×10Pa未満であってもよく、9.0×10Pa未満であってもよく、8.0×10Pa未満でもよく、7.0×10Pa未満でもよく、6.5×10Pa未満でもよく、6.0×10Pa未満でもよい。また、上記貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)は、好ましくは6.0×10Pa以上であり、8.0×10Pa以上であってもよく、1.0×10Pa以上であってもよく、1.2×10Pa以上でもよく、1.5×10Pa以上でもよく、2.0×10Pa以上でもよく、2.5×10Pa以上でもよく、3.5×10Pa以上でもよく、4.0×10Pa以上でもよい。上記範囲の貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)を有する粘着剤は、高屈折率と柔軟性とを両立し、繰返しの折曲げ操作に耐え得る柔軟性を有するものとなり得る。
(Storage modulus G')
According to the technology disclosed herein, it is possible to achieve a low elastic modulus of the adhesive while enjoying the effect of increasing the refractive index by the additive (A). Although not limited to a specific range, the storage modulus G' (25°C) of the adhesive at 25°C may be, for example, 1.0 x 10 6 Pa or less, and 5.0 x 10 5 Pa. It may be the following. The adhesive having the storage modulus G' (25° C.) has appropriate flexibility in the temperature range from around room temperature to higher, and can adhere well to an adherend, for example. The lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G' (25° C.) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1.0×10 3 Pa or more, or 5.0×10 3 Pa or more. When the storage modulus G' (25° C.) is at least a predetermined value, the adhesive tends to have appropriate cohesive strength, for example, in a high temperature range from around room temperature. In some preferred embodiments, the storage modulus G' (25° C.) of the adhesive is advantageously less than 2.0×10 5 Pa, preferably less than 1.5×10 5 Pa. , more preferably less than 1.2×10 5 Pa, may be less than 1.0×10 5 Pa, may be less than 9.0×10 4 Pa, and may be less than 8.0×10 4 It may be less than Pa, it may be less than 7.0×10 4 Pa, it may be less than 6.5×10 4 Pa, it may be less than 6.0×10 4 Pa. Further, the storage elastic modulus G' (25° C.) is preferably 6.0×10 3 Pa or more, may be 8.0×10 3 Pa or more, and may be 1.0×10 4 Pa or more. 1.2×10 4 Pa or more, 1.5×10 4 Pa or more, 2.0×10 4 Pa or more, 2.5×10 4 Pa or more, 3 The pressure may be .5×10 4 Pa or higher, or 4.0×10 4 Pa or higher. An adhesive having a storage modulus G' (25° C.) in the above range can have both a high refractive index and flexibility, and can have flexibility that can withstand repeated bending operations.
 ここに開示される粘着剤の60℃における貯蔵弾性率G’(60℃)は、特に限定されず、例えば1.0×10Pa未満であることが適当であり、好ましくは5.0×10Pa未満、より好ましくは2.0×10Pa未満であり、1.5×10Pa未満であってもよく、1.0×10Pa未満であってもよく、0.8×10Pa未満であってもよい。上記のように貯蔵弾性率G’(60℃)が制限された粘着剤は、高温域において良好な柔軟性を有する。上記貯蔵弾性率G’(60℃)の下限は特に限定されず、例えば5.0×10Pa以上であり、1.0×10Pa以上であることが適当であり、好ましくは2.0×10Pa以上、より好ましくは3.0×10Pa以上であり、5.0×10Pa以上であってもよい。上記貯蔵弾性率G’(60℃)を有する粘着剤は、高温域においても適度な凝集力を有し、耐熱性に優れる傾向があり、好ましい。 The storage modulus G' (60°C) of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and is suitably less than 1.0×10 6 Pa, preferably less than 5.0× less than 10 5 Pa, more preferably less than 2.0 x 10 5 Pa, may be less than 1.5 x 10 5 Pa, may be less than 1.0 x 10 5 Pa, 0.8 It may be less than ×10 4 Pa. The adhesive whose storage modulus G' (60° C.) is limited as described above has good flexibility in a high temperature range. The lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G' (60° C.) is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 5.0×10 2 Pa or more, suitably 1.0×10 3 Pa or more, preferably 2.0×10 3 Pa or more. It is 0×10 3 Pa or more, more preferably 3.0×10 3 Pa or more, and may be 5.0×10 3 Pa or more. An adhesive having the above storage modulus G' (60° C.) is preferable because it has a suitable cohesive force even in a high temperature range and tends to have excellent heat resistance.
 ここに開示される粘着剤の-20℃における貯蔵弾性率G’(-20℃)は、特に限定されず、例えば1.0×10Pa未満であってよく、2.0×10Pa未満であることが適当であり、1.5×10Pa以下であってもよく、1.0×10Pa以下であってもよく、5.0×10Pa以下でもよく、1.0×10Pa以下でもよく、5.0×10Pa以下でもよく、4.0×10Pa以下でもよく、3.0×10Pa以下でもよい。上記のように貯蔵弾性率G’(-20℃)が制限された粘着剤は、特に優れた柔軟性を有するものとなり得る。例えば、より低い温度域において良好な柔軟性を有し、低温域を含む広い温度域にて、繰返しの折曲げ操作に耐え得る柔軟性を有するものとなり得る。上記貯蔵弾性率G’(-20℃)の下限は特に限定されず、例えば5.0×10Pa以上であることが適当であり、好ましくは1.0×10Pa以上、より好ましくは5.0×10Pa以上であり、1.0×10Pa以上であってもよく、5.0×10Pa以上でもよく、1.0×10Pa以上でもよい。上記貯蔵弾性率G’(-20℃)を有する粘着剤は、柔軟性を有しつつ、適度な凝集力を備えるものとなり得る。また、上記貯蔵弾性率G’(-20℃)を有する粘着剤によると、低温域においても高屈折率と柔軟性とを両立しやすい傾向がある。 The storage modulus G' at -20°C (-20°C) of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, less than 1.0 x 10 9 Pa, and may be less than 2.0 x 10 8 Pa. It is suitable that the pressure is less than 1.5×10 8 Pa, may be less than 1.0×10 8 Pa, may be less than 5.0×10 7 Pa, and may be less than 1.5×10 8 Pa. It may be 0x10 7 Pa or less, 5.0x10 6 Pa or less, 4.0x10 6 Pa or less, or 3.0x10 6 Pa or less. An adhesive whose storage modulus G' (-20° C.) is limited as described above can have particularly excellent flexibility. For example, it may have good flexibility in a lower temperature range, and may have flexibility that can withstand repeated bending operations in a wide temperature range including a low temperature range. The lower limit of the storage modulus G' (-20°C) is not particularly limited, and is suitably 5.0 x 10 3 Pa or more, preferably 1.0 x 10 4 Pa or more, more preferably 1.0 x 10 4 Pa or more. It is 5.0×10 4 Pa or more, may be 1.0×10 5 Pa or more, may be 5.0×10 5 Pa or more, or may be 1.0×10 6 Pa or more. An adhesive having the above storage modulus G' (-20° C.) can have flexibility and appropriate cohesive strength. Furthermore, the pressure-sensitive adhesive having the storage elastic modulus G' (-20° C.) tends to have both a high refractive index and flexibility even in a low temperature range.
 (ガラス転移温度)
 粘着剤のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、特に限定されず、低温域での柔軟性や、高温域での凝集力(耐熱性等)を考慮して設定され得る。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤のTgは、例えば30℃以下であってよく、20℃以下であってもよく、10℃以下または5℃以下であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤のTgは、柔軟性の観点から、0℃以下であることが適当であり、より好ましくは-5℃以下、さらに好ましくは-10℃以下であり、-15℃以下(例えば-20℃以下)であってもよい。粘着剤のTgが低いほど、被着体との密着性など粘着特性にも優れる傾向がある。また、粘着剤のTgを低く設定することにより、Tgよりも高い温度域における弾性率の変化を抑制することができる。粘着剤のTgの下限は、例えば-50℃以上であり、-40℃以上であることが適当であり、-30℃以上であってもよい。上記Tgを有する粘着剤によると、適度な凝集力が得られやすい傾向がある。また、高屈折率と低弾性率とを両立した粘着剤を形成しやすい傾向がある。
(Glass-transition temperature)
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the adhesive is not particularly limited, and can be set in consideration of flexibility in a low temperature range and cohesive strength (heat resistance, etc.) in a high temperature range. In some embodiments, the Tg of the adhesive may be, for example, 30°C or less, 20°C or less, 10°C or less, or 5°C or less. In some preferred embodiments, from the viewpoint of flexibility, the Tg of the adhesive is suitably 0°C or lower, more preferably -5°C or lower, even more preferably -10°C or lower, and -15°C or lower. ℃ or lower (for example, -20℃ or lower). The lower the Tg of the adhesive, the better the adhesive properties such as adhesion to adherends tend to be. Furthermore, by setting the Tg of the adhesive low, it is possible to suppress changes in the elastic modulus in a temperature range higher than Tg. The lower limit of the Tg of the adhesive is, for example, -50°C or higher, suitably -40°C or higher, and may be -30°C or higher. According to the pressure-sensitive adhesive having the above-mentioned Tg, there is a tendency that an appropriate cohesive force is easily obtained. In addition, there is a tendency to easily form a pressure-sensitive adhesive that has both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus.
 上記各温度における粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’および粘着剤のガラス転移温度Tgは、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができ、その結果から各貯蔵弾性率比を算出することができる。粘着剤の各貯蔵弾性率G’、各貯蔵弾性率比およびガラス転移温度Tgは、例えば、ベースポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の組成の選択、添加剤(A)の種類や使用量の選択、架橋剤の使用有無、種類および使用量の選択、等により調節し得る。 The storage modulus G' of the adhesive and the glass transition temperature Tg of the adhesive at each of the above temperatures can be measured by the method described in the Examples below, and each storage modulus ratio can be calculated from the results. can. Each storage elastic modulus G', each storage elastic modulus ratio, and glass transition temperature Tg of the adhesive are determined by, for example, the selection of the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer, the selection of the type and amount of additive (A), and crosslinking. It can be adjusted by selecting whether or not the agent is used, its type, and the amount used.
 (破断時伸びE
 粘着剤の破断時伸びEは、特に限定されず、例えば200%以上10000%以下の範囲であり得る。柔軟性や伸び変形性の観点から、いくつかの態様において、破断時伸びEは、例えば300%以上であってよく、400%以上であることが有利であり、500%以上であることが好ましく、750%以上であることがより好ましく、1000%以上であることがさらに好ましい。より伸び変形性を重視するいくつかの態様において、粘着剤の破断時伸びEは、1250%以上であることが好ましく、1500%以上であることがより好ましく、1750%以上であってもよく、2000%以上であってもよく、2250%以上、2500%以上、3000%以上、4000%以上または5000%以上であってもよい。また、他の特性との両立容易性や、粘着剤または該粘着剤を有する粘着シートの加工性や取扱い性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤の破断時伸びEは、9000%以下であることが適当であり、8000%以下であることが有利であり、7000%以下であることが好ましく、6000%以下であることがより好ましく、5500%以下であってもよく、5000%以下であってもよく、4500%以下であってもよく、4000%以下であってもよく、3500%以下であってもよい。粘着剤の破断時伸びEは、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。粘着剤の破断時伸びEは、例えば、ベースポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の組成の選択、添加剤の種類や使用量の選択、架橋剤の使用有無、種類および使用量の選択、等により調節し得る。
(Elongation at break EB )
The elongation at break E B of the adhesive is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, in the range of 200% or more and 10000% or less. From the viewpoint of flexibility and elongation deformability, in some embodiments, the elongation at break E B may be, for example, 300% or more, advantageously 400% or more, and preferably 500% or more. It is preferably 750% or more, more preferably 1000% or more. In some embodiments where elongation deformability is more important, the elongation at break E B of the adhesive is preferably 1250% or more, more preferably 1500% or more, and may be 1750% or more. , 2000% or more, 2250% or more, 2500% or more, 3000% or more, 4000% or more, or 5000% or more. Further, from the viewpoint of compatibility with other properties, processability and handling of the adhesive or the adhesive sheet containing the adhesive, in some embodiments, the elongation at break of the adhesive E B is 9000. % or less, advantageously 8000% or less, preferably 7000% or less, more preferably 6000% or less, may be 5500% or less, 5000% or less % or less, 4500% or less, 4000% or less, or 3500% or less. The elongation at break E B of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in Examples below. The elongation at break E B of the adhesive can be adjusted by, for example, selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer, selecting the type and amount of additives used, and selecting whether or not to use a crosslinking agent, and selecting the type and amount used. It is possible.
 (比(G’(25℃)/E))
 ここに開示される粘着剤のいくつかの態様において、上記破断時伸びEに対する上記貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)の比、すなわち比(G’(25℃)/E)は、450以下であることが適当であり、300以下であることが有利であり、200以下であることが好ましく、100以下であることがより好ましく、50以下であることがさらに好ましい。上記比(G’(25℃)/E)は、粘着剤の25℃における貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)を「Pa」の単位で表したときの数値部分と、該粘着剤の破断時伸びEを「%」の単位で表したときの数値部分と、から算出される無次元数である。貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)がより高い(硬い)こと、および、破断時伸びEがより小さいことは、いずれも、上記比(G’(25℃)/E)の値をより大きくする要因である。例えば、脆い材料や弱い(凝集力が低い)材料は、伸び変形に対して千切れやすく、破断時伸びEの値が小さくなる傾向にある。一方、貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)をより低くすること、および、破断時伸びEをより大きくすることは、いずれも、上記比(G’(25℃)/E)に対して、該比の値をより小さくする方向への影響を与える。上記比(G’(25℃)/E)が所定以下に制限された粘着剤は、適度な柔軟性および適度な伸び変形性(千切れにくさ)によって良好なしなやかさを示す。したがって、所定以上の屈折率を有しつつ、上記比(G’(25℃)/E)が上記範囲にある粘着剤は、高屈折率としなやかさとを両立する観点から好ましい。上記しなやかさを有する粘着剤は、例えば、繰り返して折り曲げられることが想定される用途にも適したものとなり得る。より良好なしなやかさを実現する観点から、いくつかの態様において、比(G’(25℃)/E)は、好ましくは40以下(例えば35以下)であり、より好ましくは30以下であり、25以下、20以下、15以下または10以下であってもよい。上記比(G’(25℃)/E)の下限は特に制限されない。いくつかの態様において、他の特性(例えば、光学特性、高温特性、低温特性等)とのバランスを考慮して、上記比(G’(25℃)/E)は、例えば0.5以上であってよく、1以上であってもよく、2以上でもよく、3以上でもよく、5以上でもよく、10以上でもよく、15以上または20以上でもよい。
(Ratio (G'(25℃)/E B ))
In some embodiments of the adhesive disclosed herein, the ratio of the storage modulus G'(25°C) to the elongation at break E B , that is, the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is 450 Suitably, it is below 300, advantageously below 200, more preferably below 100, even more preferably below 50. The above ratio (G'(25℃)/E B ) is the numerical value when the storage elastic modulus G'(25℃) of the adhesive at 25℃ is expressed in the unit of "Pa" and the rupture of the adhesive. It is a dimensionless number calculated from the numerical part when time elongation E and B are expressed in units of "%". Higher (harder) storage modulus G'(25°C) and smaller elongation at break E B both make the value of the above ratio (G'(25°C)/ EB This is a factor that makes it larger. For example, a brittle material or a weak (low cohesive force) material tends to tear apart due to elongation deformation, and the value of elongation at break E B tends to be small. On the other hand, lowering the storage modulus G'(25°C) and increasing the elongation at break E B both result in lower storage modulus G'(25°C)/ EB , gives an influence in the direction of making the value of the ratio smaller. An adhesive in which the above ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is limited to a predetermined value or less exhibits good flexibility due to appropriate flexibility and appropriate elongation deformability (resistance to tearing). Therefore, an adhesive having a refractive index higher than a predetermined value and the above ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) within the above range is preferable from the viewpoint of achieving both a high refractive index and flexibility. The above-mentioned flexible pressure-sensitive adhesive may be suitable for applications where it is expected to be repeatedly bent, for example. In some embodiments, the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is preferably 40 or less (for example, 35 or less), and more preferably 30 or less, from the viewpoint of achieving better suppleness. , 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, or 10 or less. The lower limit of the above ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the above ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is, for example, 0.5 or more, considering the balance with other properties (e.g., optical properties, high temperature properties, low temperature properties, etc.). The number may be 1 or more, 2 or more, 3 or more, 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, or 20 or more.
<粘着シート>
 この明細書により、粘着剤層を有する粘着シートが提供される。上記粘着剤層を構成する粘着剤は、ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤(例えば、該粘着剤組成物の硬化物)であり得る。
 上記粘着シートは、非剥離性の基材(支持基材)の片面または両面に上記粘着剤層を有する形態の基材付き粘着シートであってもよく、上記粘着剤層が剥離ライナーに保持された形態等の基材レスの粘着シート(すなわち、非剥離性の基材を有しない粘着シート。典型的には粘着剤層からなる粘着シート)であってもよい。ここでいう粘着シートの概念には、粘着テープ、粘着ラベル、粘着フィルム等と称されるものが包含され得る。ここに開示される粘着シートは、ロール状であってもよく、枚葉状であってもよい。あるいは、さらに種々の形状に加工された形態の粘着シートであってもよい。
<Adhesive sheet>
This specification provides a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The adhesive constituting the adhesive layer may be an adhesive formed from any of the adhesive compositions disclosed herein (for example, a cured product of the adhesive composition).
The adhesive sheet may be a base-attached adhesive sheet having the adhesive layer on one or both sides of a non-peelable base material (supporting base material), and the adhesive layer is held by a release liner. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet without a base material (that is, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet without a non-peelable base material; typically a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) may be used. The concept of adhesive sheet here may include what is called an adhesive tape, an adhesive label, an adhesive film, and the like. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a roll or a sheet. Alternatively, the adhesive sheet may be further processed into various shapes.
 両面粘着タイプの基材レス粘着シート(基材レス両面粘着シート)の構成例を図1,2に示す。図1に示す粘着シート1は、基材レスの粘着剤層21の両面21A,21Bが、少なくとも該粘着剤層側が剥離面となっている剥離ライナー31,32によってそれぞれ保護された構成を有する。図2に示す粘着シート2は、基材レスの粘着剤層21の一方の表面(粘着面)21Aが、両面が剥離面となっている剥離ライナー31により保護された構成を有し、これを巻回すると、粘着剤層21の他方の表面(粘着面)21Bが剥離ライナー31の背面に当接することにより、他面21Bもまた剥離ライナー31で保護された構成とできるようになっている。ここに開示される技術は、繰り返し折り曲げられるような被着体に追従する柔軟性の観点から、粘着剤層からなる基材レス粘着シートの形態で好ましく実施される。上記基材レス粘着シートは、例えば粘着シートの厚さを小さくする観点や、粘着シートの透明性を高める観点からも好ましい。 An example of the configuration of a double-sided adhesive type base material-less adhesive sheet (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) is shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. The adhesive sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 has a structure in which both surfaces 21A and 21B of the adhesive layer 21 without a base material are protected by release liners 31 and 32, respectively, with at least the adhesive layer side serving as a release surface. The adhesive sheet 2 shown in FIG. 2 has a structure in which one surface (adhesive surface) 21A of the adhesive layer 21 without a base material is protected by a release liner 31 whose both surfaces are release surfaces. When wound, the other surface (adhesive surface) 21B of the adhesive layer 21 comes into contact with the back surface of the release liner 31, so that the other surface 21B can also be protected by the release liner 31. The technique disclosed herein is preferably implemented in the form of a base material-less adhesive sheet consisting of an adhesive layer from the viewpoint of flexibility that follows an adherend that is repeatedly folded. The above-mentioned base material-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferable also from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and increasing the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
 ここに開示される粘着シートは、例えば、図3に模式的に示される断面構造を有するものであり得る。図3に示す粘着シート3は、支持基材10と、その支持基材10の第1面10Aおよび第2面10Bにそれぞれ支持された第1粘着剤層21および第2粘着剤層22とを備える。第1面10Aおよび第2面10Bは、いずれも非剥離性の表面(非剥離面)である。粘着シート3は、第1粘着剤層21の表面(第1粘着面)21Aおよび第2粘着剤層22の表面(第2粘着面)22Aをそれぞれ被着体に貼り付けて使用される。すなわち、粘着シート3は両面粘着シート(両面接着性の粘着シート)として構成されている。使用前の粘着シート3は、第1粘着面21Aおよび第2粘着面22Aが、少なくとも該粘着剤面側が剥離性を有する表面(剥離面)となっている剥離ライナー31,32によってそれぞれ保護された構成を有している。あるいは、剥離ライナー32を省略して、剥離ライナー31として両面が剥離面となっているものを使用し、粘着シート3を巻回して第2粘着面22Aを剥離ライナー31の裏面に当接させることにより、第2粘着面22Aもまた剥離ライナー31によって保護された構成としてもよい。 The adhesive sheet disclosed herein may have a cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. 3, for example. The adhesive sheet 3 shown in FIG. 3 includes a support base material 10 and a first adhesive layer 21 and a second adhesive layer 22 supported on the first surface 10A and second surface 10B of the support base material 10, respectively. Be prepared. The first surface 10A and the second surface 10B are both non-peeling surfaces (non-peeling surfaces). The adhesive sheet 3 is used by attaching the surface (first adhesive surface) 21A of the first adhesive layer 21 and the surface (second adhesive surface) 22A of the second adhesive layer 22 to an adherend. That is, the adhesive sheet 3 is configured as a double-sided adhesive sheet (adhesive sheet with adhesive properties on both sides). In the adhesive sheet 3 before use, the first adhesive surface 21A and the second adhesive surface 22A are each protected by release liners 31 and 32, in which at least the adhesive surface side is a surface having releasability (release surface). It has a structure. Alternatively, the release liner 32 may be omitted, and a release liner 31 having release surfaces on both sides may be used, and the adhesive sheet 3 may be wound to bring the second adhesive surface 22A into contact with the back surface of the release liner 31. Accordingly, the second adhesive surface 22A may also be protected by the release liner 31.
 ここに開示される技術は、部材(例えば光学部材)の固定や接合のため、上述の基材レスまたは基材付き両面粘着シートの形態で好ましく実施される。あるいは、ここに開示される粘着シートは、特に図示しないが、非剥離性の基材(支持基材)の片面のみに粘着剤層を有する基材付き片面粘着シートの形態であってもよい。片面粘着シートの形態の例として、図3に示す構成において第1粘着剤層21および第2粘着剤層22のいずれか一方を有しない形態が挙げられる。 The technology disclosed herein is preferably implemented in the form of the above-mentioned double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet without a base material or with a base material for fixing and joining members (for example, optical members). Alternatively, although not particularly shown, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a single-sided adhesive sheet with a base material, which has an adhesive layer on only one side of a non-peelable base material (supporting base material). An example of the form of a single-sided adhesive sheet is a form in which the structure shown in FIG. 3 does not include either the first adhesive layer 21 or the second adhesive layer 22.
 (粘着剤層)
 ここに開示される粘着シートの粘着剤層は、粘着剤組成物を適当な表面に付与(例えば塗布)した後、該組成物を硬化させることにより形成され得る。粘着剤組成物の塗布は、例えば、グラビアロールコーター、リバースロールコーター、キスロールコーター、ディップロールコーター、バーコーター、ナイフコーター、スプレーコーター等の慣用のコーターを用いて実施することができる。
(Adhesive layer)
The adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be formed by applying (for example, coating) an adhesive composition to a suitable surface and then curing the composition. The adhesive composition can be applied using a conventional coater such as a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a kiss roll coater, a dip roll coater, a bar coater, a knife coater, and a spray coater.
 粘着剤層の厚さは特に限定されず、例えば3μm以上とすることができる。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、例えば5μm以上であることが適当であり、10μm以上であってもよく、15μm以上でもよく、20μm以上でもよく、30μm以上でもよく、50μm以上でもよく、70μm以上または85μm以上でもよい。粘着剤層の厚さの増大により、粘着力は上昇する傾向にある。また、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、例えば300μm以下であってよく、250μm以下でもよく、200μm以下でもよく、150μm以下でもよく、120μm以下でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは100μm以下であり、より好ましくは75μm以下、さらに好ましくは70μm以下であり、50μm以下であってもよく、30μm以下でもよい。粘着剤層の厚さが大きすぎないことは、粘着シートの薄型化等の観点から有利となり得る。また、薄厚の粘着剤層は、被着体への追従性に優れる傾向がある。ここに開示される技術は、例えば、粘着剤層の厚さが3μm~200μm(より好ましくは5μm~100μm、さらに好ましくは5μm~75μm)の範囲となる態様で好ましく実施され得る。なお、基材の第1面および第2面に第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層を有する粘着シートの場合、上述した粘着剤層の厚さは、少なくとも第1粘着剤層の厚さに適用され得る。第2粘着剤層の厚さも同様の範囲から選択され得る。また、基材レスの粘着シートの場合、該粘着シートの厚さは粘着剤層の厚さと一致する。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, 3 μm or more. In some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer is suitably 5 μm or more, for example, 10 μm or more, 15 μm or more, 20 μm or more, 30 μm or more, 50 μm or more. It may be 70 μm or more or 85 μm or more. Adhesive strength tends to increase as the thickness of the adhesive layer increases. Further, in some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 300 μm or less, 250 μm or less, 200 μm or less, 150 μm or less, or 120 μm or less. In some preferred embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer is 100 μm or less, more preferably 75 μm or less, even more preferably 70 μm or less, may be 50 μm or less, or may be 30 μm or less. It may be advantageous that the thickness of the adhesive layer is not too large from the viewpoint of making the adhesive sheet thinner. Moreover, a thin adhesive layer tends to have excellent followability to an adherend. The technology disclosed herein can be preferably carried out, for example, in an embodiment in which the thickness of the adhesive layer is in the range of 3 μm to 200 μm (more preferably 5 μm to 100 μm, still more preferably 5 μm to 75 μm). In addition, in the case of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the first and second surfaces of the base material, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer described above is at least the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. can be applied to The thickness of the second adhesive layer may also be selected from a similar range. Further, in the case of a base material-less adhesive sheet, the thickness of the adhesive sheet matches the thickness of the adhesive layer.
 (ヘイズ値)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着シートを構成する粘着剤層のヘイズ値(単に「ヘイズ」ということもある。)は、例えば5.0%以下であってよく、3.0%以下であることが好ましく、2.0%以下であることがより好ましく、1.0%以下であることがさらに好ましく、0.9%以下でもよく、0.8%以下でもよく、0.5%以下でもよく、0.3%以下でもよい。このように透明性の高い粘着剤層を有する粘着シートは、基材を有する構成または有しない構成において、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。粘着剤層のヘイズ値の下限は特に制限されず、透明性向上の観点からはヘイズ値は小さいほど好ましい。一方、いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、ヘイズ値は、例えば0.05%以上であってよく、0.10%以上でもよい。粘着剤層に関するこれらのヘイズ値は、ここに開示される技術を基材レス粘着シート(典型的には、粘着剤層からなる粘着シート)の形態で実施する場合における該粘着シートのヘイズ値にも好ましく適用され得る。
(Haze value)
In some embodiments, the haze value (sometimes simply referred to as "haze") of the adhesive layer constituting the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5.0% or less, and may be 3.0% or less. Preferably, it is 2.0% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, 0.9% or less, 0.8% or less, 0.5% or less, It may be 0.3% or less. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is used for applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications), with or without a base material, and for attaching an adherend through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. It can be preferably applied to applications that require good visual recognition performance. The lower limit of the haze value of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the more preferable. On the other hand, in some embodiments, the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or 0.10% or more, taking into consideration the refractive index and adhesive properties. These haze values regarding the adhesive layer correspond to the haze value of the adhesive sheet when the technology disclosed herein is implemented in the form of a substrate-less adhesive sheet (typically, an adhesive sheet consisting of an adhesive layer). may also be preferably applied.
 ここで「ヘイズ値」とは、測定対象に可視光を照射したときの、全透過光に対する拡散透過光の割合をいう。くもり価ともいう。ヘイズ値は、以下の式で表すことができる。
   Th(%)=Td/Tt×100
 上記式において、Thはヘイズ値(%)であり、Tdは散乱光透過率、Ttは全光透過率である。ヘイズ値の測定は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従って行うことができる。粘着剤層のヘイズ値は、例えば、該粘着剤層の組成や厚さ等の選択によって調節することができる。
Here, the "haze value" refers to the ratio of diffusely transmitted light to the total transmitted light when visible light is irradiated onto the measurement target. Also called cloudiness value. The haze value can be expressed by the following formula.
Th(%)=Td/Tt×100
In the above formula, Th is the haze value (%), Td is the scattered light transmittance, and Tt is the total light transmittance. The haze value can be measured according to the method described in Examples below. The haze value of the adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the adhesive layer.
 いくつかの態様において、粘着シートのヘイズ値は、例えば10.0%以下であってよく、5.0%以下であることが好ましく、3.0%以下であることがより好ましく、2.0%以下であることがさらに好ましく、1.7%以下でもよく、1.5%以下でもよく、1.2%以下でもよく、1.0%以下でもよく、0.8%以下でもよい。このように透明性の高い粘着シートは、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。粘着シートのヘイズ値の下限は特に制限されず、透明性向上の観点からはヘイズ値は小さいほど好ましい。一方、いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、ヘイズ値は、例えば0.05%以上であってよく、0.1%以上であってもよく、0.2%以上でもよく、0.3%以上でもよい。粘着シートのヘイズ値は、上記粘着剤層のヘイズ値の測定と同様の方法で測定することができる。粘着シートの上記ヘイズ値は、上述した粘着剤層の組成等や、基材を有する構成においては基材種や基材厚さの選択によって得ることができる。 In some embodiments, the haze value of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 10.0% or less, preferably 5.0% or less, more preferably 3.0% or less, and 2.0% or less. % or less, and may be 1.7% or less, 1.5% or less, 1.2% or less, 1.0% or less, or 0.8% or less. Adhesive sheets with such high transparency can be preferably applied to applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) and applications that require good visibility of adherends through the adhesive sheet. The lower limit of the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value is, the more preferable it is. On the other hand, in some embodiments, the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, 0.1% or more, or 0.2% or more, taking into account the refractive index and adhesive properties. Often, it may be 0.3% or more. The haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be measured in the same manner as the measurement of the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer described above, and the type and thickness of the base material in the case of a structure including a base material.
 (全光線透過率)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の全光線透過率は、85.0%以上(例えば、88.0%以上、90.0%以上、または90.0%超)であることが好ましい。このように透明性の高い粘着剤層を有する粘着シートは、基材を有する構成または有しない構成において、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。全光線透過率の上限は、実用上、例えば凡そ98%以下であってよく、凡そ96%以下でもよく、凡そ95%以下でもよい。いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、粘着剤層の全光線透過率は、凡そ94%以下でもよく、凡そ93%以下でもよく、凡そ92%以下でもよい。全光線透過率は、JIS K 7136:2000に準拠して、市販の透過率計を使用して測定される。透過率計としては、村上色彩技術研究所製の商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」またはその相当品が用いられる。全光線透過率は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従って測定することができる。粘着剤層の全光線透過率は、例えば、該粘着剤層の組成や厚さ等の選択によって調節することができる。
(Total light transmittance)
In some embodiments, the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer is preferably 85.0% or more (for example, 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more, or more than 90.0%). A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is used for applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications), with or without a base material, and for attaching an adherend through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. It can be preferably applied to applications that require good visual recognition performance. In practical terms, the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, about 98% or less, about 96% or less, or about 95% or less. In some embodiments, the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer may be approximately 94% or less, approximately 93% or less, or approximately 92% or less, taking into account the refractive index and adhesive properties. The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Institute or its equivalent product is used. The total light transmittance can be measured according to the method described in Examples below. The total light transmittance of the adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the adhesive layer.
 いくつかの態様において、粘着シートの全光線透過率は、85.0%以上(例えば、88.0%以上、90.0%以上、または90.0%超)であることが好ましい。このように透明性の高い粘着シートは、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。全光線透過率の上限は、実用上、例えば凡そ98%以下であってよく、凡そ96%以下でもよく、凡そ95%以下でもよい。いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、粘着シートの全光線透過率は、凡そ94%以下でもよく、凡そ93%以下でもよく、凡そ92%以下でもよい。粘着シートの全光線透過率は、上記粘着剤層の全光線透過率の測定と同様の方法で測定することができる。粘着シートの全光線透過率は、上述した粘着剤層の組成等や、基材を有する構成においては基材種や基材厚さの選択によって得ることができる。 In some embodiments, the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet is preferably 85.0% or more (for example, 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more, or more than 90.0%). Adhesive sheets with such high transparency can be preferably applied to applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) and applications that require good visibility of adherends through the adhesive sheet. In practical terms, the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, about 98% or less, about 96% or less, or about 95% or less. In some embodiments, the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet may be about 94% or less, about 93% or less, or about 92% or less, taking into account the refractive index and adhesive properties. The total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be measured in the same manner as the measurement of the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer described above, and the type and thickness of the base material in the case of a structure including a base material.
 (剥離強度)
 粘着シートのガラス板に対する剥離強度は、特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、粘着シートは、ガラス板に対する剥離強度(対ガラス板剥離強度)が、例えば0.1N/25mm以上であり、0.5N/25mm以上であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記ガラス板に対する剥離強度は、1.0N/25mm以上であり、より好ましくは1.5N/25mm以上、さらに好ましくは2.0N/25mm以上であり、3.0N/25mm以上であってもよく、5.0N/25mm以上であってもよく、6.0N/25mm以上、7.0N/25mm以上、8.0N/25mm以上、9.0N/25mm以上または10N/25mm以上であってもよい。対ガラス板剥離強度が所定値以上である粘着シートは、例えばガラス製部材等の接合や固定に好適である。上記剥離強度の上限は特に制限されず、例えば30N/25mm以下、25N/25mm以下または20N/25mm以下であり得る。
(Peel strength)
The peel strength of the adhesive sheet to the glass plate is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the adhesive sheet has a peel strength against a glass plate (peel strength against a glass plate) of, for example, 0.1 N/25 mm or more, and may be 0.5 N/25 mm or more. In some preferred embodiments, the peel strength against the glass plate is 1.0 N/25 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 N/25 mm or more, even more preferably 2.0 N/25 mm or more, and 3.0 N/25 mm or more. It may be 25 mm or more, 5.0 N/25 mm or more, 6.0 N/25 mm or more, 7.0 N/25 mm or more, 8.0 N/25 mm or more, 9.0 N/25 mm or more, or 10 N/25 mm or more. It may be 25 mm or more. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a peel strength against a glass plate of a predetermined value or more is suitable for joining or fixing, for example, glass members. The upper limit of the peel strength is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 N/25 mm or less, 25 N/25 mm or less, or 20 N/25 mm or less.
 ここで、上記剥離強度は、被着体としてのアルカリガラス板に圧着して23℃、50%RHの環境で30分間放置した後、剥離角度180度、引張速度300mm/分の条件で剥離強度を測定することにより把握される。測定にあたっては、必要に応じて、測定対象の粘着シートに適切な裏打ち材(例えば、厚さ25μm程度~50μm程度のポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム)を貼り付けて補強することができる。剥離強度は、より具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法に準じて測定することができる。 Here, the above peel strength is measured after being pressure-bonded to an alkali glass plate as an adherend and left for 30 minutes in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH, and then at a peel angle of 180 degrees and a tensile speed of 300 mm/min. It can be understood by measuring. In the measurement, if necessary, the adhesive sheet to be measured can be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material (for example, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of about 25 μm to about 50 μm). More specifically, the peel strength can be measured according to the method described in the Examples below.
 (粘着シートの厚さ)
 ここに開示される粘着シート(基材レス粘着シートまたは基材付き粘着シート)の厚さは、例えば1000μm以下であってよく、350μm以下でもよく、200μm以下でもよく、120μm以下でもよく、75μm以下でもよく、50μm以下でもよい。また、粘着シートの厚さは、取扱い性等の観点から、例えば5μm以上であってもよく、10μm以上でもよく、25μm以上でもよく、30μm以上でもよく、40μm以上でもよく、80μm以上でもよく、130μm以上でもよい。
 なお、粘着シートの厚さとは、被着体に貼り付けられる部分の厚さをいう。例えば図3に示す構成の粘着シート3では、第1粘着面21Aから第2粘着面22Aまでの厚さを指し、剥離ライナー31,32の厚さは含まない。
(thickness of adhesive sheet)
The thickness of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein (substrate-less adhesive sheet or adhesive sheet with base material) may be, for example, 1000 μm or less, 350 μm or less, 200 μm or less, 120 μm or less, or 75 μm or less. The thickness may be 50 μm or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of handleability, the thickness of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5 μm or more, 10 μm or more, 25 μm or more, 30 μm or more, 40 μm or more, 80 μm or more, It may be 130 μm or more.
Note that the thickness of the adhesive sheet refers to the thickness of the portion to be attached to the adherend. For example, in the adhesive sheet 3 having the configuration shown in FIG. 3, the thickness refers to the thickness from the first adhesive surface 21A to the second adhesive surface 22A, and does not include the thickness of the release liners 31 and 32.
<支持基材>
 いくつかの態様に係る粘着シートは、支持基材の片面または両面に粘着剤層を備える基材付き粘着シートの形態であり得る。支持基材の材質は特に限定されず、粘着シートの使用目的や使用態様等に応じて適宜選択することができる。使用し得る基材の非限定的な例として、ポリプロピレン(PP)やエチレン-プロピレン共重合体等のポリオレフィンを主成分とするポリオレフィンフィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)等のポリエステルを主成分とするポリエステルフィルム、ポリ塩化ビニルを主成分とするポリ塩化ビニルフィルム等のプラスチックフィルム;ポリウレタンフォーム、ポリエチレン(PE)フォーム、ポリクロロプレンフォーム等の発泡体からなる発泡体シート;各種の繊維状物質(麻、綿等の天然繊維、ポリエステル、ビニロン等の合成繊維、アセテート等の半合成繊維、等であり得る。)の単独または混紡等による織布および不織布;和紙、上質紙、クラフト紙、クレープ紙等の紙類;アルミニウム箔、銅箔等の金属箔;等が挙げられる。これらを複合した構成の基材であってもよい。このような複合基材の例として、例えば、金属箔と上記プラスチックフィルムとが積層した構造の基材、ガラスクロス等の無機繊維で強化されたプラスチック基材等が挙げられる。
<Support base material>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to some embodiments may be in the form of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a base material, which includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on one or both sides of a supporting base material. The material of the support base material is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose and manner of use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. Non-limiting examples of substrates that can be used include polyolefin films based on polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP) and ethylene-propylene copolymers, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), and polyethylene terephthalate (PET). Plastic films such as polyester films whose main component is polyester such as phthalate (PEN), and polyvinyl chloride films whose main component is polyvinyl chloride; consisting of foams such as polyurethane foam, polyethylene (PE) foam, and polychloroprene foam. Foam sheets; Woven and non-woven fabrics made of various fibrous materials (can be natural fibers such as hemp and cotton, synthetic fibers such as polyester and vinylon, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate, etc.) alone or in combination; Examples include papers such as Japanese paper, high-quality paper, kraft paper, and crepe paper; metal foils such as aluminum foil and copper foil; and the like. A base material having a composite structure of these materials may also be used. Examples of such composite base materials include base materials having a structure in which metal foil and the above-mentioned plastic film are laminated, and plastic base materials reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth.
 いくつかの態様において、各種のフィルム基材を好ましく用いることができる。上記フィルム基材は、発泡体フィルムや不織布シート等のように多孔質の基材であってもよく、非多孔質の基材であってもよく、多孔質の層と非多孔質の層とが積層した構造の基材であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記フィルム基材としては、独立して形状維持可能な(自立型の、あるいは非依存性の)樹脂フィルムをベースフィルムとして含むものを好ましく用いることができる。ここで「樹脂フィルム」とは、非多孔質の構造であって、典型的には実質的に気泡を含まない(ボイドレスの)樹脂フィルムを意味する。したがって、上記樹脂フィルムは、発泡体フィルムや不織布とは区別される概念である。上記樹脂フィルムとしては、独立して形状維持可能な(自立型の、あるいは非依存性の)ものが好ましく用いられ得る。上記樹脂フィルムは、単層構造であってもよく、2層以上の多層構造(例えば、3層構造)であってもよい。 In some embodiments, various film base materials can be preferably used. The film base material may be a porous base material such as a foam film or a non-woven fabric sheet, or a non-porous base material, and may have a porous layer and a non-porous layer. The base material may have a laminated structure. In some embodiments, the film base material may preferably include a base film that includes a (self-supporting or independent) resin film that can maintain its shape independently. Here, the term "resin film" refers to a resin film that has a non-porous structure and typically is substantially void-free. Therefore, the resin film is a concept that is distinguished from foam films and nonwoven fabrics. As the resin film, one that can maintain its shape independently (self-supporting or independent) can be preferably used. The resin film may have a single layer structure or a multilayer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three layer structure).
 樹脂フィルムを構成する樹脂材料としては、例えば、ポリエステル;ポリオレフィン;ノルボルネン構造等の脂肪族環構造を有するモノマーに由来するポリシクロオレフィン;ナイロン6、ナイロン66、部分芳香族ポリアミド等のポリアミド(PA);透明ポリイミド(CPI)等のポリイミド(PI);ポリアミドイミド(PAI);ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK);ポリエーテルスルホン(PES);ポリフェニレンサルファイド(PPS);ポリカーボネート(PC);ポリウレタン(PU);エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体(EVA);ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂;アクリル樹脂;トリアセチルセルロース(TAC)等のセルロース系ポリマー;ポリアリレート;ポリスチレン;ポリ塩化ビニル;ポリ塩化ビニリデン;等の樹脂を用いることができる。 Examples of the resin material constituting the resin film include polyester; polyolefin; polycycloolefin derived from a monomer having an aliphatic ring structure such as norbornene structure; polyamide (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, and partially aromatic polyamide. Polyimide (PI) such as transparent polyimide (CPI); Polyamideimide (PAI); Polyetheretherketone (PEEK); Polyethersulfone (PES); Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); Polycarbonate (PC); Polyurethane (PU); Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); Fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); Acrylic resin; Cellulose polymer such as triacetyl cellulose (TAC); Polyarylate; Polystyrene; Polyvinyl chloride; Polyvinylidene chloride Resins such as; can be used.
 上記樹脂フィルムは、このような樹脂の1種を単独で含む樹脂材料を用いて形成されたものであってもよく、2種以上がブレンドされた樹脂材料を用いて形成されたものであってもよい。上記樹脂フィルムは、無延伸であってもよく、延伸(例えば一軸延伸または二軸延伸)されたものであってもよい。例えば、PETフィルム、PBTフィルム、PENフィルム、無延伸ポリプロピレン(CPP)フィルム、二軸延伸ポリプロピレン(OPP)フィルム、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)フィルム、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)フィルム、PP/PEブレンドフィルム、シクロオレフィンポリマー(COP)フィルム、CPIフィルム、TACフィルム等が好ましく用いられ得る。強度や寸法安定性の観点から好ましい樹脂フィルムの例として、PETフィルム、PENフィルム、PPSフィルムおよびPEEKフィルムが挙げられる。入手容易性等の観点からPETフィルムおよびPPSフィルムが特に好ましく、なかでもPETフィルムが好ましい。 The resin film may be formed using a resin material containing only one type of such resin, or may be formed using a resin material that is a blend of two or more types of resin. Good too. The resin film may be unstretched or may be stretched (for example, uniaxially or biaxially stretched). For example, PET film, PBT film, PEN film, unoriented polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially oriented polypropylene (OPP) film, low density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) film, PP/PE Blend films, cycloolefin polymer (COP) films, CPI films, TAC films, etc. can be preferably used. Examples of resin films preferable from the viewpoint of strength and dimensional stability include PET film, PEN film, PPS film, and PEEK film. PET film and PPS film are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of availability, and PET film is particularly preferred.
 樹脂フィルムには、本発明の効果が著しく妨げられない範囲で、光安定剤、酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤、着色剤(染料、顔料等)、充填材、スリップ剤、アンチブロッキング剤等の公知の添加剤を、必要に応じて配合することができる。添加剤の配合量は特に限定されず、粘着シートの用途等に応じて適宜設定することができる。 The resin film may contain known substances such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, anti-blocking agents, etc., to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not significantly impaired. Additives may be added as necessary. The blending amount of the additive is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set depending on the use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
 樹脂フィルムの製造方法は特に限定されない。例えば、押出成形、インフレーション成形、Tダイキャスト成形、カレンダーロール成形等の、従来公知の一般的な樹脂フィルム成形方法を適宜採用することができる。 The method for producing the resin film is not particularly limited. For example, conventionally known general resin film forming methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting molding, and calender roll molding can be appropriately employed.
 上記基材は、このようなベースフィルムから実質的に構成されたものであり得る。あるいは、上記基材は、上記ベースフィルムの他に、補助的な層を含むものであってもよい。上記補助的な層の例としては、光学特性調整層(例えば着色層、反射防止層)、基材に所望の外観を付与するための印刷層やラミネート層、帯電防止層、下塗り層、剥離層等の表面処理層が挙げられる。 The base material may be substantially composed of such a base film. Alternatively, the base material may include an auxiliary layer in addition to the base film. Examples of the above-mentioned auxiliary layers include optical property adjustment layers (e.g., colored layers, antireflection layers), printing layers and laminate layers for imparting a desired appearance to the substrate, antistatic layers, undercoat layers, and release layers. Examples include surface treatment layers such as.
 いくつかの態様において、支持基材としては、光透過性を有する基材(以下、光透過性基材ともいう。)を好ましく採用し得る。これにより、光透過性を有する基材付き粘着シートを構成することが可能となる。光透過性基材の全光線透過率は、例えば50%超であってよく、70%以上であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様では、支持基材の全光線透過率は80%以上であり、より好ましくは90%以上であり、95%以上(例えば95~100%)であってもよい。上記全光線透過率は、JIS K 7136:2000に準拠して、市販の透過率計を使用して測定される。透過率計としては、村上色彩技術研究所製の商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」またはその相当品が用いられる。上記光透過性基材の好適例として、光透過性を有する樹脂フィルムが挙げられる。上記光透過性基材は、光学フィルムであってもよい。 In some embodiments, a light-transmitting base material (hereinafter also referred to as a light-transmitting base material) can be preferably employed as the supporting base material. Thereby, it becomes possible to construct a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a base material having light transmittance. The total light transmittance of the light-transmissive base material may be, for example, more than 50%, and may be 70% or more. In some preferred embodiments, the total light transmittance of the support substrate is 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and may be 95% or more (eg, 95-100%). The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Institute or its equivalent product is used. A preferred example of the above-mentioned light-transmitting base material is a light-transmitting resin film. The light-transmitting substrate may be an optical film.
 基材の厚さは、特に限定されず、粘着シートの使用目的や使用態様等に応じて選択し得る。基材の厚さは、例えば500μm以下であってよく、粘着シートの取扱い性や加工性の観点から300μm以下であることが好ましく、150μm以下でもよく、100μm以下でもよく、50μm以下でもよく、25μm以下でもよく、10μm以下でもよい。基材の厚さが小さくなると、被着体の表面形状への追従性が向上する傾向にある。また、取扱い性や加工性等の観点から、基材の厚さは、例えば2μm以上であってよく、10μm以上でもよく、25μm以上でもよい。 The thickness of the base material is not particularly limited, and can be selected depending on the purpose and manner of use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. The thickness of the base material may be, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less from the viewpoint of handling and processability of the adhesive sheet, 150 μm or less, 100 μm or less, 50 μm or less, and 25 μm or less. It may be less than 10 μm, and may be less than 10 μm. As the thickness of the base material decreases, the ability to follow the surface shape of the adherend tends to improve. Further, from the viewpoint of handleability, processability, etc., the thickness of the base material may be, for example, 2 μm or more, 10 μm or more, or 25 μm or more.
 基材のうち粘着剤層が積層される側の面には、必要に応じて、コロナ放電処理、プラズマ処理、紫外線照射処理、酸処理、アルカリ処理、下塗り剤(プライマー)の塗布による下塗り層の形成等の、従来公知の表面処理が施されていてもよい。このような表面処理は、粘着剤層の基材への投錨性を向上させるための処理であり得る。下塗り層の形成に用いるプライマーの組成は特に限定されず、公知のものから適宜選択することができる。下塗り層の厚さは特に制限されないが、通常、0.01μm~1μm程度が適当であり、0.1μm~1μm程度が好ましい。必要に応じて基材に施され得る他の処理として、帯電防止層形成処理、着色層形成処理、印刷処理等が挙げられる。これらの処理は、単独でまたは組み合わせて適用することができる。 The side of the base material on which the adhesive layer will be laminated may be treated with corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, or application of an undercoat (primer) to form an undercoat layer, as necessary. Conventionally known surface treatments such as forming may be applied. Such surface treatment may be a treatment for improving the anchoring ability of the adhesive layer to the base material. The composition of the primer used to form the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known primers. The thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, but it is usually about 0.01 μm to 1 μm, preferably about 0.1 μm to 1 μm. Other treatments that may be applied to the base material as needed include antistatic layer formation treatment, colored layer formation treatment, printing treatment, and the like. These treatments can be applied alone or in combination.
<剥離ライナー付き粘着シート>
 ここに開示される粘着シートは、粘着剤層の表面(粘着面)を剥離ライナーの剥離面に当接させた粘着製品の形態をとり得る。したがって、この明細書により、ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着シートと、該粘着シートの粘着面に当接する剥離面を有する剥離ライナーと、を含む剥離ライナー付き粘着シート(粘着製品)が提供される。
<Adhesive sheet with release liner>
The adhesive sheet disclosed herein can take the form of an adhesive product in which the surface (adhesive surface) of an adhesive layer is brought into contact with the release surface of a release liner. Therefore, this specification provides a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner (adhesive product) that includes any pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein and a release liner having a release surface that comes into contact with the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. Ru.
 剥離ライナーとしては、特に限定されず、例えば、樹脂フィルムや紙(ポリエチレン等の樹脂がラミネートされた紙であり得る。)等のライナー基材の表面に剥離層を有する剥離ライナーや、フッ素系ポリマー(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン等)やポリオレフィン系樹脂(ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等)のような低接着性材料により形成された樹脂フィルムからなる剥離ライナー等を用いることができる。表面平滑性に優れることから、ライナー基材としての樹脂フィルムの表面に剥離層を有する剥離ライナーや、低接着性材料により形成された樹脂フィルムからなる剥離ライナーを好ましく採用し得る。樹脂フィルムとしては、粘着剤層を保護し得るフィルムであれば特に限定されず、例えば、ポリエチレン(PE)フィルム、ポリプロピレン(PP)フィルム、ポリブテンフィルム、ポリブタジエンフィルム、ポリメチルペンテンフィルム、ポリ塩化ビニルフィルム、塩化ビニル共重合体フィルム、ポリエステルフィルム(PETフィルム、PBTフィルム等)、ポリウレタンフィルム、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体フィルム等が挙げられる。上記剥離層の形成には、例えば、シリコーン系剥離処理剤、長鎖アルキル系剥離処理剤、オレフィン系剥離処理剤、フッ素系剥離処理剤、脂肪酸アミド系剥離処理剤、硫化モリブデン、シリカ粉等の、公知の剥離処理剤を用いることができる。 The release liner is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a liner base material such as a resin film or paper (paper laminated with a resin such as polyethylene), or a fluorine-based polymer. A release liner made of a resin film made of a low adhesive material such as (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.) can be used. Since they have excellent surface smoothness, a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a resin film as a liner base material or a release liner made of a resin film made of a low adhesive material can be preferably employed. The resin film is not particularly limited as long as it can protect the adhesive layer, and examples thereof include polyethylene (PE) film, polypropylene (PP) film, polybutene film, polybutadiene film, polymethylpentene film, and polyvinyl chloride film. , vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyester film (PET film, PBT film, etc.), polyurethane film, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, and the like. For forming the above-mentioned release layer, for example, silicone-based release agents, long-chain alkyl-based release agents, olefin-based release agents, fluorine-based release agents, fatty acid amide-based release agents, molybdenum sulfide, silica powder, etc. , a known release agent can be used.
<用途>
 ここに開示される粘着シートの用途は限定されず、各種用途に利用することができる。ここに開示される粘着シートは、高屈折率と低弾性率とを両立した粘着剤を備えるものであるので、その特徴を活かして、高屈折率および柔軟性が要求される各種用途に利用され得る。例えば、携帯電子機器等の電子機器において、液晶表示装置、有機EL(エレクトロルミネッセンス)表示装置、PDP(プラズマディスプレイパネル)、電子ペーパー等の表示装置(画像表示装置)や、タッチパネル等の入力装置等の機器(光学機器)、特に、フォルダブルディスプレイやローラブルディスプレイ用の粘着シートとして好適である。例えば、フォルダブルディスプレイやローラブルディスプレイにおいて、高屈折率を有する部材の接合や固定、保護等の手段として好ましく用いられる。ここに開示される粘着シートは、高屈折率を有しつつ、繰返しの折曲げ操作に耐え得る柔軟性を有し得るので、フォルダブルディスプレイやローラブルディスプレイに貼り付けられた状態で、繰り返し折り曲げられる被着体(フォルダブルディスプレイ等)に良好に追従することができる。かかる使用形態における貼付け対象物としては、フォルダブルディスプレイやローラブルディスプレイに用いられるウィンドウガラスやカバーガラス等のガラス部材が挙げられる。また、ここに開示される粘着シートは、例えば携帯電子機器が有する3次元形状等の曲面形状の表面にも追従、密着しやすいので、かかる曲面形状を有する電子機器用途にも好適である。また、いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤は、高屈折率および低弾性率を有することに加えて、耐熱性に優れるものでもあり得る。上記携帯電子機器は、高温環境下で使用されることがあり、また、その内部空間が電子部品の発熱により熱を帯びることがあるため、上記耐熱性粘着シートを用いる利点は大きい。
<Application>
The use of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is not limited, and it can be used for various purposes. The adhesive sheet disclosed herein is equipped with an adhesive that has both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus, so it can be used in various applications that require a high refractive index and flexibility by taking advantage of its characteristics. obtain. For example, in electronic devices such as portable electronic devices, display devices (image display devices) such as liquid crystal display devices, organic EL (electroluminescent) display devices, PDP (plasma display panels), electronic paper, input devices such as touch panels, etc. It is suitable as an adhesive sheet for equipment (optical equipment), especially foldable displays and rollable displays. For example, in foldable displays and rollable displays, it is preferably used as a means for joining, fixing, and protecting members having a high refractive index. The adhesive sheet disclosed herein has a high refractive index and is flexible enough to withstand repeated bending operations, so it can be repeatedly folded while attached to a foldable display or rollable display. It is possible to follow the adherends (foldable displays, etc.) that are Examples of objects to be pasted in such usage patterns include glass members such as window glasses and cover glasses used in foldable displays and rollable displays. Further, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein easily follows and adheres to curved surfaces such as three-dimensional shapes of portable electronic devices, so it is also suitable for use in electronic devices having such curved shapes. Further, in some preferred embodiments, the adhesive may have excellent heat resistance in addition to having a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus. The above-mentioned portable electronic device may be used in a high-temperature environment, and its internal space may become heated due to heat generated by electronic components, so the advantage of using the above-mentioned heat-resistant adhesive sheet is great.
 上記携帯電子機器の例には、例えば、携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレット型パソコン、ノート型パソコン、各種ウェアラブル機器(例えば、腕時計のように手首に装着するリストウェア型、クリップやストラップ等で体の一部に装着するモジュラー型、メガネ型(単眼型や両眼型。ヘッドマウント型も含む。)を包含するアイウェア型、シャツや靴下、帽子等に例えばアクセサリの形態で取り付ける衣服型、イヤホンのように耳に取り付けるイヤウェア型等)、デジタルカメラ、デジタルビデオカメラ、音響機器(携帯音楽プレーヤー、ICレコーダー等)、計算機(電卓等)、携帯ゲーム機器、電子辞書、電子手帳、電子書籍、車載用情報機器、携帯ラジオ、携帯テレビ、携帯プリンター、携帯スキャナ、携帯モデム等が含まれる。なお、この明細書において「携帯」とは、単に携帯することが可能であるだけでは十分ではなく、個人(標準的な成人)が相対的に容易に持ち運び可能なレベルの携帯性を有することを意味するものとする。 Examples of the above-mentioned portable electronic devices include mobile phones, smartphones, tablet computers, notebook computers, and various wearable devices (e.g., wrist-wear devices that are worn on the wrist like watches, and devices that are attached to the body using clips, straps, etc.). Eyewear types include modular types that are attached to the body, eyewear types (monocular and binocular types, including head-mounted types), clothing types that are attached to shirts, socks, hats, etc. in the form of accessories, and earphones. digital cameras, digital video cameras, audio equipment (portable music players, IC recorders, etc.), calculators (calculators, etc.), portable game devices, electronic dictionaries, electronic notebooks, electronic books, in-vehicle information. This includes devices such as portable radios, portable televisions, portable printers, portable scanners, and portable modems. Note that in this specification, "portable" does not mean that it is simply portable; it also means that it has a level of portability that allows an individual (standard adult) to carry it relatively easily. shall mean.
 ここに開示される粘着シートが貼り付けられる材料(被着体材料)としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、銅、銀、金、鉄、錫、パラジウム、アルミニウム、ニッケル、チタン、クロム、亜鉛等、またはこれらの2種以上を含む合金等の金属材料や、例えばポリイミド系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、ポリエーテルニトリル系樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂(PET系樹脂、ポリエチレンナフタレート系樹脂等)、ポリ塩化ビニル系樹脂、ポリフェニレンサルファイド系樹脂、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂(いわゆるアラミド樹脂等)、ポリアリレート系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂、ジアセチルセルロースやトリアセチルセルロース等のセルロース系ポリマー、ビニルブチラール系ポリマー、液晶ポリマー等の各種樹脂材料(典型的にはプラスチック材)、アルミナ、ジルコニア、アルカリガラス、無アルカリガラス、石英ガラス、カーボン等の無機材料等が挙げられる。ここに開示される粘着シートは、上記材料から構成された部材(例えば光学部材)に貼り付けられて用いられ得る。 The material to which the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is attached (adherend material) is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, copper, silver, gold, iron, tin, palladium, aluminum, nickel, titanium, Metal materials such as chromium, zinc, etc., or alloys containing two or more of these, such as polyimide resin, acrylic resin, polyether nitrile resin, polyether sulfone resin, polyester resin (PET resin, polyethylene naphthalate resins, etc.), polyvinyl chloride resins, polyphenylene sulfide resins, polyetheretherketone resins, polyamide resins (so-called aramid resins, etc.), polyarylate resins, polycarbonate resins, diacetyl cellulose and triacetyl cellulose. Examples include various resin materials (typically plastic materials) such as cellulose polymers, vinyl butyral polymers, and liquid crystal polymers, and inorganic materials such as alumina, zirconia, alkali glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, and carbon. . The adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be used by being attached to a member (for example, an optical member) made of the above-mentioned material.
 ここに開示される粘着シートの貼り付け対象である部材や材料(両面粘着シートにおいては、少なくとも一方の被着体)は、一般的なアクリル系粘着剤よりも屈折率が高い材料からなるものであり得る。被着体材料の屈折率は、例えば1.50以上であり、なかには屈折率が1.55以上または1.58以上の被着体材料もあり、さらには屈折率が1.62以上(例えば1.66程度)のものも存在する。そのような高屈折率の被着体材料は、典型的には樹脂材料である。より具体的には、PET等のポリエステル系樹脂や、ポリイミド系樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリフェニレンサルファイド系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂等であり得る。そのような材料に対して、ここに開示される粘着シートを用いることの効果(屈折率差を原因とする光線の反射抑制)は好ましく発揮され得る。上記被着体材料の屈折率の上限は、例えば1.80以下であり、1.70以下であり得る。ここに開示される粘着シートは、上記のような高屈折率の被着体(例えば部材)に貼り付ける態様で好ましく用いられ得る。そのような被着体の好適例として、屈折率が1.50~1.80(好ましくは1.55~1.75、例えば1.60~1.70)の樹脂フィルムが挙げられる。上記屈折率は、粘着剤の屈折率と同様の方法で測定され得る。 The member or material to which the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is attached (at least one adherend in a double-sided adhesive sheet) is made of a material with a higher refractive index than a general acrylic adhesive. could be. The refractive index of the adherend material is, for example, 1.50 or more, and some adherend materials have a refractive index of 1.55 or more or 1.58 or more, and even have a refractive index of 1.62 or more (for example, 1. .66) exists. Such high refractive index adherend materials are typically resin materials. More specifically, it may be a polyester resin such as PET, a polyimide resin, an aramid resin, a polyphenylene sulfide resin, a polycarbonate resin, or the like. For such materials, the effect of using the adhesive sheet disclosed herein (suppression of reflection of light rays due to the difference in refractive index) can be preferably exhibited. The upper limit of the refractive index of the adherend material is, for example, 1.80 or less, and may be 1.70 or less. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in an embodiment in which it is attached to an adherend (for example, a member) having a high refractive index as described above. A suitable example of such an adherend is a resin film having a refractive index of 1.50 to 1.80 (preferably 1.55 to 1.75, for example 1.60 to 1.70). The refractive index can be measured in the same manner as the refractive index of the adhesive.
 粘着シートの貼り付け対象である部材や材料(両面粘着シートにおいては、少なくとも一方の被着体)は、光透過性を有するものであり得る。このような被着体では、ここに開示される技術による効果(被着体と粘着シートとの界面における光線反射の抑制)の利点が得られやすい。上記被着体の全光線透過率は、例えば50%よりも大きく、好ましくは70%以上であり得る。いくつかの好ましい態様では、上記被着体の全光線透過率は80%以上であり、より好ましくは90%以上であり、95%以上(例えば95~100%)であり得る。ここに開示される粘着シートは、全光線透過率が所定値以上の被着体(例えば光学部材)に貼り付ける態様で好ましく用いられ得る。上記全光線透過率は、JIS K 7136:2000に準拠して、市販の透過率計を使用して測定される。透過率計としては、村上色彩技術研究所製の商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」またはその相当品が用いられる。 The member or material to which the adhesive sheet is attached (at least one adherend in a double-sided adhesive sheet) may have light transmittance. With such an adherend, the advantage of the technique disclosed herein (suppression of light reflection at the interface between the adherend and the adhesive sheet) can easily be obtained. The total light transmittance of the adherend may be, for example, greater than 50%, preferably 70% or more. In some preferred embodiments, the total light transmittance of the adherend is 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and may be 95% or more (for example, 95 to 100%). The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in an embodiment in which it is attached to an adherend (for example, an optical member) having a total light transmittance of a predetermined value or more. The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Institute or its equivalent product is used.
 いくつかの好ましい態様では、粘着シートを貼り付ける被着体(例えば部材)は、上述の屈折率を有し、かつ上述の全光線透過率を有するものであり得る。具体的には、屈折率が1.50以上(例えば1.55以上、1.58以上、1.62以上、1.66程度等)であり、かつ全光線透過率が50%よりも大きい(例えば70%以上、好ましくは80%以上、より好ましくは90%以上、さらには95%以上であり得る)被着体、例えば部材に貼り付ける態様で、ここに開示される粘着シートは好ましく用いられ得る。このような部材に貼り付けられる態様において、ここに開示される技術による効果は特に好ましく発揮される。 In some preferred embodiments, the adherend (for example, member) to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached may have the above-mentioned refractive index and the above-mentioned total light transmittance. Specifically, the refractive index is 1.50 or more (for example, 1.55 or more, 1.58 or more, 1.62 or more, about 1.66, etc.), and the total light transmittance is greater than 50% ( The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is preferably used in an embodiment in which it is attached to an adherend, such as a member (for example, 70% or more, preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and even 95% or more). obtain. The effects of the technique disclosed herein are particularly preferably exhibited in the embodiment in which the adhesive is attached to such a member.
 好ましい用途の一例として、光学用途が挙げられる。より具体的には、例えば、光学部材を貼り合わせる用途(光学部材貼り合わせ用)や上記光学部材が用いられた製品(光学製品)の製造用途等に用いられる光学用粘着シートとして、ここに開示される粘着シートを好ましく用いることができる。上記光学製品は、いわゆる偏光板レスの構成であってもよい。例えば、光源を備える光学製品において、光源(有機ELパネル等)から視認側が偏光度80 %以下の層のみにより構成された光学製品であり得る。 An example of a preferred use is optical use. More specifically, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is used, for example, as an optical pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used for bonding optical members (for bonding optical members) or for manufacturing products (optical products) using the above-mentioned optical members. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably used. The above-mentioned optical product may have a so-called polarizing plate-less configuration. For example, in an optical product that includes a light source, the optical product may be configured only of layers with a polarization degree of 80% or less on the viewing side from the light source (such as an organic EL panel).
 上記光学部材とは、光学的特性(例えば、偏光性、光屈折性、光散乱性、光反射性、光透過性、光吸収性、光回折性、旋光性、視認性等)を有する部材をいう。上記光学部材としては、光学的特性を有する部材であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、表示装置(画像表示装置)、入力装置等の機器(光学機器)を構成する部材またはこれらの機器に用いられる部材が挙げられ、例えば、偏光板、波長板、位相差板、光学補償フィルム、輝度向上フィルム、導光板、反射フィルム、反射防止フィルム、ハードコート(HC)フィルム、衝撃吸収フィルム、防汚フィルム、フォトクロミックフィルム、調光フィルム、透明導電フィルム(ITOフィルム)、意匠フィルム、装飾フィルム、表面保護板、プリズム、レンズ、カラーフィルター、透明基板や、さらにはこれらが積層されている部材(これらを総称して「機能性フィルム」と称する場合がある。)等が挙げられる。なお、上記の「板」および「フィルム」は、それぞれ板状、フィルム状、シート状等の形態を含むものとし、例えば、「偏光フィルム」は、「偏光板」や「偏光シート」等を含み、「導光板」は、「導光フィルム」や「導光シート」等を含むものとする。また、上記「偏光板」は、円偏光板を含むものとする。 The above-mentioned optical member refers to a member having optical properties (for example, polarization, light refraction, light scattering, light reflection, light transmission, light absorption, light diffraction, optical rotation, visibility, etc.). say. The above-mentioned optical member is not particularly limited as long as it has optical properties, but for example, it may be a member constituting a device (optical device) such as a display device (image display device) or an input device, or a member used in these devices. Members include, for example, polarizing plates, wavelength plates, retardation plates, optical compensation films, brightness enhancement films, light guide plates, reflective films, antireflection films, hard coat (HC) films, shock absorption films, antifouling films, Photochromic films, light control films, transparent conductive films (ITO films), design films, decorative films, surface protection plates, prisms, lenses, color filters, transparent substrates, and members on which these are laminated (collectively referred to as (sometimes referred to as "functional film"). In addition, the above-mentioned "plate" and "film" each include shapes such as plate, film, and sheet. For example, "polarizing film" includes "polarizing plate" and "polarizing sheet", etc. The "light guide plate" includes "light guide film", "light guide sheet", etc. Furthermore, the above-mentioned "polarizing plate" includes a circularly polarizing plate.
 上記表示装置としては、例えば、液晶表示装置、有機EL表示装置、マイクロLED(μLED)、ミニLED(miniLED)、PDP、電子ペーパー等が挙げられる。また、上記入力装置としては、タッチパネル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a micro LED (μLED), a mini LED (miniLED), a PDP, and an electronic paper. Moreover, a touch panel etc. are mentioned as said input device.
 上記光学部材としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ガラス、アクリル樹脂、ポリカーボネート、PET、金属薄膜等からなる部材(例えば、シート状やフィルム状、板状の部材)等が挙げられる。なお、この明細書における「光学部材」には、表示装置や入力装置の視認性を保ちながら加飾や保護の役割を担う部材(意匠フィルム、装飾フィルムや表面保護フィルム等)も含むものとする。 The above-mentioned optical member is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a member (for example, a sheet-like, film-like, or plate-like member) made of glass, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, PET, metal thin film, etc. Note that the term "optical member" in this specification includes members (design films, decorative films, surface protection films, etc.) that play a role of decoration and protection while maintaining the visibility of display devices and input devices.
 ここに開示される技術は、例えば、光の透過、反射、拡散、導波、集光、回折等の1または2以上の機能を有するフィルムや蛍光フィルム等の光学フィルムを、他の光学部材(他の光学フィルムであり得る。)に接合するために好ましく用いられ得る。なかでも、光の導波、集光、回折の少なくとも1つの機能を有する光学フィルムの接合においては、接合層のバルク全体が高屈折率であることが望ましく、ここに開示される技術の好ましい適用対象となり得る。 The technology disclosed herein uses, for example, an optical film such as a film having one or more functions such as light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguide, condensing, and diffraction, or a fluorescent film, etc., with other optical members ( It can be preferably used for bonding to other optical films. In particular, when bonding optical films that have at least one of the functions of light waveguide, condensation, and diffraction, it is desirable that the entire bulk of the bonding layer has a high refractive index, and the technology disclosed herein is preferably applied. Can be targeted.
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、例えば、導光フィルム、拡散フィルム、蛍光フィルム、調色フィルム、プリズムシート、レンチキュラーフィルム、マイクロレンズアレイフィルム等の光学フィルムの接合に好ましく用いられ得る。これらの用途では、光学部材の小型化の傾向や高性能化の観点から、薄型化や光取出し効率の向上が求められている。かかる要請に応え得る粘着剤として、ここに開示される粘着剤は好ましく利用され得る。より詳しくは、例えば導光フィルムや拡散フィルムの接合では、接合層としての粘着剤層の屈折率を調整(例えば高屈折率化)することによって薄型化に寄与し得る。蛍光フィルムの接合では、蛍光発光体と粘着剤との屈折率差を適切に調整することにより、光取出し効率(発光効率としても把握され得る。)を向上させることができる。調色フィルムの接合では、調色用顔料との屈折率差が小さくなるように粘着剤の屈折率を適切に調整することで散乱成分を低減し、光透過性の向上に貢献し得る。プリズムシート、レンチキュラーフィルム、マイクロレンズアレイフィルム等の接合においては、粘着剤の屈折率を適切に調整することにより、光の回折を制御し、輝度および/または視野角の向上に貢献し得る。 The adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably used for bonding optical films such as light guide films, diffusion films, fluorescent films, toning films, prism sheets, lenticular films, and microlens array films. In these applications, from the viewpoint of the trend toward miniaturization of optical members and higher performance, there is a demand for thinner optical members and improved light extraction efficiency. The adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably used as an adhesive that can meet such demands. More specifically, for example, when bonding a light guide film or a diffusion film, adjusting the refractive index (for example, increasing the refractive index) of the adhesive layer as a bonding layer can contribute to thinning. In bonding fluorescent films, light extraction efficiency (which can also be understood as luminous efficiency) can be improved by appropriately adjusting the refractive index difference between the fluorescent emitter and the adhesive. When bonding color toning films, by appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive so that the difference in refractive index with the color toning pigment is reduced, scattering components can be reduced, contributing to improved light transmittance. When bonding prism sheets, lenticular films, microlens array films, etc., appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive can control light diffraction and contribute to improving brightness and/or viewing angle.
 ここに開示される粘着シートは、高屈折率の被着体(高屈折率の層や部材等であり得る。)に貼り付けられる態様で好ましく用いられて、上記被着体との界面反射を抑制することができる。かかる態様で用いられる粘着シートは、上述のように被着体との屈折率差が小さく、かつ被着体との界面における密着性が高いことが好ましい。また、外観の均質性を高める観点から、粘着剤層の厚みの均一性が高いことが好ましく、例えば粘着面の表面平滑性が高いことが好ましい。高屈折率の被着体の厚みが比較的小さい場合(例えば5μm以下、4μm以下、または2μm以下である場合)には、反射光の干渉による色付きや色むらを抑制する観点から、界面での反射を抑えることが特に有意義である。このような使用態様の一例として、偏光子と第1位相差層と第2位相差層とをこの順に備える位相差層付き偏光板において上記偏光子と上記第1位相差層との接合および/または上記第1位相差層と上記第2位相差層との接合に用いられる態様が挙げられる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is preferably used in an embodiment in which it is attached to a high refractive index adherend (which may be a high refractive index layer or member, etc.), and reduces interface reflection with the adherend. Can be suppressed. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used in this embodiment preferably has a small refractive index difference with the adherend and high adhesion at the interface with the adherend, as described above. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the homogeneity of the appearance, it is preferable that the thickness of the adhesive layer is highly uniform, for example, it is preferable that the surface smoothness of the adhesive surface is high. When the thickness of the adherend with a high refractive index is relatively small (for example, 5 μm or less, 4 μm or less, or 2 μm or less), it is necessary to It is particularly useful to suppress reflexes. As an example of such a usage mode, in a polarizing plate with a retardation layer that includes a polarizer, a first retardation layer, and a second retardation layer in this order, bonding of the polarizer and the first retardation layer and/or Another example is an embodiment used for bonding the first retardation layer and the second retardation layer.
 また、ここに開示される粘着シートは、高屈折率化に適することから、光半導体等の発光層(例えば、主に無機材料により構成された高屈折の発光層)に貼り付けられる態様で好ましく用いられ得る。発光層と粘着剤層との屈折率差を小さくすることにより、それらの界面における反射を抑制し、光取出し効率を向上させ得る。かかる態様で用いられる粘着シートは、高屈折率の粘着剤層を備えることが好ましい。また、輝度向上の観点から、粘着シートは低着色であることが好ましい。このことは、粘着シートに起因する非意図的な着色を抑制する観点からも有利となり得る。 Furthermore, since the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is suitable for increasing the refractive index, it is preferably attached to a light emitting layer of an optical semiconductor or the like (for example, a high refractive light emitting layer mainly composed of an inorganic material). can be used. By reducing the difference in refractive index between the light emitting layer and the adhesive layer, reflection at the interface between them can be suppressed and light extraction efficiency can be improved. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used in this embodiment preferably includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a high refractive index. Further, from the viewpoint of improving brightness, it is preferable that the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is lightly colored. This can also be advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing unintentional coloring caused by the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
 なお、この明細書において、自発光素子とは、流れる電流値によって発光輝度を制御することが可能な発光素子を意味する。自発光素子は、単一体で構成されていてもよく、集合体で構成されていてもよい。自発光素子の具体例には、発光ダイオード(LED)および有機ELが含まれるが、これらに限定されない。また、この明細書において、発光装置とは、このような自発光素子を構成要素として含む装置を意味する。上記発光装置の例には、照明として利用される光源モジュール装置(例えば、面状発光体モジュール)や、画素を形成した表示装置が含まれるが、これらに限定されない。 Note that in this specification, a self-luminous element means a light-emitting element whose luminance can be controlled by the value of a flowing current. The self-luminous element may be composed of a single unit or an aggregate. Specific examples of self-luminous elements include, but are not limited to, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and organic EL. Furthermore, in this specification, a light-emitting device means a device including such a self-luminous element as a component. Examples of the light emitting device include, but are not limited to, a light source module device used for illumination (for example, a planar light emitting module) and a display device in which pixels are formed.
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、カメラや発光装置等の構成部材として用いられるマイクロレンズその他のレンズ部材(例えば、マイクロレンズアレイフィルムを構成するマイクロレンズや、カメラ用マイクロレンズ等のレンズ部材)において、レンズ面を覆うコーティング層、上記レンズ面に対向する部材(例えば、レンズ面に対応する表面形状を有する部材)との接合層、上記レンズ面と上記部材との間に充填される充填層、等として好ましく用いられ得る。ここに開示される粘着剤は、高屈折率化に適することから、高屈折率のレンズ(例えば、高屈折率樹脂により構成されたレンズや、高屈折率樹脂製の表面層を有するレンズ)であっても該レンズとの屈折率差を低減することができる。このことは、上記レンズおよび該レンズを備えた製品の薄型化の観点から有利であり、収差の抑制やアッベ数の向上にも貢献し得る。ここに開示される粘着剤は、例えば適切な透明部材の凹部または空隙に充填された形態で、それ自体をレンズ樹脂として利用することも可能である。 The adhesive disclosed herein can be used in microlenses and other lens members used as constituent members of cameras, light emitting devices, etc. (for example, microlenses constituting microlens array films, lens members such as microlenses for cameras). , a coating layer covering the lens surface, a bonding layer with a member facing the lens surface (for example, a member having a surface shape corresponding to the lens surface), a filling layer filled between the lens surface and the member, It can be preferably used as such. Since the adhesive disclosed herein is suitable for increasing the refractive index, it can be used with high refractive index lenses (for example, lenses made of high refractive index resin or lenses having a surface layer made of high refractive index resin). Even if there is, the difference in refractive index with the lens can be reduced. This is advantageous from the standpoint of making the lens and products equipped with the lens thinner, and can also contribute to suppressing aberrations and improving the Abbe number. The adhesive disclosed herein can also be used as a lens resin by itself, for example in the form of being filled in the recesses or voids of a suitable transparent member.
 ここに開示される粘着シートを用いて光学部材を貼り合わせる態様としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、(1)ここに開示される粘着シートを介して光学部材同士を貼り合わせる態様や、(2)ここに開示される粘着シートを介して光学部材を光学部材以外の部材に貼り合わせる態様であってもよいし、(3)ここに開示される粘着シートが光学部材を含む形態であって該粘着シートを光学部材または光学部材以外の部材に貼り合わせる態様であってもよい。なお、上記(3)の態様において、光学部材を含む形態の粘着シートは、例えば、支持体が光学部材(例えば、光学フィルム)である粘着シートであり得る。このように支持体として光学部材を含む形態の粘着シートは、粘着型光学部材(例えば、粘着型光学フィルム)としても把握され得る。また、ここに開示される粘着シートが支持体を有するタイプの粘着シートであって、上記支持体として上記機能性フィルムを用いた場合には、ここに開示される粘着シートは、機能性フィルムの少なくとも片面側にここに開示される粘着剤層を有する「粘着型機能性フィルム」としても把握され得る。 The mode of bonding optical members together using the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, (1) a mode of bonding optical members together via the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein; ) The optical member may be attached to a member other than the optical member via the adhesive sheet disclosed herein, or (3) the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may include an optical member and the optical member may be attached to a member other than the optical member. The adhesive sheet may be attached to an optical member or a member other than an optical member. In the above embodiment (3), the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing an optical member may be, for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet whose support is an optical member (for example, an optical film). A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet that includes an optical member as a support in this manner can also be understood as a pressure-sensitive adhesive optical member (for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive optical film). In addition, when the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is a type of adhesive sheet having a support and the functional film is used as the support, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is a type of adhesive sheet having a support, and when the functional film is used as the support, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is a type of adhesive sheet having a support. It can also be understood as an "adhesive functional film" having the adhesive layer disclosed herein on at least one side.
 上記より、ここに開示される技術によると、ここに開示される粘着シートと、該粘着シートが貼り付けられた部材とを備える積層体が提供される。粘着シートが貼り付けられる部材は、上述した被着体材料の屈折率を有するものであり得る。また、粘着シートの屈折率と部材の屈折率との差(屈折率差)は、上述した被着体と粘着シートとの屈折率差であり得る。積層体を構成する部材については、上述の部材、材料、被着体として説明したとおりであるので、重複する説明は繰り返さない。 As described above, according to the technology disclosed herein, a laminate including the adhesive sheet disclosed herein and a member to which the adhesive sheet is attached is provided. The member to which the adhesive sheet is attached may have the refractive index of the adherend material described above. Further, the difference between the refractive index of the adhesive sheet and the refractive index of the member (refractive index difference) may be the refractive index difference between the adherend and the adhesive sheet described above. The members constituting the laminate are the same as those described above as the members, materials, and adherends, so duplicate explanations will not be repeated.
 以上の説明および以下の実施例から理解されるように、この明細書により開示される事項には以下のものが含まれる。 As understood from the above description and the following examples, the matters disclosed by this specification include the following.
 〔1〕 ベースポリマーと、高屈折率添加剤(A)と、を含む粘着剤であって、
 上記高屈折率添加剤(A)は非対称構造の化合物であり、
 上記高屈折率添加剤(A)の含有量は、上記ベースポリマー100重量部に対して30重量部以上であり、
 上記粘着剤の屈折率は1.50以上である、粘着剤。
 〔2〕 上記高屈折率添加剤(A)は、二重結合含有環を有する化合物である、上記〔1〕に記載の粘着剤。
 〔3〕 上記高屈折率添加剤(A)は、ヘテロ環を有する化合物である、上記〔1〕または〔2〕に記載の粘着剤。
 〔4〕 上記高屈折率添加剤(A)は、置換基を有する縮合環を含む化合物である、上記〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれか1つに記載の粘着剤。
 〔5〕 上記高屈折率添加剤(A)として、置換基を有するジナフトチオフェン化合物を含む、上記〔4〕に記載の粘着剤。
 〔6〕 上記高屈折率添加剤(A)として、屈折率1.65以上の化合物を含む、上記〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれか1つに記載の粘着剤。
 〔7〕 上記高屈折率添加剤(A)は、分子量が100以上1000以下の化合物である、上記〔1〕~〔6〕いずれか1つに記載の粘着剤。
 〔8〕 上記ベースポリマーを構成するモノマー成分において、芳香環含有モノマーの含有量は0重量%以上75重量%未満である、上記〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれか1つに記載の粘着剤。
 〔9〕 上記〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれか1つに記載の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を含む、粘着シート。
[1] An adhesive comprising a base polymer and a high refractive index additive (A),
The high refractive index additive (A) is a compound with an asymmetric structure,
The content of the high refractive index additive (A) is 30 parts by weight or more based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer,
The adhesive has a refractive index of 1.50 or more.
[2] The adhesive according to [1] above, wherein the high refractive index additive (A) is a compound having a double bond-containing ring.
[3] The adhesive according to [1] or [2] above, wherein the high refractive index additive (A) is a compound having a heterocycle.
[4] The adhesive according to any one of [1] to [3] above, wherein the high refractive index additive (A) is a compound containing a fused ring having a substituent.
[5] The adhesive according to [4] above, which contains a dinaphthothiophene compound having a substituent as the high refractive index additive (A).
[6] The adhesive according to any one of [1] to [5] above, which contains a compound having a refractive index of 1.65 or more as the high refractive index additive (A).
[7] The adhesive according to any one of [1] to [6] above, wherein the high refractive index additive (A) is a compound having a molecular weight of 100 or more and 1000 or less.
[8] The adhesive according to any one of [1] to [7] above, wherein the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer components constituting the base polymer is 0% by weight or more and less than 75% by weight. .
[9] A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [1] to [8] above.
 〔10〕 25℃における貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)[Pa]と破断時伸びE[%]との比(G’(25℃)/E)が450以下(例えば、1以上50以下)である、上記〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれか1つに記載の粘着剤。
 〔11〕 破断時伸びEが500%以上である、上記〔1〕~〔8〕,〔10〕のいずれか1つに記載の粘着剤。
 〔12〕 貯蔵弾性率G’(25℃)が1.0×10~1.0×10の範囲内にある、上記〔1〕~〔8〕,〔10〕,〔11〕のいずれか1つに記載の粘着剤。
 〔13〕 ガラス転移温度が0℃以下である、上記〔1〕~〔8〕,〔10〕~〔12〕のいずれか1つに記載の粘着剤。
[10] The ratio of storage modulus G'(25°C) [Pa] to elongation at break E B [%] at 25°C (G'(25°C)/E B ) is 450 or less (for example, 1 or more and 50 The adhesive according to any one of [1] to [8] above, which is (below).
[11] The adhesive according to any one of [1] to [8] and [10] above, which has an elongation at break E B of 500% or more.
[12] Any of the above [1] to [8], [10], [11], whose storage modulus G' (25°C) is within the range of 1.0 × 10 4 to 1.0 × 10 6 or the adhesive described in item 1.
[13] The adhesive according to any one of [1] to [8] and [10] to [12] above, which has a glass transition temperature of 0° C. or lower.
 〔14〕 上記〔1〕~〔8〕,〔10〕~〔13〕のいずれか1つに記載の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を含む、粘着シート。
 〔15〕 上記粘着剤層の厚さは5μm以上100μm以下である、上記〔14〕に記載の粘着シート。
 〔16〕 ヘイズが3%以下である、上記〔14〕または〔15〕に記載の粘着シート。
 〔17〕 全光線透過率が85%以上である、上記〔14〕~〔16〕のいずれか1つに記載の粘着シート。
 〔18〕 ガラス板に対する剥離強度が0.1N/25mm以上である、上記〔14〕~〔17〕のいずれか1つに記載の粘着シート。
[14] A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [1] to [8] and [10] to [13] above.
[15] The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to [14] above, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 5 μm or more and 100 μm or less.
[16] The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to [14] or [15] above, which has a haze of 3% or less.
[17] The adhesive sheet according to any one of [14] to [16] above, which has a total light transmittance of 85% or more.
[18] The adhesive sheet according to any one of [14] to [17] above, which has a peel strength against a glass plate of 0.1 N/25 mm or more.
 以下、本発明に関するいくつかの実施例を説明するが、本発明をかかる具体例に示すものに限定することを意図したものではない。なお、以下の説明において、使用量や含有量を表す「部」および「%」は、特に断りがない限り重量基準である。 Hereinafter, some examples relating to the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not intended to be limited to what is shown in these specific examples. In the following description, "parts" and "%" expressing usage amounts and contents are based on weight unless otherwise specified.
 <例1>
 (ポリマー溶液の調製)
 攪拌羽根、温度計、窒素ガス導入管および冷却器を備えた四つ口フラスコに、モノマー成分としてn-ブチルアクリレート(BA)74部、m-フェノキシベンジルアクリレート(共栄社化学社製、商品名「ライトアクリレートPOB-A」、屈折率:1.566。以下、「POB-A」と表記する。)25部および4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート(4HBA)1部、重合開始剤として2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)0.2部、および重合溶媒として酢酸エチル150部を仕込み、緩やかに攪拌しながら窒素ガスを導入し、フラスコ内の液温を60℃付近に保って6時間重合反応を行い、ポリマーP1の溶液(ポリマー濃度40%)を調製した。ポリマーP1のMwは150万であった。
<Example 1>
(Preparation of polymer solution)
In a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a condenser, 74 parts of n-butyl acrylate (BA) and m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "Light") were added as monomer components. acrylate POB-A", refractive index: 1.566. Hereinafter referred to as "POB-A".) 25 parts and 1 part of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA), 2,2'-azobis as a polymerization initiator. Charge 0.2 parts of isobutyronitrile (AIBN) and 150 parts of ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent, introduce nitrogen gas with gentle stirring, and maintain the liquid temperature in the flask at around 60°C to conduct a polymerization reaction for 6 hours. A solution of polymer P1 (polymer concentration 40%) was prepared. The Mw of polymer P1 was 1.5 million.
 (粘着剤組成物の調製)
 上記ポリマーP1の溶液(ポリマー濃度40%)を、酢酸エチルでポリマー濃度20%に希釈した。この溶液500部(100部のポリマーP1を含有する。)に対し、6-メトキシメチルジナフトチオフェン(6MDNTM、屈折率:1.759。25%酢酸エチル溶液を調製可能)を42部、架橋剤としてトリメチロールプロパン/キシリレンジイソシアネート付加物(三井化学社製、商品名「タケネートD-110N」、固形分濃度75%)を固形分基準で0.1部、架橋遅延剤としてアセチルアセトンを2部、架橋触媒としてナーセム第二鉄の1%酢酸エチル溶液を1部(不揮発分0.01部)加えて攪拌混合し、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。
(Preparation of adhesive composition)
The above solution of polymer P1 (polymer concentration 40%) was diluted with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 20%. To 500 parts of this solution (containing 100 parts of polymer P1), 42 parts of 6-methoxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTM, refractive index: 1.759. 25% ethyl acetate solution can be prepared), crosslinking agent 0.1 part based on solid content of trimethylolpropane/xylylene diisocyanate adduct (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, trade name "Takenate D-110N", solid content concentration 75%) as a crosslinking retarder, 2 parts of acetylacetone as a crosslinking retarder, One part (non-volatile content: 0.01 part) of 1% ethyl acetate solution of Nasem ferric iron was added as a crosslinking catalyst and mixed with stirring to prepare a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example.
 (粘着シートの作製)
 上記で調製した粘着剤組成物を、片面にシリコーン処理が施されたポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルムR1(厚さ50μm)のシリコーン処理面に塗布し、130℃で2分間加熱して、厚さ50μmの粘着剤層を形成した。次いで、上記粘着剤層の表面に、片面にシリコーン処理が施されたPETフィルムR2(厚さ25μm)のシリコーン処理面を貼り合わせた。このようにして、上記粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シートを得た。この粘着シートの両面は、PETフィルム(剥離ライナー)R1,R2により保護されている。
(Preparation of adhesive sheet)
The adhesive composition prepared above was applied to the silicone-treated surface of polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film R1 (thickness: 50 μm), which had been silicone-treated on one side, and heated at 130° C. for 2 minutes to form a film with a thickness of 50 μm. An adhesive layer was formed. Next, the silicone-treated side of PET film R2 (thickness: 25 μm), which had been silicone-treated on one side, was bonded to the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In this way, a substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was obtained. Both sides of this adhesive sheet are protected by PET films (release liners) R1 and R2.
 <例2>
 100部のポリマーP1に対する6MDNTMの使用量を70部に変更した他は例1と同様にして、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。この粘着剤組成物を用いた他は例1と同様にして、本例に係る粘着シート(厚さ50μmの粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Example 2>
A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the amount of 6MDNTM used was changed to 70 parts with respect to 100 parts of polymer P1. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 μm) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
 <例3>
 モノマー成分の組成を2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート(2EHA)74部、POB-A25部および4HBA1部に変更した他は、例1におけるポリマー溶液の調製と同様にして、ポリマーP2の溶液(ポリマー濃度40%)を調製した。ポリマーP2のMwは100万であった。
 ポリマーP1の溶液に代えてポリマーP2の溶液を使用した他は例1における粘着剤組成物の調製と同様にして、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。この粘着剤組成物を用いた他は例1と同様にして、本例に係る粘着シート(厚さ50μmの粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Example 3>
A solution of polymer P2 (polymer concentration 40%) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the polymer solution in Example 1, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 74 parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), 25 parts of POB-A, and 1 part of 4HBA. was prepared. The Mw of polymer P2 was 1 million.
A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 1 except that a solution of polymer P2 was used instead of a solution of polymer P1. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 μm) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
 <例4>
 100部のポリマーP2に対する6MDNTMの使用量を70部に変更した他は例3と同様にして、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。この粘着剤組成物を用いた他は例1と同様にして、本例に係る粘着シート(厚さ50μmの粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Example 4>
A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the amount of 6MDNTM used was changed to 70 parts with respect to 100 parts of polymer P2. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 μm) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
 <例5>
 モノマー成分の組成を2EHA54部、POB-A25部、メトキシエチルアクリレート(MEA)20部および4HBA1部に変更した他は、例1におけるポリマー溶液の調製と同様にして、ポリマーP3の溶液(ポリマー濃度40%)を調製した。ポリマーP3のMwは100万であった。
 ポリマーP1の溶液に代えてポリマーP3の溶液を使用した他は例1における粘着剤組成物の調製と同様にして、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。この粘着剤組成物を用いた他は例1と同様にして、本例に係る粘着シート(厚さ50μmの粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Example 5>
A solution of polymer P3 (polymer concentration 40 %) was prepared. The Mw of polymer P3 was 1 million.
A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 1 except that a solution of polymer P3 was used instead of a solution of polymer P1. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 μm) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
 <例6>
 モノマー成分の組成をBA99部および4HBA1部に変更した他は、例1におけるポリマー溶液の調製と同様にして、ポリマーP4の溶液(ポリマー濃度40%)を調製した。ポリマーP4のMwは150万であった。
 ポリマーP1の溶液に代えてポリマーP4の溶液を使用した他は例2における粘着剤組成物の調製と同様にして、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。この粘着剤組成物を使用し、厚さ20μmの粘着剤層が形成されるように塗布量を調整した他は、例1と同様にして、本例に係る粘着シート(粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Example 6>
A solution of polymer P4 (polymer concentration 40%) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the polymer solution in Example 1, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 99 parts BA and 1 part 4HBA. The Mw of polymer P4 was 1.5 million.
A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 2, except that a solution of polymer P4 was used instead of a solution of polymer P1. Using this adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet according to this example (based on the adhesive layer) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the amount of application was adjusted so that an adhesive layer with a thickness of 20 μm was formed. A material-less double-sided adhesive sheet) was produced.
 <例7>
 100部のポリマーP4に対する6MDNTMの使用量を60部に変更した他は例6と同様にして、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。この粘着剤組成物を用いた他は例6と同様にして、本例に係る粘着シート(厚さ20μmの粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Example 7>
A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 6, except that the amount of 6MDNTM used was changed to 60 parts with respect to 100 parts of polymer P4. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 20 μm) was produced in the same manner as in Example 6 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
 <例8~例10>
 例6における粘着剤組成物の調製において、6MDNTMに代えて、例8では6-アクリロイルオキシメチルジナフトチオフェン(6MDNTA、屈折率:1.737)、例9では6-アクリロイルオキシエチルジナフトチオフェン(6EDNTA、屈折率:1.722)、例10では6-エチルジナフトチオフェン(6EDNT、屈折率:1.764)を、100部のポリマーP4に対して42部使用した。それ以外は例6における粘着剤組成物の調製と同様にして、各例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。得られた粘着剤組成物を用いた他は例1と同様にして、各例に係る粘着シート(厚さ50μmの粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Example 8 to Example 10>
In preparing the adhesive composition in Example 6, 6MDNTM was replaced with 6-acryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.737) in Example 8, and 6-acryloyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.737) in Example 9. 6EDNTA, refractive index: 1.722), and in Example 10 42 parts of 6-ethyldinaphthothiophene (6EDNT, refractive index: 1.764) were used per 100 parts of polymer P4. The adhesive compositions according to each example were prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the adhesive composition in Example 6 except for the above. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 μm) according to each example was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
 <例11>
 6MDNTAを使用しないことを除いては例8と同様にして、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。この粘着剤組成物を用いた他は例1と同様にして、本例に係る粘着シート(厚さ50μmの粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Example 11>
A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 8 except that 6MDNTA was not used. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 50 μm) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that this pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
 <例12>
 例8における粘着剤組成物の調製において、6MDNTAに代えて2,12-ジアリルオキシジナフトチオフェン(2,12-DAODNT、屈折率:1.729)を、100部のポリマーP4に対して42部使用した。それ以外は例8における粘着剤組成物の調製と同様にして、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。得られた粘着剤組成物を用いた他は例1と同様にして、本例に係る粘着シート(厚さ50μmの粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Example 12>
In preparing the adhesive composition in Example 8, 42 parts of 2,12-diallyloxydinaphthothiophene (2,12-DAODNT, refractive index: 1.729) was added to 100 parts of polymer P4 in place of 6MDNTA. used. A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 8 except for the above. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a 50 μm thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) according to this example was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
 例1~10、12において使用した各置換DNTの構造を表1に示す。これらのうち、2,12-DAODNTは線対称構造の化合物であり、他は非対称構造の化合物である。これらの化合物の屈折率は、以下の方法により測定した。すなわち、測定対象の化合物の5%酢酸エチル溶液または5%MEK溶液を、乾燥膜厚が10μmとなるようにガラス板上に塗布し、130℃で5分間加熱して乾燥させた。このようにして上記ガラス板上に製膜した測定対象化合物につき、測定温度25℃、測定波長594nmの条件で、プリズムカプラ(メトリコン社製、モデル「2010M」)を用いて屈折率を測定した。 The structures of each substituted DNT used in Examples 1 to 10 and 12 are shown in Table 1. Among these, 2,12-DAODNT is a compound with a line symmetric structure, and the others are compounds with an asymmetric structure. The refractive index of these compounds was measured by the following method. That is, a 5% ethyl acetate solution or a 5% MEK solution of the compound to be measured was applied onto a glass plate so that the dry film thickness was 10 μm, and was dried by heating at 130° C. for 5 minutes. The refractive index of the target compound thus formed on the glass plate was measured using a prism coupler (manufactured by Metricon, model "2010M") under conditions of a measurement temperature of 25° C. and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
 <評価方法>
 (粘着剤の屈折率)
 各例に係る粘着剤層(基材レス両面粘着シート)について、測定温度25℃、測定波長594nmの条件で、プリズムカプラ(メトリコン社製、モデル「2010M」)を用いて屈折率を測定した。
<Evaluation method>
(Refractive index of adhesive)
The refractive index of the adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) according to each example was measured using a prism coupler (manufactured by Metricon, model "2010M") under conditions of a measurement temperature of 25° C. and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.
 (貯蔵弾性率G’およびガラス転移温度)
 各例に係る粘着剤層を積層して厚み約1.5mmとし、直径7.9mmの円盤状に打ち抜いたものを測定用サンプルとした。Rheometric Scientific社製「Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)」を用いて、以下の条件により動的粘弾性測定を行った。測定結果から、各温度(-20℃、25℃および60℃)における粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’[Pa]を求めた。また、上記動的粘弾性測定における損失正接tanδ(損失弾性率G”/貯蔵弾性率G’)のピークトップ温度に相当する温度を粘着剤のガラス転移温度(Tg)[℃]として求めた。
 [測定条件]
 変形モード:ねじり
 測定周波数:1Hz
 温度範囲 :-50℃~150℃
 昇温速度:5℃/分
 形状:パラレルプレート 7.9mmφ
(Storage modulus G' and glass transition temperature)
The adhesive layers according to each example were laminated to have a thickness of about 1.5 mm, and a disk shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm was punched out as a measurement sample. Dynamic viscoelasticity measurements were performed using the "Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)" manufactured by Rheometric Scientific under the following conditions. From the measurement results, the storage elastic modulus G' [Pa] of the adhesive at each temperature (-20°C, 25°C and 60°C) was determined. Further, the temperature corresponding to the peak top temperature of the loss tangent tan δ (loss modulus G"/storage modulus G') in the dynamic viscoelasticity measurement was determined as the glass transition temperature (Tg) [° C.] of the adhesive.
[Measurement condition]
Deformation mode: Torsion Measurement frequency: 1Hz
Temperature range: -50℃~150℃
Heating rate: 5℃/min Shape: Parallel plate 7.9mmφ
 (破断時伸びE
 各例に係る粘着剤層(基材レス両面粘着シート)を、PETフィルム(剥離ライナー)R1,R2に挟まれた形態のまま、長さ30mm、幅Xmmのサイズに裁断した。上記幅Xmmは、該幅方向に沿う断面における粘着剤層の断面積が約2mmとなるように、上記粘着剤層の厚さに応じて設定した。次いで、一方の剥離ライナーを除去して粘着剤層の一方の表面を露出させ、他方の剥離ライナー上で粘着剤層をその長さ方向を軸として巻き取ることにより、長さ30mmの円柱状のサンプルを作製した。上記サンプルの上下各10mmの部分を引張試験機(SHIMAZU製、EZ-S 500N)のチャック冶具で固定し、25℃環境下にて、チャック間長さ10mm、引張速度300mm/minの条件で引っ張ることにより、上記サンプルの破断時伸びE[%]を測定した。
(Elongation at break EB )
The adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) according to each example was cut into a size of 30 mm in length and X mm in width while being sandwiched between PET films (release liners) R1 and R2. The width Xmm was set according to the thickness of the adhesive layer so that the cross-sectional area of the adhesive layer in the cross section along the width direction was approximately 2 mm 2 . Next, one release liner is removed to expose one surface of the adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is wound up on the other release liner with its length direction as an axis to form a cylindrical column with a length of 30 mm. A sample was prepared. The upper and lower parts of the above sample, each 10 mm in length, were fixed with the chuck jig of a tensile testing machine (manufactured by SHIMAZU, EZ-S 500N), and pulled under conditions of a chuck distance of 10 mm and a tensile speed of 300 mm/min in an environment of 25°C. By this, the elongation at break E B [%] of the above sample was measured.
 (全光線透過率およびヘイズ)
 各例に係る粘着剤層を無アルカリガラス(厚さ0.8~1.0mm、全光線透過率92%、ヘイズ0.4%)に貼り合わせた試験片を用い、23℃の測定環境下において、ヘイズメータ(村上色彩技術研究所製「HM-150」)を用いて、上記試験片の全光線透過率およびヘイズを測定した。測定値から上記無アルカリガラスの全光線透過率およびヘイズを差し引いた値を粘着剤(層)の全光線透過率[%]およびヘイズ[%]とした。上記粘着剤層からなる基材レス粘着シートについては、粘着剤層の全光線透過率[%]およびヘイズ[%]は、粘着シートの全光線透過率[%]およびヘイズ[%]となる。
(Total light transmittance and haze)
Using a test piece in which the adhesive layer according to each example was attached to alkali-free glass (thickness 0.8 to 1.0 mm, total light transmittance 92%, haze 0.4%), under a measurement environment of 23 ° C. The total light transmittance and haze of the test piece were measured using a haze meter ("HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Institute). The values obtained by subtracting the total light transmittance and haze of the alkali-free glass from the measured values were defined as the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the adhesive (layer). Regarding the base material-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
 (対ガラス板剥離強度)
 23℃、50%RHの測定環境下において、粘着シートの一方の面から剥離ライナーを剥離し、厚み50μmのPETフィルムを貼り合わせて裏打ちした後、幅25mm、長さ100mmのサイズにカットしたものを試験片とした。試験片から他方の面の剥離ライナーを剥離し、被着体としてのアルカリガラス板(松浪硝子工業社製、厚さ1.35mm、青板縁磨品)の表面に、2kgのローラを1往復させて圧着した。これを同環境下に30分間放置した後、万能引張圧縮試験機を使用して、JIS Z 0237:2000に準じて、引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で、剥離強度(接着力)[N/25mm]を測定した。万能引張圧縮試験機としては、ミネベア社製の「引張圧縮試験機、TG-1kN」を使用した。なお、基材付き片面粘着シートの場合、PETフィルムの裏打ちは必須ではない。
(Peel strength against glass plate)
Under a measurement environment of 23°C and 50% RH, the release liner was peeled off from one side of the adhesive sheet, and a 50 μm thick PET film was pasted and lined, and then cut into a size of 25 mm in width and 100 mm in length. was used as the test piece. The release liner on the other side of the test piece was peeled off, and a 2 kg roller was moved back and forth on the surface of an alkali glass plate (manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industries Co., Ltd., thickness 1.35 mm, blue plate edge polished) as an adherend. I crimped it. After leaving this in the same environment for 30 minutes, the peel strength (adhesive strength ) [N/25mm] was measured. As a universal tensile compression tester, "Tensile Compression Tester, TG-1kN" manufactured by Minebea was used. In addition, in the case of a single-sided adhesive sheet with a base material, backing with PET film is not essential.
 各例に係る粘着剤の概要および評価結果を表2に示す。 Table 2 shows an overview and evaluation results of the adhesives for each example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 表2に示されるように、非対称構造の高屈折率添加剤をベースポリマー100部に対して30部以上含む例1~10の粘着剤によると、高屈折率と低弾性率とを好適に両立することができた。これらの例に係る粘着剤層(基材レス粘着シート)は透明性が高く、常温下の圧着によりガラスに対して良好な接着性を示した。一方、高屈折率添加剤を含まない例11の粘着剤は屈折率が低かった。また、高屈折率添加剤を対称構造のジナフトチオフェン化合物に変更した例12では、25℃における貯蔵弾性率G’が大幅に上昇し、かつ白濁により屈折率を測定することができなかった。なお、例1~10において添加剤として使用した各置換DNTの酢酸エチルに対する溶解性は、6EDNTA>6MDNTM>6MDNTA>6EDNTであった。2,12-DAODNTの酢酸エチルに対する溶解性は、6MDNTAと同等であった。 As shown in Table 2, the adhesives of Examples 1 to 10 containing 30 parts or more of a high refractive index additive with an asymmetric structure based on 100 parts of the base polymer suitably achieve both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus. We were able to. The adhesive layers (substrate-less adhesive sheets) according to these examples had high transparency and exhibited good adhesion to glass when pressure bonded at room temperature. On the other hand, the adhesive of Example 11, which did not contain a high refractive index additive, had a low refractive index. In addition, in Example 12 in which the high refractive index additive was changed to a dinaphthothiophene compound with a symmetrical structure, the storage modulus G' at 25° C. increased significantly and the refractive index could not be measured due to cloudiness. The solubility of each substituted DNT used as an additive in Examples 1 to 10 in ethyl acetate was 6EDNTA>6MDNTM>6MDNTA>6EDNT. The solubility of 2,12-DAODNT in ethyl acetate was comparable to that of 6MDNTA.
 以上、本発明の具体例を詳細に説明したが、これらは例示にすぎず、請求の範囲を限定するものではない。請求の範囲に記載の技術には、以上に例示した具体例を様々に変形、変更したものが含まれる。 Although specific examples of the present invention have been described above in detail, these are merely illustrative and do not limit the scope of the claims. The technology described in the claims includes various modifications and changes to the specific examples illustrated above.
 1,2,3 粘着シート
 10  支持基材
 10A 第1面
 10B 第2面
 21  粘着剤層、第1粘着剤層
 21A 粘着面、第1粘着面
 21B 粘着面
 22  第2粘着剤層
 22A 第2粘着面
 31,32  剥離ライナー
1, 2, 3 Adhesive sheet 10 Supporting base material 10A First surface 10B Second surface 21 Adhesive layer, first adhesive layer 21A Adhesive surface, first adhesive surface 21B Adhesive surface 22 Second adhesive layer 22A Second adhesive Surface 31, 32 Release liner

Claims (9)

  1.  ベースポリマーと、高屈折率添加剤(A)と、を含む粘着剤であって、
     前記高屈折率添加剤(A)は非対称構造の化合物であり、
     前記高屈折率添加剤(A)の含有量は、前記ベースポリマー100重量部に対して30重量部以上であり、
     前記粘着剤の屈折率は1.50以上である、粘着剤。
    An adhesive comprising a base polymer and a high refractive index additive (A),
    The high refractive index additive (A) is a compound with an asymmetric structure,
    The content of the high refractive index additive (A) is 30 parts by weight or more based on 100 parts by weight of the base polymer,
    The adhesive has a refractive index of 1.50 or more.
  2.  前記高屈折率添加剤(A)は、二重結合含有環を有する化合物である、請求項1に記載の粘着剤。 The adhesive according to claim 1, wherein the high refractive index additive (A) is a compound having a double bond-containing ring.
  3.  前記高屈折率添加剤(A)は、ヘテロ環を有する化合物である、請求項1または2に記載の粘着剤。 The adhesive according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the high refractive index additive (A) is a compound having a heterocycle.
  4.  前記高屈折率添加剤(A)は、置換基を有する縮合環を含む化合物である、請求項1または2に記載の粘着剤。 The adhesive according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the high refractive index additive (A) is a compound containing a fused ring having a substituent.
  5.  前記高屈折率添加剤(A)として、置換基を有するジナフトチオフェン化合物を含む、請求項4に記載の粘着剤。 The adhesive according to claim 4, wherein the high refractive index additive (A) includes a dinaphthothiophene compound having a substituent.
  6.  前記高屈折率添加剤(A)として、屈折率1.65以上の化合物を含む、請求項1または2に記載の粘着剤。 The adhesive according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the high refractive index additive (A) contains a compound having a refractive index of 1.65 or more.
  7.  前記高屈折率添加剤(A)は、分子量が100以上1000以下の化合物である、請求項1または2に記載の粘着剤。 The adhesive according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the high refractive index additive (A) is a compound with a molecular weight of 100 or more and 1000 or less.
  8.  前記ベースポリマーを構成するモノマー成分において、芳香環含有モノマーの含有量は0重量%以上75重量%未満である、請求項1または2に記載の粘着剤。 The adhesive according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer components constituting the base polymer is 0% by weight or more and less than 75% by weight.
  9.  請求項1または2に記載の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を含む、粘着シート。

     
    A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive according to claim 1 or 2.

PCT/JP2023/024972 2022-07-08 2023-07-05 Adhesive and adhesive sheet WO2024010041A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-110774 2022-07-08
JP2022110774A JP2024008704A (en) 2022-07-08 2022-07-08 Adhesive agent and adhesive sheet

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024010041A1 true WO2024010041A1 (en) 2024-01-11

Family

ID=89453508

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/024972 WO2024010041A1 (en) 2022-07-08 2023-07-05 Adhesive and adhesive sheet

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2024008704A (en)
WO (1) WO2024010041A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011178985A (en) * 2010-02-04 2011-09-15 Kanagawa Univ Refractive index improver, and resin composition, polymerizable or curable composition, and optical material including the same
KR20140079218A (en) * 2012-12-18 2014-06-26 제일모직주식회사 Optical adhesive film and optical display apparatus comprising the same
US20160298005A1 (en) * 2013-12-04 2016-10-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Optically Clear High Refractive Index Adhesives
JP2021152134A (en) * 2020-03-24 2021-09-30 三星エスディアイ株式会社Samsung SDI Co., Ltd. Adhesive for optical film and adhesive layer for optical film
WO2021193718A1 (en) * 2020-03-24 2021-09-30 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet with release liner

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011178985A (en) * 2010-02-04 2011-09-15 Kanagawa Univ Refractive index improver, and resin composition, polymerizable or curable composition, and optical material including the same
KR20140079218A (en) * 2012-12-18 2014-06-26 제일모직주식회사 Optical adhesive film and optical display apparatus comprising the same
US20160298005A1 (en) * 2013-12-04 2016-10-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Optically Clear High Refractive Index Adhesives
JP2021152134A (en) * 2020-03-24 2021-09-30 三星エスディアイ株式会社Samsung SDI Co., Ltd. Adhesive for optical film and adhesive layer for optical film
WO2021193718A1 (en) * 2020-03-24 2021-09-30 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet with release liner

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2024008704A (en) 2024-01-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021193724A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
KR20220153085A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
KR20220153086A (en) Adhesive and its use
KR20220156055A (en) Interlayer sheet, interlayer sheet with release liner, and optical laminate
WO2024010041A1 (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
WO2024010042A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2023042686A1 (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
WO2023013399A1 (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
WO2023013400A1 (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP2023151518A (en) adhesive
WO2023033064A1 (en) Refractive index adjustment agent and use thereof
JP2023151517A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive
JP2023022805A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
JP2023022806A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP2023151519A (en) Light-emitting device
WO2022244450A1 (en) Photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive and uses thereof
TW202409229A (en) Adhesives and adhesive sheets
JP2023151520A (en) Adhesive optical film, and laminate sheet
JP2023151516A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
TW202409228A (en) Adhesives and adhesive sheets
TW202409232A (en) Adhesive
JP2023151515A (en) Silicone-based plasticizer and use thereof
CN117795029A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
CN117751176A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23835572

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1